ELY MUNICIPAL
CODE OF ORDINANCES
of 2002
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
PAGE
TITLE I GENERAL PROVISIONS
CHAPTER
1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1
CHAPTER
2 RIGHT OF ENTRY 5
CHAPTER
3 PENALTY 6
CHAPTER
4 PROCEDURE FOR HEARINGS BY THE
CITY COUNCIL 8
TITLE II POLICY AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER
1 CITY CHARTER 11
CHAPTER
2 APPOINTMENT AND QUALIFICATION OF
MUNICIPAL
OFFICERS 12
CHAPTER
3 POWERS AND DUTIES OF MUNICIPAL
OFFICERS 14
CHAPTER
4 SALARIES OF MUNICIPAL OFFICERS 23
CHAPTER
5 CITY FINANCE 24
CHAPTER
6 POSTING 28
CHAPTER
7 CITY ELECTIONS 29
CHAPTER
8 POLICE DEPARTMENT 31
CHAPTER
9 CITY COUNCIL 33
CHAPTER
10 DISASTER RECOVERY &
RECONSTRUCTION 35
TITLE III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
CHAPTER
1 OFFENSES 36
FIREWORKS 38
PARADES 40
CHAPTER
2 NUISANCES 42
CHAPTER
3 TRAFFIC CODE 46
SNOWMOBILES 59
CHAPTER
4 DANGEROUS BUILDINGS 63
CHAPTER
5 TREES AND DUTCH ELM DISEASE
CONTROL 66
CHAPTER
6 CURFEW FOR MINORS 68
CHAPTER
7 REGULATING PEDDLERS, SOLICITORS,
AND TRANSIENT
MERCHANTS 71
CHAPTER
8 CIGARETTE LICENSE 74
CHAPTER
9 BEER AND LIQUOR LICENSES 76
CHAPTER
10 JUNK AND ABANDONED VEHICLES 79
CHAPTER
11 RESERVED 84
CHAPTER
12 HOUSE MOVERS 85
TITLE IV MENTAL AND PHYSICAL HEALTH
CHAPTER
1 ANIMAL CONTROL 87
TITLE V HUMAN DEVELOPMENT - EDUCATION AND CULTURE
CHAPTER
1 LIBRARY SERVICES 92
CHAPTER
2 RECREATION COMMISSION 95
CHAPTER
3 COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDING
REGULATIONS 97
TITLE VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 1 BUILDING REGULATIONS 98
CHAPTER
2 UTILITIES - SANITARY SYSTEM 99
CHAPTER
3 UTILITIES - WATER SYSTEM 113
CHAPTER
4 UTILITIES - RESOURCE RECOVERY AND
REFUSE DISPOSAL 119
(INCLUDES
OPEN BURNING REGULATIONS)
CHAPTER
5 UTILITIES - BILLING CHARGES 127
CHAPTER
6 STREET CUTS AND EXCAVATIONS 131
CHAPTER
7 STREET AND SIDEWALK GRADES 133
CHAPTER
8 SIDEWALK REGULATIONS 134
CHAPTER
9 NAMING OF STREETS 140
CHAPTER
10 VACATION AND DISPOSAL 141
CHAPTER
11 PURCHASE OF CITY SERVICES 142
CHAPTER
12 PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION 143
CHAPTER
13 ZONING ORDINANCE 146
FENCE
REGULATIONS 174
CHAPTER
14 SUBDIVISION ORDINANCE 185
CHAPTER
15 FLOOD PLAIN MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE 212
CHAPTER
16 AIRPORT ZONING REGULATIONS 228
CHAPTER
17 HISTORIC PRESERVATION DISTRICT 233A
TITLE VII SPECIAL ORDINANCES
CHAPTER
1 NATURAL GAS FRANCHISE 234
CHAPTER
2 ELECTRIC FRANCHISE 236
CHAPTER
3 TELEPHONE FRANCHISE 238
CHAPTER
4 CATV FRANCHISE 239
1-1-1 Title
1-1-2 Definitions
1-1-3 Grammatical Interpretation
1-1-4 Prohibited Acts Include Causing,
Permitting
1-1-5 Construction
1-1-6 Indemnity
1-1-7 Amendment
1-1-8 Altering Code
1-1-9 Severability
1-1-1 TITLE. This code of
ordinances shall be known and may be cited as the Ely Municipal Code of Ordinances
of 1997.
1-1-2 DEFINITIONS.
The following words and phrases whenever used in the Ordinances of the
City, shall be construed as defined in this section unless, from the context, a
different meaning is intended or unless different meaning is specifically
defined and more particularly directed to the use of such words or phrases:
1. “Alley”
means a public right-of-way, other than a street, affording secondary means of
access to abutting property.
2. "Business
districts" means: the territory contiguous to and including a highway when
fifty percent or more of the frontage thereon for a distance of three hundred
feet or more is occupied by buildings in use for business.
3. "City"
means the City of Ely, Iowa, or the area within the territorial limits of the
City, and such territory outside of the City over which the City has
jurisdiction or control by virtue of any constitutional or statutory provision;
4. "Clerk"
means Clerk-Treasurer.
5. "Computation of time" means the
time within which an act is to be done.
It shall be computed by excluding the first day and including the last
day; and if the last day is Sunday or a legal holiday, that day shall be
excluded.
6. "Council"
means the City Council of the City. All
its members or all Council persons mean the total number of Council persons
provided by the City charter under the general laws of the state;
7. "County"
means the County of Linn, Iowa;
8. "Fiscal
Year" means July 1 to June 30.
9. "Law"
denotes applicable federal law, the Constitution and statutes of the State of
Iowa, the Ordinances of the City; and when appropriate, any and all rules and
regulations which may be promulgated thereunder;
10. "May"
confers a power;
11. “Measure”
shall mean an ordinance, amendment, resolution, or motion.
12. "Month"
means a calendar month;
13. "Must"
states a requirement;
14. "Oath"
shall be construed to include an affirmative or declaration in all cases in
which, by law, an affirmation may be substituted for an oath, and in such cases
the words "affirm" and "affirmed" shall be equivalent to
the words "swear" and "sworn";
15. "Or"
may be read "and" and "and" may be read "or"
if the sense requires it;
16. "Ordinance"
means a law of the City; however, an administrative action, order or directive,
may be in the form of a resolution;
17. "Owner"
applied to a building or land includes any part owner, joint owner, tenant in
common, joint tenant or tenant by the entirety, of the whole or part of such building
or land;
18. "Park
and parking" means the stopping or standing of a vehicle, except for the
purpose of, and while actually engaged in, loading or unloading merchandise or
passengers.
19. "Person"
means natural person, joint venture, joint stock company, partnership,
association, club, company, corporation, business, trust, organization, or the
manager, lessee, agent, servant, officer or employee of any of them.
20. "Personal
property" includes money, goods, chattels, things in action and evidences
of debt.
21. “Police
Chief” or “Chief of Police” means the Linn County Sheriff.
22. “Police
Officer” shall mean a deputy of the Linn County Sheriff’s Department or officer
assigned by the City Council .
23. "Preceding"
and "following" mean next before and next after, respectively.
24. "Property"
includes real and personal property.
25. “Public
Property” shall mean any and all property owned by the city or held in the name
of the city by any departments, commissions, or agencies within the city.
26. "Real
property" includes lands, tenements and hereditaments.
27. "Residential
districts" means all areas of the City not included in business districts.
28. "Shall"
imposes a duty.
29. "Sidewalk"
means that portion of a street between the curb line and the adjacent property
line intended for the use of pedestrians.
30. "Stand
or standing" means the halting of a vehicle, whether occupied or not,
except for the purpose of and while actually engaged in receiving or discharging
passengers.
31. "State"
means the State of Iowa.
32. "Stop",
when required means complete cessation of movement.
33. "Stop
or stopping", when prohibited, means any halting of a vehicle, even
momentarily, whether occupied or not, except when necessary to avoid conflict
with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
traffic‑control sign or signal.
34.
"Street" includes all streets,
highways, avenues, lanes, alleys, courts, places, squares, curbs, or other public
ways in this City which have been or may hereafter be dedicated and open to
public use, or such other public property so designated in any law of this
state;
35. "Tenant"
and "occupant" applied to a building or land, includes any person who
occupies whole or a part of such building or land, whether alone or with
others;
36. "Title
of Office". Use of the title of
any officer, employee, board or commission means that officer, employee,
department, board or commission of the City;
37. “Traffic
Control Device” means all signs, signals, markings, and devices not
inconsistent with this chapter, lawfully placed or erected for the purpose of
regulating, warning, or guiding traffic.
38. “Vehicle”
means any vehicle in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
transported or drawn upon a public highway, street, or alley.
39. "Written"
includes printed, typewritten, mimeographed or multigraphed;
40. "Year"
means a calendar year;
41. All
words and phrases shall be construed and understood according to the common and
approved usage of the language; but technical words and phrases and such other
as may have acquired a peculiar and appropriate meaning in the law shall be
construed and understood according to such peculiar and appropriate
meaning;
42. When
an act is required by an Ordinance the same being such that it may be done as
well by an agent as by the principal, such requirement shall be construed as to
include all such acts performed by an authorized agent.
1-1-3 GRAMMATICAL INTERPRETATION. The following grammatical rules shall apply
in the Ordinances of the City;
1.
Gender. Any gender includes the
other gender;
2.
Singular and Plural. The
singular number includes the plural and the plural includes the singular;
3.
Tenses. Words used in the
present tense include the past and the future tenses and vice versa;
4.
Use of Words and Phrases. Words
and phrases not specifically defined shall be construed according to the
content and approved usage of the language.
1-1-4 PROHIBITED ACTS INCLUDE CAUSING,
PERMITTING. Whenever in this Code any
act or omission is made unlawful, it includes causing, allowing, permitting,
aiding, abetting, suffering, or concealing the fact of such act or omission. A principal is responsible for the
unauthorized acts or omissions committed by an agent or employee which have
been authorized by the principal.
1-1-5 CONSTRUCTION.
The provisions of this Code and all proceedings under it are to be
construed with a view to affect its objects and to promote justice.
1-1-6 INDEMNITY.
The applicant for any permit of license under this Code of Ordinances,
by making such application, assumes and agrees to pay for all injury to or
death of any persons whomsoever, and all loss or damage to property whatsoever,
including all costs and expenses incident thereto, however arising from or
related to, directly, indirectly or remotely, the issuance of the permit or
license, or the doing of anything thereunder, or the failure of such applicant,
or the agents, employees or servants of such applicant, to abide by or comply
with any of the provisions of this Code of Ordinances or the terms and
conditions of such permit or license and such applicant, by making such
application, forever agrees to indemnify the city, and its officers, agents and
employees, and agrees to save them harmless from any and all claims, demands,
lawsuits or liability whatsoever for any loss, damage, injury or death,
including all costs and expenses incident thereto, by reason of the
foregoing. This section shall apply
even though acts or omission of the city, or its officers, agents and
employees, may have caused or contributed to such damage, injury or death. This section shall apply even though the
city, or its officers, agents and employees, may have knowledge of any act,
omission or condition which caused or contributed to such loss, damage, injury
or death. The provisions of this
section shall be deemed to be a part of any permit or license issued under this
Code of Ordinances or any other ordinance of the city whether expressly recited
therein or not.
1-1-7 AMENDMENT.
All Ordinances of the City Council passed thereafter shall be in the
form of an addition or amendment to the Ely Municipal Code of 1997 constituting
this Municipal Code, and shall include proper references to chapter and section
to maintain the orderly codification of the Ordinances.
1-1-8 ALTERING CODE.
It is unlawful for any person to change or amend by additions or
deletions, any part or portion of the Code of Ordinances, or to insert or
delete pages, or portions thereof, or to alter or tamper with the Code of
Ordinances in any manner whatsoever which will cause the law of the city to be
misinterpreted thereby.
1-1‑9 SEVERABILITY.
If any section, provision or part of the City Code is adjudged invalid
or unconstitutional, such adjudication will not affect the validity of the City
Code as a whole or any section provision, or part thereof not adjudged invalid
or unconstitutional.
TITLE
I GENERAL PROVISIONS
1-2-1 Right of Entry
1-2-1 RIGHT OF ENTRY. Whenever necessary to make an inspection to enforce any
Ordinance, or whenever there is reasonable cause to believe that there exists
an Ordinance violation in any building or upon any premises within the
jurisdiction of the City, any authorized official of the City, may, upon
presentation of proper credentials, enter such building or premises at all
reasonable times to inspect the same and to perform any duty imposed upon such
official by Ordinance; provided that, except in emergency situations, such
official shall first give the owner and/or occupant, if they can be located
after reasonable effort, twenty‑four hour written notice of the
authorized official's intention to inspect.
In the event the owner and/or occupant refuses entry, the official is
empowered to seek assistance from any court of competent jurisdiction in
obtaining such entry.
TITLE
I GENERAL PROVISIONS
1-3-1 General Penalty
1-3-2 Civil Penalty – Municipal Infraction
1‑3‑1 GENERAL PENALTY. Any person violating any of the provisions
or failing to comply with any of the mandatory requirements of the Ordinances
of Ely, Iowa, is guilty of a misdemeanor.
Any person convicted of a misdemeanor under the Ordinances of Ely, Iowa
shall be punished by a fine of not more than one hundred dollars, or by
imprisonment not to exceed thirty days.
(Code
of Iowa, Sec. 364.3(2))
1-3-2 CIVIL PENALTY - MUNICIPAL INFRACTION.
(Code
of Iowa, Sec. 364.22)
1.
DEFINITIONS.
a. Municipal Infraction.
Except those provisions specifically provided under state law as a
felony, an aggravated misdemeanor, or a serious misdemeanor or a simple
misdemeanor under Chapters 687 through 747 of the Iowa Code, the doing of any
act prohibited or declared to be unlawful, an offense or a misdemeanor by the
Code of Ordinances City of Ely, or any Ordinance or Code herein adopted by
reference, or omission or failure to perform any act or duty required by the
Code of Ordinances City of Ely, or any Ordinance or Code herein adopted by
reference, is a "municipal infraction" and is punishable by civil
penalty as provided herein.
b. Officer. The term
"officer" shall mean any employee or official authorized to enforce
the Code of Ordinances of the City of Ely.
c. Repeat offense. The term
"repeat offense" shall mean a recurring violation of the same section
of the Code of Ordinances.
2. VIOLATIONS,
PENALTIES, AND ALTERNATIVE RELIEF.
a. A municipal infraction is punishable by a civil penalty as
provided in the following schedule, unless a specific schedule of civil
penalties is provided for specific offenses elsewhere in this Code.
Schedule
of Civil Penalties
First offense--Not more than
fifty dollars ($50.00).
Second Offense--Not more than
one hundred dollars ($100.00).
All other repeat
offenses--Not more than two hundred dollars ($200.00).
b. Each day that a violation occurs or is permitted to exist by the
violator constitutes a separate offense.
c. Seeking a civil penalty as authorized in this chapter does not
preclude the City from seeking alternative relief from the court in the same
action.
3. CIVIL
CITATIONS.
a. Any officer authorized by the City to enforce the Code of
Ordinances may issue a civil citation to a person who commits a municipal
infraction.
b. The citation may be served by personal service or by certified
mail, return receipt requested.
c. The original of the citation shall be sent to the Clerk of the
district court.
d. The citation shall serve as notification that a civil offense has
been committed and shall contain the following information:
(1) The name and address of the defendant.
(2) The name or description of the infraction
attested to by the officer issuing the citation.
(3) The location and time of the infraction.
(4) The amount of civil penalty to be assessed
or the alternative relief sought, or both.
(5) The manner, location, and time in which the
penalty may be paid.
(6) The time and place of court appearance.
(7) The penalty for failure to appear in court.
CHAPTER 4 PROCEDURE FOR
HEARINGS BY THE CITY COUNCIL
1-4-1 Purpose and Intent
1-4-2 General
1-4-3 Form of Notice of Hearing
1-4-4 Subpoenas
1-4-5 Conduct of Hearing
1-4-6 Method and Form of Decision
1-4-1 PURPOSE AND INTENT.
1. It
is the purpose of this article to establish an orderly, efficient, and
expeditious process for evidentiary hearings before the City Council.
2. The
provisions of this article shall apply to a proceeding required by
constitution, statute or Ordinance to be determined by the City Council after
an opportunity for an evidentiary hearing.
1-4-2 GENERAL.
1. Record. A record of the entire proceedings shall be
made in the written minutes. Tape
recording or other means of permanent recording determined to be appropriate by
the City Council may be used in addition to written minutes.
2. Reporting. The proceedings at the hearing may also be
reported by a court reporter at the expense of any party.
3. Continuances. The City Council may grant continuances for
good cause shown.
4. Reasonable
dispatch. The City Council and its
representatives shall proceed with reasonable dispatch to conclude any matter
before it. Due regard shall be shown
for the convenience and necessity of any parties or their representatives.
1-4-3 FORM OF NOTICE OF HEARING.
The notice to parties shall be
substantially in the following form, but may include other information:
"You are hereby notified that an
evidentiary hearing will be held before the Ely City Council in the Council
Chambers at the Ely Community Center on the ______ day of ____________, 19___,
at the hour ____________, upon the notice and order served upon you. You may be present at the hearing. You may be, but need not be, represented by
counsel. You may present any relevant
evidence and will be given full opportunity to cross-examine all witnesses
testifying against you. You may request
the issuance of subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses and the
production of books, documents or other things by filing an affidavit therefor
with the City Clerk."
1-4-4 SUBPOENAS.
Filing of affidavit. The City
Council may issue a subpoena for the attendance of witnesses or the production
of other evidence at a hearing upon the request of a member of the City Council
or upon the written demand of any party.
The issuance and service of such subpoena shall be obtained upon the
filing of an affidavit therefor which states the name and address of the
proposed witness; specifies the exact things sought to be produced and the
materiality thereof in detail to the issues involved; and states that the
witness has the desired things in the witness's possession or under the
witness's control. A subpoena need not
be issued when the affidavit is defective in any particular.
1-4-5 CONDUCT OF HEARING.
1. Rules. Hearings need not be conducted according to
the technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses.
2. Oral
evidence. Oral evidence shall be taken
only on oath or affirmation.
3. Hearsay
evidence. Hearsay evidence may be used
for the purpose of supplementing or explaining any direct evidence, but shall
not be sufficient in itself to support a finding unless it would be admissible
over objection in civil actions in courts of competent jurisdiction in this
state.
4. Admissibility
of evidence. Any relevant evidence
shall be admitted if it is the type of evidence on which responsible persons
are accustomed to rely in the conduct of serious affairs, regardless of the
existence of any common law or statutory rule which might make improper the
admission of such evidence over objection in civil actions in courts of
competent jurisdiction in this state.
5. Exclusion
of evidence. Irrelevant and unduly
repetitious evidence shall be excluded.
6. Rights
of parties. Each party shall have these
rights, among others:
a. To call and examine witnesses on any matter relevant to the
issues of the hearing;
b. To introduce documentary and physical evidence;
c. To cross-examine opposing witnesses on any matter relevant to the
issues of the hearing;
d. To impeach any witness regardless of which party first called the
witness to testify;
e. To rebut the evidence against the party; and
f. To self-representation or to be represented by anyone of the
party's choice who is lawfully permitted to do so.
7. Official
notice.
a. What may be noticed? In
reaching a decision, official notice may be taken, either before or after
submission of the case for decision, of any fact that may be judicially noticed
by the courts of this state or of official records of the City or its
departments and Ordinances of the City.
b. Parties to be notified.
Parties present at the hearing shall be informed of the matters to be
noticed, and these matters shall be noted in the record, referred to therein,
or appended thereto.
c. Opportunity to refute.
Parties present at the hearing shall be given a reasonable opportunity,
on request, to refute the officially noticed matters by evidence or by written
or oral presentation of authority, the manner of such refutation to be
determined by the City Council.
8. Inspection
of the premises. The City Council may
inspect any building or premises involved in the appeal during the course of
the hearing, provided that:
a. Notice of such inspection shall be given to the parties before
the inspection is made;
b. The parties are given an opportunity to be present during the
inspection; and
c. The City Council shall state for the record, upon completion of
the inspection, the material facts observed and the conclusions drawn there
from. Each party then shall have a
right to rebut or explain the matters so stated by the City Council.
1-4-6 METHOD AND FORM OF DECISION.
1. Hearings
before the City Council where a contested case is heard before the City
Council, no member thereof who did not hear the evidence of has not read the
entire record of the proceedings shall vote on or take part in the
decision. The City Council may
designate a member or members to preside over the receipt of evidence. Such member or members shall prepare findings
of fact for the City Council.
2. Form
of decision. The decision shall be in
writing and shall contain findings of fact, a determination of the issues
presented, and the requirements to be complied with. A copy of the decision shall be delivered to the parties
personally or sent to them by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested.
3. Effective date of decision. The effective date of the decision shall be
stated therein.
TITLE II POLICY AND
ADMINISTRATION
2-1-1 Charter 2-1-5 Term of Mayor
2-1-2 Form of Government 2-1-6 Copies on File
2-1-3 Powers and Duties 2-1-7 Corporate Limits
2-1-4 Number and Term of City Council 2-1-8 Urban Renewal
Area
2-1-1 CHARTER.
This chapter may be cited as the Charter of the City of Ely, Iowa.
2-1-2 FORM OF GOVERNMENT. The form of government of the City of Ely, Iowa, is the Mayor‑Council
form of government.
2-1-3 POWERS AND DUTIES. The City Council and Mayor and other City officers have such
powers and shall perform such duties as are authorized or required by state law
and by the Ordinances, resolutions, rules and regulations of the City of Ely,
Iowa.
2-1-4 NUMBER AND TERM OF CITY COUNCIL. The City Council consists of five City
Council members elected at large, elected for staggered, overlapping terms of
four years.
2-1-5 TERM OF MAYOR.
The Mayor is elected for a term of four years.
2-1-6 COPIES ON FILE. The City Clerk shall keep an official copy of the charter on file
with the official records of the City Clerk, shall immediately file a copy with
the Secretary of State of Iowa, and shall keep copies of the charter available
at the City Clerk's office for public inspection.
2-1-7 CORPORATE
LIMITS. The corporate limits of the
City of Ely are described as follows:
A. Shall
be shown on the Official City Map as posted in Office of the City Clerk and
marked as
“Official map of Corporate Limits”
2-1-8 URBAN
RENEWAL AREA (Shall be regulated by Ordinance No. 152 Ordinance No. 167 and
Ordinance 170)
11
TITLE
II POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 2 APPOINTMENT
AND QUALIFICATIONS OF
MUNICIPAL
OFFICERS
2-2-1 Creation of Appointive Officers 2-2-7 Removal of Appointed Officers
2-2-2 Appointment of Officers 2-2-8 Bonds Required
2-2-3 Terms of Appointive Officers 2-2-9 Surety
2-2-4 Vacancies in Offices 2-2-10 Blanket Position Bond
2-2-5 Oaths 2-2-11 Bonds Filed
2-2-6 Resignations
2-2-1 CREATION OF APPOINTIVE OFFICERS. There are hereby created the following
appointive officers: Clerk, Attorney,
Water Pollution Control Superintendent/Water Superintendent, and Zoning Administrator.
2-2-2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS. The Mayor shall appoint the Mayor pro
tempore and the police chief. In lieu
of a Police Chief, the City Council may contract for law enforcement protection
on behalf of the City. All other
officers shall be appointed or selected by the City Council unless otherwise
provided by law or Ordinance.
The
Mayor shall appoint the following officials, subject to the approval of the
City Council: members of the planning
and zoning commission, board of adjustment, recreation commission, and
representatives of the City of Ely, Iowa, to the governing board of the
College, Ely, Putnam Fire Department, and a delegate and an alternate to serve
on the E911 Board, and library trustees, however, non-resident members shall be
appointed by the Mayor, subject to the approval of the Linn County Board of
Supervisors.
2-2-3 TERMS OF APPOINTIVE OFFICERS. The terms of all appointive officers that
are not otherwise fixed by law or Ordinance shall be two (2) years or until a
successor is named.
2-2-4 VACANCIES IN OFFICES. A vacancy in an appointive office shall be filled in the same
manner as the original appointment. A
vacancy in an elective office shall be filled by a majority vote of all members
of the City Council, unless filled by election in accordance with State law.
2-2-5 OATHS.
The oath of office shall be required and administered in accordance with
the following:
1. Qualify
for Office. All elected officers and
the following appointed officers shall qualify for office by taking the
prescribed oath:
A. City Clerk
B. Deputy City Clerk
C. Police Chief and Police Officers
2. Prescribed
Oath. The prescribed oath is: “I, (name), do solemnly swear that I will
support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State
if Iowa, and that I will faithfully and impartially, to the best of my ability,
discharge all duties of the office of (name of office) in Ely as now or
hereinafter required by law.
3. Officers
Empowered to Administer Oaths. The
following are empowered to administer oaths and to take affirmations in any
matter pertaining to the business of their respective office:
A. The Mayor.
B. The Clerk.
2-2-6 RESIGNATIONS.
An elected officer who wishes to resign may do so by submitting a
resignation in writing to the clerk so that it may be properly recorded and
considered. A person who resigns from
an elective office is not eligible for appointment to the same office during
the time for which the person was elected, if during that time the compensation
of the office has been increased.
2-2-7 REMOVAL OF APPOINTED OFFICERS. Except as otherwise provided by state or
city law, all persons appointed to city office may be removed by the officer or
body making the appointment, but every such removal shall be by written
order. The order shall give the
reasons, be filed in the office of the clerk, and a copy shall be sent by
certified mail to the person removed, who, upon request filed with the clerk
within thirty (30) days after the date of mailing the copy, shall be granted a
public hearing before the council on all issues connected with the
removal. The hearing shall be held
within thirty (30) days after the date the request is filed, unless the person
removed requests a later date.
2-2-8 BONDS REQUIRED. Each municipal officer required by law or Ordinance to be bonded
shall, before entering upon the duties of the office, execute to the City a
good and sufficient bond, to be approved by the City Council, conditioned on
the faithful performance of the duties and the proper handling and accounting
for the money and property of the City in the official's charge unless the City
Council shall have provided for a blanket position surety bond.
2-2-9 SURETY.
Any association or corporation which makes a business of insuring the
fidelity of others and which has authority to do such business within Iowa
shall be accepted as surety on any of the bonds.
2-2-10
BLANKET POSITION BOND. The City Council
shall provide for a blanket position bond to cover all officers and employees
of the City, but the City Council may provide by resolution for a surety bond
for any other officer or employee that the City Council deems necessary. The City shall pay the premium on any
official bond.
2-2-11
BONDS FILED. All bonds when duly
executed shall be filed with the Clerk, except that the Clerk's bond shall be
filed with the Mayor.
TITLE
II POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 3 POWERS AND
DUTIES OF
MUNICIPAL
OFFICERS
2-3-1
General
Duties 2-3-8 Powers and Duties of the Clerk
2-3-2 Books and Records 2-3-9 Powers and Duties of the Police Chief
2-3-3 Deposits of Municipal Funds 2-3-10
Powers and Duties of the City Attorney
2-3-4 Transfer of Records
and Property 2-3-11
Powers and Duties of the Water Pollution
to Successor
Control Superintendent/Water Superintendent
2-3-5 Conflict of Interest 2-3-12 Powers and Duties of the City Sewage System
2-3-6
Unlawful
Use of City Property Superintendent
2-3-7
Powers
and Duties of the Mayor 2-3-13 Powers and Duties of the Fire Chief
2-3-1 GENERAL
DUTIES. Each municipal officer shall
exercise the powers and perform the duties prescribed by law
and
Ordinance, or as otherwise directed by the City Council unless contrary to
State law or City charter.
2-3-2 BOOKS AND RECORDS. All books and records required to be kept by law or Ordinance
shall be open to inspection by the public upon request.
2-3-3 DEPOSITS OF MUNICIPAL FUNDS. As funds are received or become available,
departmental funds shall be transmitted to the City Clerk in a timely
manner. Such funds shall be taken to
the City Clerk, together with receipts indicating the sources of the funds.
2-3-4 TRANSFER OF RECORDS AND PROPERTY TO
SUCCESSOR. Each officer shall transfer
to the official's successor in office all books, papers, records, documents and
property, together with an invoice of the same, in the official's custody and
appertaining to the official's office.
2-3-5 CONFLICT OF INTEREST. A city officer or employee shall not have an interest, direct or
indirect, in any contract or job of work or material or the profits thereof or
services to be furnished or performed for the city, unless expressly permitted
by law. A contract entered into in
violation of this section is void. The
provisions of this section do not apply to:
1. The
payment of lawful compensation of a city officer or employee holding more than
one city office or position, the holding of which is not incompatible with
another public office or is not prohibited by law.
2. The
designation of a bank or trust company as a depository, paying agent, or for
investment of funds.
3. An
employee of a bank or trust company who serves as treasurer of the city.
4. Contracts
in which a city officer or employee has an interest solely by reason of
employment, or a stock interest of the kind described in subsection 8 of this
section, or both, of the contracts are made by competitive bid, publicly
invited and opened, and if the remuneration of employment will not be directly
affected as a result of the contract and the duties of employment do not
directly involve the procurement or preparation of any part of the
contract. The competitive bid
requirement of this subsection shall not be required or any contract for professional
services not customarily awarded by competitive bid.
5. The
designation of an official newspaper.
6. A
contract in which a city officer or employee has an interest if the contract
was made before the time he was elected or appointed, but the contract may not
be renewed.
7. Contracts
with volunteer fire fighters or civil defense volunteers.
8. A
contract with a corporation in which a city officer or employee has an interest
by reason of stock holdings when less than five (5) percent of the outstanding
stock of the corporation is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the
officer or employee of the spouse or immediate family of such officer of
employee.
9. A
contract made by competitive bid, publicly invited and opened, in which a
member of a city board of trustees, commission, or administrative agency has an
interest if the member is not authorized by law to participate in the awarding
of the contract. The competitive bid
requirement of this subsection does not apply to any contract for professional
services not customarily awarded by competitive bid.
10. Contracts
made by a city upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.
11. Contracts
not otherwise permitted by this section for the purchase of goods or services,
which benefit a city officer or employee, if the purchases benefiting that
officer or employee do not exceed a cumulative total purchase price of $2,500
in a fiscal year.
UNLAWFUL
USE OF CITY PROPERTY. No person shall
use or permit any other person to use the
property
owned by the city for any private purpose and for personal gain, to the
detriment of the city.
2-3-7
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE MAYOR. The
duties of the Mayor shall be as follows:
1. In
coordination with the Clerk/Administrator, the Mayor shall have the power to
examine all functions records, and special reports from department heads.
2. The Mayor shall act as presiding officer at all regular and special City Council meetings. The Mayor pro tem shall serve in this capacity in the Mayor's absence.
3.
The Mayor may sign, veto, or take no action on an Ordinance, amendment or
resolution passed by the City Council. If the Mayor vetoes a measure, the Mayor
must explain in writing the reason for such veto to the City Council. The City
Council may repass a measure over the Mayor's veto by a two-thirds majority of
the City Council members, if said action is taken within thirty days of the
veto.
4.
The Mayor may represent the City in negotiations properly entered into in
accordance with law or Ordinance. The Mayor shall not represent the City where
this duty is specifically delegated to another officer by law or Ordinance.
5.
The Mayor shall, whenever authorized by the City Council, sign all contracts on
behalf of the City.
6.
The Mayor shall call special meetings of the City Council when the Mayor deems
such meetings necessary to the interests of the City.
7.
Immediately after taking office the Mayor shall designate one member of the
City Council as Mayor pro tempore. The Mayor pro tempore shall be
vice-president of the City Council. Except for the limitations otherwise
provided herein, the Mayor pro tempore shall perform the duties of the Mayor in
cases of absence or inability of the Mayor to perform the duties of the office. In the
exercise of the duties of the office the Mayor pro tempore shall not have power
to employ or discharge from employment officers or employees that the Mayor has
the power to appoint, employ or discharge. The Mayor pro tempore shall have the
right to vote as a member of the City Council.
If
the Mayor pro tempore performs the duties of the Mayor during his absence or
disability for a continuous period of fifteen (15) days or more, the mayor pro
tempore may be paid for that period such compensation as determined by the City
Council, based upon his performance of the mayor’s duties and upon the
compensation of the mayor.
8.
The Mayor shall designate, with the consent of the City Council, from among the
members of the City Council, except for the Mayor pro tempore, Council members
to coordinate with the Clerk/Administrator a report for streets, finances,
public safety, and public works as set forth in Chapter 9 of Title II.
9.
The Mayor may, upon order of the City Council, and with the knowledge of the
Clerk/Administrator, secure for the City such specialized and professional
services not already available to the City. In executing the order of the City
Council the Mayor shall conduct said duties in accordance with the City
Ordinance and the laws of the State of Iowa.
10.
The Mayor may sign licenses and permits, which have been granted by the City
Council, except those designated by law or Ordinance to be issued by another
municipal officer.
11.
Upon authorization of the City Council, the Mayor may revoke permits or
licenses granted by the City Council when their terms, the Ordinances of the
City, or the laws of the State of Iowa are violated by holders of said permits
or licenses.
12.
The Mayor, with the knowledge of the Clerk/Administrator, may order to be
removed, at public expense, any nuisance for which no person can be found
responsible and liable. This order shall be in writing. The order to remove
said nuisances shall be
carried out by the
appropriate city official or agency.
13.
The Mayor is not a member of the Council and may not vote as a member of the Council.
(Ord. No. 173 of 6/9/2003)
2-3-8 POWERS AND DUTIES OF
THE CLERK/ADMINISTRATOR. The duties of the Clerk/Administrator shall be as
follows:
1.
The Clerk/Administrator shall attend all regular and special City Council
meetings and prepare and publish a condensed statement of the proceedings
thereof, to include the total expenditure from each City fund. The statement
shall further include a list of all claims allowed, a summary of all receipts
and the gross amount of the claims.
2.
The Clerk/Administrator shall record each measure taken by the City Council,
stating where applicable whether the Mayor signed, vetoed, or took no action on
the measure and what action the City Council made upon the Mayor's veto.
3. The Clerk/Administrator shall cause to be published or posted either the entire text or a summary of all Ordinances and amendments enacted by the City. "Summary" shall mean a narrative description of the terms and conditions of an Ordinance setting forth the main points of the Ordinance in a manner calculated to inform the public in a clear and understandable manner the meaning of the Ordinance and which shall provide the public with sufficient notice to conform to the desired conduct required by the Ordinance. The description shall include the title of the Ordinance, an accurate and intelligible abstract or synopsis of the essential elements of the Ordinance, a statement that the description is a summary, the location and the normal business hours of the office where the Ordinance may be inspected, when the Ordinance becomes effective, and the full text of any provisions imposing fines, penalties, forfeitures, fees, or taxes. Legal descriptions of property set forth in Ordinances shall be described in full, provided that maps or charts may be substituted for legal descriptions when they contain sufficient detail to clearly define the area with which the Ordinance is concerned. The narrative description shall be written in a clear and coherent manner and shall, to the extent possible, avoid the use of technical or legal terms not generally familiar to the public. When necessary to use technical or legal terms not generally familiar to the public, the narrative description shall include definitions of those terms.
The Clerk/Administrator
shall authenticate all such measures, except motions, with said
Clerk/Administrator's signature, certifying the time and place of publication
or posting when required.
4.
The Clerk/Administrator shall maintain copies of all effective City Ordinances
and codes for public use.
5.
The Clerk/Administrator shall publish or post notice of public hearings,
elections and other official actions as required by State and City law.
6.
The Clerk/Administrator shall certify all measures establishing any zoning
district, building lines, or fire limits, and a plat showing each district,
lines or limits to the recorder of the county containing the affected parts of
the City.
7.
The Clerk/Administrator shall be the chief finance and accounting officer of
the City.
8.
The Clerk/Administrator shall keep separate accounts for every appropriation,
department, public improvement or undertaking, and for every public utility
owned or operated by the City. Each account shall be kept in the manner
required by law.
9.
Following City Council adoption for the budget, the Clerk/Administrator shall
certify the necessary tax levy for the following year to the County Auditor and
the County Board of Supervisors.
10.
The Clerk/Administrator shall report to the City Council at the first meeting
of each month the status of each municipal account as of the end of the
previous month.
11.
The Clerk/Administrator shall balance all funds with the bank statement at the
end of each month.
12.
The Clerk/Administrator shall prepare the annual public report, publish it, and
send a certified copy to the State Auditor and other State officers as required
by law.
13.
The Clerk/Administrator shall maintain all City records as required by law.
14.
The Clerk/Administrator shall have custody and be responsible for the
safekeeping of all writings or documents in which the municipality is a party
in interest unless otherwise specifically directed by law or Ordinance.
15. The Clerk/Administrator shall file and preserve all receipts, vouchers, and other documents kept, or that may be required to be kept, necessary to prove the validity of every transaction and the identity of every person having any beneficial relation thereto.
16.
The Clerk/Administrator shall furnish upon request to any municipal officer a
copy of any record, paper or public document under the Clerk/Administrator's
control when it may be necessary to such officer in the discharge of the
Clerk/Administrator's duty. The Clerk/Administrator shall furnish a copy to any
citizen when requested upon payment of the fee set by City Council resolution.
The Clerk/Administrator shall, under the direction of the Mayor or other
authorized officer, affix the seal of the corporation to those public documents
or instruments that by Ordinance are required to be attested by the affixing of
the seal.
17.
The Clerk/Administrator may attend all meetings of committees, boards and
commissions of the City. The Clerk/Administrator shall preserve a correct
record of the proceedings of such meetings.
18.
The Clerk/Administrator shall keep and file all communications and petitions
directed to the City Council or to the City generally. The Clerk/Administrator
shall endorse thereon the action of the City Council taken upon matters
considered in such communications and petitions.
19.
The Clerk/Administrator shall issue all licenses and permits approved by the
City Council, and keep a record of licenses and permits issued which shall show
a date of issuance, license or permit number, official receipt number, name of
person to whom issued, term of license or permit, and purpose for which issued.
The Clerk/Administrator may sign permits as authorized by the Mayor or City
Council as allowed under law or Ordinance.
20.
The Clerk/Administrator shall inform all persons appointed by the Mayor or City
Council to offices in the municipal government of their position and the time
at which they shall assume the duties of their office.
21.
The Clerk/Administrator shall preserve a complete record of every City
election, regular or special and perform duties required by law or Ordinance of
the City Clerk/Administrator in regard to elections.
22.
The Clerk/Administrator shall draw all warrants/checks for the City upon the
vote of the City Council.
23.
The Clerk/Administrator shall show on every warrant/check the fund on which it
is drawn and the claim to be paid.
24.
The Clerk/Administrator shall keep a warrant/check record in a form approved by
the City Council, showing the number, date, amount, payee's name, upon what
fund drawn, and for what claim each warrant/check is issued.
25.
The Clerk/Administrator shall bill and collect all charges, rents or fees due
the City for utility and other services, and give a receipt therefor.
26.
Monthly, the Clerk/Administrator shall prepare and submit to the City Council
an itemized report of revenues and expenditures.
27.
The Clerk/Administrator shall keep the record of each fund separate. At a
minimum, the funds shall include the general, road use, debt service, and
enterprise funds.
28.
The Clerk/Administrator shall keep an accurate record for all money or
securities received by the Clerk/Administrator on behalf of the municipality
and specify date, from whom, and for what purposes received.
29.
The Clerk/Administrator shall prepare a receipt in duplicate for all funds
received. The Clerk/Administrator shall give the original to the party
delivering the funds, and retain the duplicate.
30.
The Clerk/Administrator shall keep a separate account of all money received by
the Clerk/Administrator for special assessments.
31.
The Clerk/Administrator shall, immediately upon receipt of monies to be held in
the Clerk/Administrator's custody and belonging to the City, deposit the same
in banks selected by the City Council in amounts not exceeding monetary limits
authorized by the City Council.
32. Clerk/Administrator shall
supervise all departments of the City and give direction to department heads
concerning the functions of the departments.
33. The Clerk/Administrator may represent the City in negotiations properly
entered into in accordance with law or Ordinance.
34. The Clerk/Administrator shall make oral or written reports to the
City Council at the first meeting of every month. These reports shall concern municipal affairs generally, the
municipal departments and recommendations suitable for City Council action.
35. The Clerk/Administrator may research and submit proposals to the
City Council for such specialized and professional services not already
available to the City. In securing
these services, the Clerk/Administrator shall conduct said duties in accordance
with the City Ordinance and the laws of the State of Iowa.
36. The Clerk/Administrator may sign all licenses and permits which
have been granted by the City Council, except those designated by law or
Ordinance to be issued by another municipal officer.
37. Upon authorization of the City Council and with the knowledge of
the Mayor, the Clerk/Administrator may revoke permits or licenses granted by
the City Council when their terms, the Ordinances of the City, or the laws of
the State of Iowa are violated by holders of said permits or licenses.
38. The Clerk/Administrator, with the knowledge of the Mayor, may
order to be removed, at public expense, any nuisance for which no person can be
found responsible and liable. This
order shall be in writing. The order to
remove said nuisances shall be carried out by the appropriate city official or
agency.
39. The Clerk/Administrator shall review all City personnel annually
and make recommendations on wages and other personnel matters to the City
Council. (Ord. No. 173 of 6/9/2003)
2-3-9 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE POLICE CHIEF. The duties of the Police Chief shall be as
follows:
1. The
Police Chief shall wear upon the Police Chief's outer garment and in plain view
a metal badge engraved with the name of the Police Chief's office, and such
uniform as may be specified by the City Council.
2. The
Police Chief shall assist the City Attorney in prosecuting any persons for the
violation of an Ordinance by gathering all the facts and circumstances
surrounding the case.
3. The
Police Chief shall be sergeant‑at‑arms of the Council chamber when
requested by the City Council.
4. The
Police Chief shall report to the City Council upon activities as Police Chief
when requested.
5. The
Police Chief shall protect the rights of persons and property, preserve order
at all public gatherings, prevent and abate nuisances, and protect persons
against every manner of unlawful disorder and offense.
6. The
Police Chief shall have charge of the City jail when such is provided and of
all persons held therein. The Police
Chief shall execute all orders of the court referring to the jail. The Police Chief shall feed and shelter
persons jailed in the usual manner and as required by law. When no City jail is provided, the Police
Chief shall make arrangements to convey any persons requiring detention to the
County jail as provided by law and agreements with the County.
7. The
Police Chief shall, whenever any person is bound over to the district court,
convey the prisoner to the County jail.
8. The
Police Chief shall execute all lawful orders of any board or commission
established by the City Council.
9. The
Police Chief shall be in command of all officers appointed for police work and
be responsible for the care, maintenance and use of all vehicles and equipment
for the department.
10. The
Police Chief may appoint one or more assistant Police Chiefs, who may perform
the Police Chief's duties and who shall be members of the police force.
11. The
Police Chief shall make such rules, not in conflict with the provisions of this
Ordinance, as needed for the detailed operation of the police department,
subject to the approval of the City Council.
Such rules shall cover off‑duty and on‑duty conduct and
activity of members, the wearing and care of the uniform, the use and practice
with side arms and other police weapons, the use of police radio and other
communications, attendance at training meetings and such other matters as the
Police Chief determines to be necessary for the operation of the police
department. The Police Chief shall see
that the discipline and conduct of the department conforms to rules of the department. In the event of an emergency the Police
Chief may make temporary rules for the protection of the system until due
consideration by the City Council may be had.
12. The
Police Chief shall, when requested, aid other municipal officers in the
execution of their official duties.
13. The
Police Chief shall report all motor vehicle accidents the police department
investigates in the regular course of duty to the Iowa Department of Public
Safety as provided by law.
14. The
Police Chief shall keep a record of all arrests made in the City by police
officers. The Police Chief shall record
whether said arrest was made under provisions of the laws of the State of Iowa
or Ordinances of the City. The record shall
show the offense for which arrest was made, who made the arrest, and the disposition
made of the charge.
At
least every year the Police Chief shall review and determine the current status
of all Iowa arrests reported, which are at least one year old with no
disposition data. Any Iowa arrest
recorded within a computer data storage system which has no disposition data
after four years shall be removed unless there is an outstanding arrest warrant
or detainer on such charge.
15. In
lieu of a Police Chief, and provided the City has entered into a contract with
the Linn County Sheriff’s Department for law enforcement protection, the Linn
County Sheriff shall assume the powers and duties specified herein for the
Police Chief. Said powers and duties
shall be executed by the Sheriff or the Sheriff’s designee.
2‑3‑10 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE CITY
ATTORNEY. The duties of the City
Attorney shall be as follows:
1. The
City Attorney shall attend every regular meeting when requested of the City
Council and attend those special meetings of the City Council at which the City
Attorney is requested to be present.
2. The
City Attorney shall, upon request, formulate drafts for contracts, forms and
other writings which may be required for the use of the City.
3. The
City Attorney shall keep in proper files a record of all official opinions and
a docket or register of all actions prosecuted and defined by the City Attorney
accompanied by all proceedings relating to said actions.
4. The
City Attorney shall, upon request, give an opinion in writing upon all
questions of law relating to municipal matters submitted by the City Council,
the Mayor, or City Clerk.
5. The
City Attorney shall prepare those Ordinances when the City Council may desire
and direct to be prepared and report to the City Council upon all Ordinances
before their final passage by the City Council and publication.
6. The
City Attorney shall act as Attorney for the City in all matters affecting the
City's interest and appear on behalf of the City before any court, tribunal,
commission or board. The City Attorney
shall prosecute or defend all actions and proceedings when so requested by the
Mayor or City Council.
7. The
City Attorney shall not appear on behalf of any municipal office or employee
before any court or tribunal for the purely private benefit of said officer or
employee. The City Attorney shall,
however, if directed by the City Council, appear to defend any municipal
officer or employee in any cause of action arising out of or in the course of
the performance of the duties of his or her office or employment.
8. The
City Attorney shall sign the name of the City to all appeal bonds and to all
other bonds or papers of any kind that may be essential to the prosecution of
any cause in court, and when so signed the City shall be bound upon the same.
9. The
City Attorney shall make a written report to the City Council and interested
department heads of the defects in all contracts, documents, authorized power
of any City officer, and Ordinances submitted to said City Attorney or coming
under said City Attorney's notice.
10. The
City Attorney shall, upon request, after due examination, offer a written
opinion on and recommend alterations pertaining to contracts involving the City
before they become binding upon the City or are published.
2‑3‑11
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE WATER POLLUTION CONTROL SUPERINTENDENT/WATER
SUPERINTENDENT. The duties of the
superintendent of public utilities shall be as follows:
1. The
Superintendent shall be responsible for the management, operation and
maintenance of sewer and water utilities.
2. The
Superintendent shall keep records of the plants and equipment, and a continuous
up‑to‑date inventory of all goods and supplies. The Superintendent shall keep all other
records ordered to be kept by the Mayor in addition to those provided for by
law or Ordinance.
3. The
Superintendent shall make a report periodically in writing to the Mayor and
City Council on the present state of the public utilities. In this report shall be specifically stated
the production and the general condition of the entire utilities
enterprise. The Superintendent shall,
at the close of every year, compile (or cause to be compiled) a written annual
report of the activities and general condition of the public utilities of the
City. This report shall contain a
statement of the general progress and accomplishments of the plants and systems
for the year covered in the report; a statement of financial operations for the
year showing revenues and expenditures; a summary of the history of the
financial operations of the plant showing total revenue, cost of operations,
depreciation, interest on bonds and net profits; a statement of free services
rendered to the municipality during the year and their estimated cash value; a
statement of the rate schedules that are presently in effect; and a balance
sheet with a statement of all assets, liabilities and reserves.
4. In
lieu of a Superintendent, the Council may enter into a contract with a person
or firm duly qualified to execute the above powers and duties.
2-3-12 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE
SUPERINTENDENT. The superintendent of
the city sewage system shall be appointed by the council and exercise the
following powers and duties:
1. Operation
and Maintenance. He shall operate and
maintain the city sewage system.
2. Inspection
and Tests. He shall conduct necessary
inspections and tests to assure compliance with the provisions of this chapter.
3. Records. He shall maintain a complete and accurate
record of all sewers, sewage connections and manholes constructed showing the
location and grades thereof.
4. In
lieu of a Superintendent, the Council may enter into a contract with a person
or firm duly qualified to execute the above powers and duties.
2‑3‑13 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE FIRE CHIEF. Reserved.
TITLE
II POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 4 SALARIES OF
MUNICIPAL OFFICERS
2-4-1 Council Member 2-4-3 Other Officers
2-4-2 Mayor
2‑4‑1 COUNCIL MEMBER. The salaries of each City Council member
shall be $25.00 for each meeting of the City Council. (Changed by Ord. No. 172
of 4/14/03-to be effective 1/1/04)
2‑4‑2 MAYOR. The Mayor shall receive an annual salary of $2,000.00 to be paid in equal quarterly installments. (Changed
by Ord. No. 172 of 4/14/03-to be effective 1/1/04)
2‑4‑3 OTHER OFFICERS. The compensation of all other officers and
employees shall be set by resolution of City Council.
2-5-1 Budget Adoption 2-5-9 Expenditures
2-5-2 Budget Amendment 2-5-10 Authorizations to Expend
2-5-3 Budget Protest 2-5-11 Accounting
2-5-4 Accounts and Programs 2-5-12 Budget Accounts
2-5-5 Annual Report 2-5-13 Immediate Payment Authorized
2-5-6 Council Transfers 2-5-14 Contingency Accounts
2-5-7 Administrative Transfers 2-5-15 Unauthorized Expenditure
2-5-8 Budget Officer
2‑5‑1 BUDGET ADOPTION. Annually, the City shall prepare and adopt a
budget, and shall certify taxes as follows:
1.
A budget shall be prepared for at least the following fiscal year. When required by rules of the State City
finance committee, a tentative budget shall be prepared for one or two ensuing
years. The proposed budget shall show
estimates of the following:
a. Expenditures for each program.
b. Income from sources other than property taxation.
c. Amount to be raised by property taxation, and the property tax
rate expressed in dollars per one thousand dollars valuation.
The
budget shall show comparisons between the estimated expenditures in each program
in the following year and the actual expenditures in each program during the
two preceding years. Wherever
practicable, as provided in rules of the State City finance committee, a budget
shall show comparisons between the levels of service provided by each program
as estimated for the following year, and actual levels of service provided by
each program during the two preceding years.
2. Not
less than twenty days before the date that the budget must be certified to the
County Auditor, the Clerk shall provide a sufficient number of copies of the
budget to meet reasonable demands of taxpayers, and have them available for
distribution at the offices of the Mayor and Clerk and at the City library, if
any, or at three places designated by Ordinance for posting notices.
3. The
City Council shall set a time and place for public hearing on the budget before
the final certification date and shall publish notice before the hearing as
provided in Iowa law. Proof of
publication shall be filed with the County Auditor.
4. At
the hearing, any resident or taxpayer of the City may present to the City
Council objections to any part of the budget for the following fiscal year or
arguments in favor of any part of the budget.
5. After
the hearing, the City Council shall adopt a budget for at least the following
fiscal year, and the Clerk shall certify the necessary tax levy for the
following year to the County Auditor and the County Board of Supervisors. The tax levy certified may be less than but
not more than the amount estimated in the proposed budget, unless an additional
tax levy is approved at a City election.
Two copies of the complete budget as adopted shall be transmitted to the
County Auditor.
2‑5‑2 BUDGET AMENDMENT. The City budget as finally adopted for the
following fiscal year becomes effective July first and constitutes the City
appropriation for each program and purpose specified therein until
amended. The City budget for the
current fiscal year may be amended for any of the following purposes:
1. To
permit the appropriation and expenditures of unexpended, unencumbered cash
balances on hand at the end of the preceding fiscal year which had not been
anticipated in the budget.
2. To
permit the appropriation and expenditure of amounts anticipated to be available
from sources other than property taxation, and which had not been anticipated
in the budget.
3. To
permit transfers from the debt service fund, the capital improvements reserve
fund, the emergency fund, or other funds established by State law, to any other
City program area, unless specifically prohibited by State law.
4. To
permit transfers between programs within the general fund.
The
budget amendment shall be prepared and adopted in the same manner as the
original budget, and is subject to protest as provided in Section 2‑5‑3
of this chapter, except that the City Finance Committee may by rule provide
that amendments of certain types or up to certain amounts may be made without
public hearing and without being subject to protest.
2‑5‑3 BUDGET PROTEST. Within a period of ten days after the final
date that the budget or amended budget may be certified to the County Auditor,
persons affected by the budget may file a written protest with the County Auditor,
specifying their objection to the budget or any part of it. A protest must be signed by qualified voters
equal in number to one‑fourth of one percent of the votes cast for
governor in the last preceding general election in the City, but not less than
ten persons.
2‑5‑4 ACCOUNTS AND PROGRAMS. The City shall keep separate accounts
corresponding to the programs and items in its adopted or amended budget, as
recommended by the State City Finance Committee.
The
City shall keep accounts which show an accurate and detailed statement of all
public funds collected, received, or expended for any City purpose, by any City
officer, employee, or other person, and which show the receipt, use, and
disposition of all City property.
Public monies may not be expended or encumbered except under an annual
or continuing appropriation.
1. Petty
Cash Fund. The finance officer shall be
custodian of a petty cash fund not to exceed fifty dollars ($50.00) for the
payment of small claims for minor purchases, collect on delivery transportation
charges and small fees customarily paid at the time of rendering a service for
which payments the clerk shall obtain some form of receipt or bill acknowledged
as paid by the vendor or his agent. At
such time as the petty cash fund is approaching depletion the clerk shall draw
a check for replenishment in the amount of the accumulated expenditures and
said check and supporting detail shall be submitted to the Council as a claim
in the usual manner for claims and charged to the proper funds and accounts. It shall not be used or salary payments or
other personal services or personal expenses.
No petty cash fund of any city department shall exceed fifty dollars
($50.00).
2‑5‑5 ANNUAL REPORT. Not later than December first of each year
the City shall publish an annual report containing a summary for the preceding
fiscal year of all collections and receipts, all accounts due the City, and all
expenditures, the current public debt of the City, and the legal debt limit of
the City for the current fiscal year. A
copy of this report shall be furnished to the Auditor of State.
2-5-6 COUNCIL
TRANSFERS. Reserved.
2‑5‑7 ADMINISTRATIVE TRANSFERS. The City Clerk shall have power to make
transfers within a single activity between objects of expenditures within
activities without prior City Council approval.
The
City Clerk shall have the power to make transfers between activities, or
between sub‑programs without prior City Council approval to meet
expenditures which exceed estimates or are unforeseen but necessary to carry
out City Council directives or to maintain a necessary service and provide the
required appropriation balance. Such
transfers shall not exceed 10% at any one time of the activity's annual
appropriation which is increased or decreased.
However, when a given transfer, considering all previous transfers to or
from any activity to exceed by ten percent greater or ten percent less than the
original appropriation, it shall be presented to the City Council as a
resolution including all such administrative transfers to date in the fiscal
year for consideration and passage as presented, or as amended by the City
Council.
2‑5‑8 BUDGET OFFICER. The City Clerk shall be the City budget
officer and is responsible for preparing the budget data in cooperation with the
City Council or Mayor. The City Clerk
shall be responsible for carrying out the authorizations and plans in the
budget as set forth in the budget, subject to City Council control and the
limitations set out in this Ordinance.
2‑5‑9 EXPENDITURES. No expenditure shall be authorized by any
City officer or employee except as herein provided. All purchases of services, supplies and equipment shall be made
only after issuance of a purchase order and no invoice shall be accepted unless
authorized by such an order. Purchases
may be made by those officials authorized by the City Council but only on
issuance of a spot purchase order in writing signed by the authorized
officer. A copy of such spot purchase
order must be delivered to the Clerk within seventy-two (72) hours, weekends,
and holidays excepted. All other
purchases shall be valid only if a purchase order has been given in writing and
signed by the Clerk. Purchases from
petty cash shall be excepted.
2‑5‑10 AUTHORIZATIONS TO EXPEND. All purchase orders other than those
excepted herein shall be authorized by the City budget officer after
determining whether the purchase, if a major item, has been authorized by the
budget or other City Council approval.
The Clerk shall then determine whether a purchase order may be issued by
checking the availability of an appropriation sufficient to pay for such a
purchase. A purchase order may be
issued only if there is an appropriation sufficient for the purchase and for
other anticipated or budgeted purposes. If no adequate appropriation is available for the expenditure
contemplated the Clerk shall not issue a purchase order until a budget
amendment to transfer of appropriation is made in accordance with power
delegated by City Council and within the limits set by law and the City
Council. The Clerk shall draw a
warrant/check only upon an invoice received, or progress billing for a public
improvement, supported by a purchase order and a signed receipt or other
certification indicating the material has been delivered of the quality and in
the quantities indicated or the services have been performed satisfactorily to
the extent invoiced.
2‑5‑11 ACCOUNTING. The Clerk shall set up and maintain books of original entry to
provide a chronological record of cash received and disbursed through all
receipts given and warrants written, which receipts and warrants shall be
prenumbered, in accordance with modern, accepted methods, and the requirement
of the state. The Clerk shall keep a
general ledger controlling all cash transactions, budgetary accounts and
recording unappropriated surpluses.
Warrants/checks may be signed by the City Clerk and Mayor.
2‑5‑12 BUDGET ACCOUNTS. The Clerk shall set up such individual
accounts to record receipts by source and expenditures by program and purpose
as will provide adequate information and control for budgetary purposes as
planned and approved by the City Council.
Each individual account shall be maintained within its proper fund as
required by City Council order or State law and shall be so kept that receipts
can be immediately and directly compared with specific estimates and
expenditures can be related to the appropriation which authorized it. No expenditure shall be posted except to the
appropriation for the function and purpose for which the expense was incurred.
2-5-13 IMMEDIATE PAYMENT AUTHORIZED. The Council may be resolution authorize the
clerk to issue checks for immediate payment of amounts due which if not paid
promptly would result in loss of discount, penalty for late payment or
additional interest cost. Any such
payments made shall be reported to the council for review and approval with and
in the same manner as other claims at the next meeting following such payment. The resolution authorizing immediate payment
shall specify the type of payment so authorized and may include but is not
limited to payment of utility bills, contractual obligations, payroll and bond
principal and interest.
2‑5‑14 CONTINGENCY ACCOUNTS. Whenever the City Council shall have budgeted
for a contingency account the Clerk shall set up in the accounting records but
the Clerk shall not charge any claim to a contingency account. Said contingency accounts may be drawn upon
only by City Council resolution directing a transfer to a specific purpose
account within its fund and then only upon compelling evidence of an unexpected
and unforeseeable need or emergency.
2-5-15 UNAUTHORIZED EXPENDITURE. No city official or employee, or any person
acting under color of such office or employment, shall knowingly make any
contract or authorize any expenditure known by him or her to be in excess of
that authorized by law.
2-6-1 Purpose 2-6-3 Removing Notice Unlawful
2-6-2 Listing; Length of Notice 2-6-4 Time
2-6-1 PURPOSE.
The City of Ely, Iowa has no newspaper published within the corporate
limits of the City, and publications of notice of elections, Ordinances and
amendments may be made by posting in three public places which have been permanently
designated by Ordinance.
2-6-2 LISTING,
LENGTH OF NOTICE. The three
public places where public notice of Ordinances and other matters permitted to
be posted are to be displayed are:
Solon
State Bank - Ely
Ely
Post Office
Ely
Community Center (City Hall)
The
City Clerk is hereby directed to promptly post notices of elections,
Ordinances, and amendments, and to leave them so posted for not less than ten
days after the first date of posting, and the City Clerk shall note the first
date of such posting on the official copy of the Ordinance and in the official
Ordinance book immediately following the Ordinance. For Ordinances and other matters requiring publication, the City
Council shall annually designate by resolution a newspaper of general
circulation.
2-6-3 REMOVING
NOTICE, UNLAWFUL. Any unlawful removal
of a public notice or posting shall not affect the validity of the Ordinance or
action taken.
2-6-4 TIME. If notice of an election, hearing, or other
official action is required by the city code or law, the notice must be
published at least once, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days
before the date of the election, hearing or other action, unless otherwise
provided by law.
TITLE
II POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION
2-7-1 Purpose 2-7-6 Filing, Presumption, Withdrawals,
2-7-2 Nominating Method to be Used Objections
2-7-3 Nominations by Petition 2-7-7 Persons Elected
2-7-4 Adding Name by Petition 2-7-8 Primary and Runoff Abolished
2-7-5 Preparation of Petition
2-7-1 PURPOSE.
The purpose of this chapter is to designate the method by which
candidates for elective municipal offices in the City shall be nominated and
elected.
2-7-2 NOMINATING METHOD TO BE USED. All candidates for elective municipal
offices shall be nominated under the provisions of Chapter 45 of the Code of
Iowa.
2-7-3 NOMINATIONS BY PETITION. Nominations for elective municipal offices
of the City may be made by nomination paper or papers signed by not less than
ten eligible electors, residents of the City.
2-7-4 ADDING NAME BY PETITION. The name of a candidate placed upon the
ballot by any other method than by petition shall not be added by petition for
the same office.
2-7-5 PREPARATION OF PETITION. Each eligible elector shall add to the
signature the elector's residence address, and date of signing. The person whose nomination is proposed by
the petition may not sign it. Before
filing said petition, there shall be endorsed thereon or attached thereto an affidavit
executed by the candidate, which affidavit shall contain:
1. Name
and Residence. The name and residence
(including street and number, if any) of said nominee, and the office to which
nominated.
2. Name
on Ballot. A request that the name of the
nominee be printed upon the official ballot for the election.
3. Eligibility. A statement that the nominee is eligible to
be a candidate for the office and if elected will qualify as such officer.
4. Organization
Statement. A statement, in the form
required by Iowa law, concerning the organization of the candidate's committee.
Such
petition when so verified shall be known as a nomination paper.
2-7-6 FILING, PRESUMPTION, WITHDRAWALS,
OBJECTIONS. The time and place of
filing nomination petitions, the presumption of validity thereof, the right of
a candidate so nominated to withdraw and the effect of such withdrawal, and the
right to object to the legal sufficiency of such petitions, or to the
eligibility of the candidate, shall be governed by the appropriate provisions
of Chapter 44 of the Code of Iowa.
2-7-7 PERSONS ELECTED. The candidates who receive the greatest number of votes for each
office on the ballot are elected, to the extent necessary to fill the positions
open.
2-7-8 PRIMARY AND RUNOFF ABOLISHED. The Council has adopted Chapters 44 and 45
of the Code of Iowa for conducting elections and in accordance with Section
376.6(2), Code of Iowa, no primary or runoff election will be conducted for City
offices.
TITLE
II POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION
2-8-1 Department Established 2-8-7 Police Chief; Duties
2-8-2 Organization 2-8-8 Departmental Rules
2-8-3 Peace Officer Qualifications 2-8-9 Summoning Aid
2-8-4 Required Training 2-8-10 Taking Weapons
2-8-5 Compensation 2-8-11 Contract Law Enforcement
2-8-6 Peace Officers Appointed
2-8-1 DEPARTMENT ESTABLISHED. The Police Department of the City is
established to provide for the preservation of peace and enforcement of law and
ordinances within the corporate limits of the City.
2-8-2 ORGANIZATION. The department consists of the Police Chief
and such other law enforcement officers and personnel, whether full or
part-time, as may be authorized by the City Council.
2-8-3 PEACE OFFICER QUALIFICATIONS. In no case shall any person be selected or
appointed as a law enforcement officer unless such person meets the minimum
qualification standards established by the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy.
2-8-4 REQUIRED TRAINING. All peace officers shall have received the minimum
training required by law at an approved law enforcement training school within
one year of employment. Peace officers
shall also meet the minimum in-service training as required by law.
2-8-5 COMPENSATION. Members of the department are designated by
rank and receive such compensation as shall be determined by resolution of the
City Council.
2-8-6 PEACE OFFICERS APPOINTED. The Mayor shall appoint the Police Chief and
the Police Chief shall appoint, subject to the approval of the Mayor, the other
members of the department.
2-8-7 POLICE CHIEF; DUTIES. The Police Chief has the following powers
and duties subject to the approval of the City Council.
1. General. Perform all duties required of the Police
Chief by law or ordinance.
2. Enforce
Laws. Enforce all laws, ordinances and
regulations and bring all persons committing any offense before the proper
court.
3. Writs. Execute and return all writs and other
processes directed to the Police Chief.
4. Accident
Reports. Report all motor vehicle
accidents investigated to the State Department of Transportation.
5. Prisoners. Be responsible for the custody of prisoners,
including conveyance to detention facilities as may be required.
6. Assist
Officials. When requested, provide aid
to other City officers, boards and commissions in the execution of their
official duties.
7. Investigations. Provide for such investigation as may be
necessary for the prosecution of any person alleged to have violated any law or
ordinance.
8. Record
of Arrests. Keep a record of all
arrests made in the City by showing whether said arrests were made under
provisions of State law or City ordinance, the offense charged, who made the
arrest and the disposition of the charge.
9. Reports. Compile and submit to the Mayor and City
Council an annual report as well as such other reports as may be requested by
the Mayor or City Council.
10. Command. Be in command of all officers appointed for
police work and be responsible for the care, maintenance and use of all
vehicles, equipment and materials of the department.
2-8-8 DEPARTMENTAL RULES. The Police Chief shall establish such rules,
not in conflict with the Code of Ordinances, and subject to the approval of the
City Council, as may be necessary for the operation of the department.
2-8-9 SUMMONING AID. Any peace officer making a legal arrest may
orally summon as many persons as the officer reasonably finds necessary to aid
the officer in making the arrest.
2-8-10 TAKING WEAPONS. Any person who makes an arrest may take from the person arrested
all items which are capable of causing bodily harm which the arrested person
may have within such person's control to be disposed of according to law.
2-8-11 CONTRACT LAW ENFORCEMENT. In lieu of the appointment of a Police Chief
by the Mayor, the City Council may contract with the County Sheriff or any
other qualified lawful entity to provide law enforcement services within the
City and in such event the Sheriff or such other entity shall have and exercise
the powers and duties of the Police Chief as provided herein.
TITLE
II POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION
2-9-1 Powers and Duties 2-9-3 Meetings
2-9-2 Exercise of Power
2-9-1 POWER AND DUTIES. The powers and duties of the City Council
include, but are not limited to the following:
1. General. All powers of the City are vested in the City Council
except as otherwise provided by law or ordinance.
2. Wards. By ordinance, the City Council may divide the City into
wards based upon population, change the boundaries of wards, eliminate wards or
create new wards.
3. Fiscal Authority. The City Council shall apportion and
appropriate all funds, and audit and allow all bills, accounts, payrolls and
claims, and order payment thereof. It shall make all assessments for the cost
of street improvements, sidewalks, sewers and other work, improvement or
repairs which may be specially assessed.
4. Public Improvements. The City Council shall make all orders for
the doing of work, or the making or construction of any improvements, bridges
or buildings.
5. Contracts. The City Council shall make or authorize the making
of all contracts, and no contract shall bind or be obligatory upon the City
unless either made by ordinance or resolution adopted by the City Council, or
reduced to writing and approved by the City Council, or expressly authorized by
ordinance or resolution adopted by the City Council.
6. Employees. The City Council shall authorize, by resolution, the
number, duties, term of office and compensation of employees or officers not
otherwise provided for by the State law or the Code of Ordinances.
7. Setting Compensation for Elected Officers. By ordinance, the
City Council shall prescribe the compensation of the Mayor, City Council
members, and other elected City officers, but a change in the compensation of
the Mayor does not become effective during the term in which the change is
adopted, and the City Council shall not adopt such an ordinance changing the
compensation of any elected officer during the months of November and December
in the year of a regular City election. A change in the compensation of City
Council members becomes effective for all City Council members at the beginning
of the term of the City Council members elected at the election next following
the change in compensation.
8. At the
beginning of the terms of office for the members of the City Council, the
Mayor, with the consent of the City Council, shall designate from among the
members of the City Council, except for the Mayor pro tempore, Council members
to report on streets, finances, public safety, and public works. The provisions of this chapter shall not be
interpreted to modify, restrict or hamper the powers, duties and authority of
the City Council or the Mayor, as chief executive officer of the city, as set
forth in other provisions of the city code pertaining to street, finance,
public safety and public works. (Ord.
No. 173 of 6/3/2003)
2-9-2 EXERCISE
OF POWER. The City Council shall
exercise a power only by the passage of a motion, a resolution, an amendment,
or an ordinance in the following manner:
1. Approved
Action by the City Council. Passage of
an ordinance, amendment, or resolution requires an affirmative vote of not less
than a majority of the City Council members.
A motion to spend public funds in excess of ten thousand dollars
($10,000) on any one project, or a motion to accept public improvements and
facilities upon their completion also requires an affirmative vote of not less
than a majority of the City Council members.
Each Council member's vote on an ordinance, amendment or resolution must
be recorded.
2. Overriding
Mayor's Veto. Within thirty (30) days
after the Mayor's veto, the City Council may repass the ordinance or resolution
by a vote of not less than two-thirds of the City Council members, and the
ordinance or resolution becomes effective upon repassage and publication.
3. Measures
Become Effective. Measures passed by
the City Council, other than motions, become effective in one of the following
ways:
a. If the Mayor signs the measure, a resolution becomes effective
immediately upon signing and an ordinance or amendment becomes a law when
published, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within the measure.
b. If the Mayor vetoes a measure and the City Council repasses the
measure after the Mayor's veto, a resolution becomes effective immediately upon
repassage, and an ordinance or amendment becomes a law when published unless a
subsequent effective date is provided with the measure.
c. If the Mayor takes no action on the measure, a resolution becomes
effective fourteen (14) days after the date of passage and an ordinance or
amendment becomes law when published, but not sooner than fourteen (14) days
after the day of passage, unless a subsequent effective date is provided within
the measure.
2-9-3
MEETINGS. Procedures for giving notice of meetings of the City Council and
other provisions regarding the conduct of City Council meetings are contained
in Section 5.06 of this Code of Ordinances.
Additional particulars
relating to City Council meetings are the following:
1.
Regular Meetings. The regular meetings of the City Council shall be set by
Resolution of the City Council.
2.
Special Meetings. Special meetings shall be held upon call of the Mayor or upon
the written request of a majority of the members of the City Council submitted
to the City Clerk/Administrator. Notice of a special meeting shall specify the
date, time, place and subject of the meeting and such notice shall be given
personally or left at the usual place of residence of each member of the City
Council. The City Clerk/Administrator shall maintain a record of the service of
notice. Anyone requesting a special meeting of the City Council, shall do so in
writing. Requests for a special meeting of the Council by the general public
shall be denied if made within ten (10) days of a regularly scheduled Council
meeting.
3.
Quorum. A majority of all City Council members is a quorum.
4.
Rules of Procedure. The City Council shall determine its own rules and maintain
records of its proceedings.
5.
Compelling Attendance. Any three (3) members of the City Council can compel the
attendance of the absent members at any regular, adjourned or duly called
meeting, by serving a written notice upon the absent members to attend at once.
Open Meetings. All meetings
shall be held in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21, Code of Iowa --
Official Meetings Open to Public. (Ord. No.
173 of 6/9/2003)
TITLE II POLICY AND
ADMINISTRATION
DISASTER RECOVERY AND
RECONSTRUCTION
2-10-1 Authority
2-10-2 Purposes
2-10-3 Definitions
2-10-3.1 Damage Assessment Survey
2-10-3.2 Development Moratorium
2-10-3.3 Director
2-10-3.4 Disaster Assistance Centers
(DACS)
2-10-3.5
Disaster
Field Office
2-10-3.6
Disaster
Survey Report (DSR)
2-10-3.7
Emergency
2-10-3.8
Event
2-10-3.9
Federal
Response Plan (FRP)
2-10-3.10
Flood
Insurance Rate Map (FIRM)
2-10-3.11
Hazard
Mitigation Grant Program
2-10-3.12
Historic
Building or Structure
2-10-3.13
Individual
Assistance Program
2-10-3.14
In-Kind
2-10-3.15
Major
Disaster
2-10-3.16
Multi-Agency
Hazard Mitigation Team
2-10-3.17
Public
Assistance Program
2-10-3.18
Reconstruction
2-10-3.19
Recovery
2-10-3.20
Recovery
Organization
2-10-3.21
Recovery
Plan
2-10-3.22
Recovery
Strategy
2-10-3.23
Safety
Element
2-10-3.24
Stafford
Act
2-10-4
Recovery
Organization
2-10-4.1
Powers
and Duties
2-10-4.2
Recovery
Task Force
2-10-4.3
Operations
and Meetings
2-10-4.4
Succession
2-10-4.5
Organization
2-10-4.6
Relation
to Emergency Management Organization
2-10-5
Recovery
Plan
2-10-5.1
Recovery
Plan Content
2-10-5.2
Coordination
of Recovery Plan with FEMA and Other Agencies
2-10-5.3
Recovery
Plan Adoption
2-10-5.4
Recover
Plan Implementation
2-10-5.5
Recovery
Plan Training and Exercises
2-10-5.6
Recovery
Plan Consultation
with Citizens
2-10-5.7
Recovery
Plan Amendments
2-10-5.8
Recovery
Plan Coordination with Related Plans
2-10-6
General
Provisions
2-10-6.1
Powers
and Procedures
2-10-6.2
Post-Disaster
Operations
2-10-6.3
Coordination
with FEMA and Other Agencies
2-10-6.4
Consultation
with Citizens
2-10-7
Temporary
Regulations
2-10-7.1
Duration
2-10-7.2
Damage
Assessment
2-10-7.3
Development
Moratorium
2-10-7.4
Debris
Clearance
2-10-7.5
One-Stop
Center for Permit Expediting
2-10-7.6
Temporary
Use Permits
2-10-7.7
Temporary
Repair Permits
2-10-7.8
Deferral
of Fees For Reconstruction Permits
2-10-7.9
Non
conforming Buildings and Uses
2-10-8
Demolition
of Damaged Historic buildings
2-10-8.1
Condemnation
and Demolition
2-10-8.2
Notice
of Condemnation
2-10-8.3
Request
To FEMA to Demolish
2-10-8.4
Historic
Buildings Demolitions Review
2-10-9
Temporary
and Permanent Housing
2-10-10
Hazard
Mitigation Program
2-10-10.1
Safety
Element
2-10-10.2
Short-term
Action Program
2-10-10.3
Post-Disaster
Actions
2-10-10.4
New
Information
2-10-11
Recovery
and Reconstruction Strategy
2-10-11.1
Functions
2-10-11.2
Review
2-10-12
Severability
2-10 1 Authority This ordinance is adopted by
the Linn County Board of Supervisors and the respective City Councils acting
under authority of the City Municipal Code, State Code 29C, Emergency
Management, and all applicable federal laws and regulations.
2-10-2 Purpose It is the intent of the Linn
County Board of Supervisors and the affected City Councils under this chapter
to:
authorize creation of an
organization to plan and prepare in advance of a major disaster for orderly and
expeditious post-disaster recovery and to direct and coordinate recovery and
reconstruction activities;
direct the preparation of a
pre-event plan for post-disaster recovery and reconstruction to be updated on a
continuing basis;
authorize in advance of a major
disaster the exercise of certain planning and regulatory powers related to
disaster recovery and reconstruction to be implemented upon declaration of a
local emergency;
identify means by which the
county and the affected cities will take cooperative action with other
governmental entities in expediting recovery;
and implement means by which the
county and the affected cities will consult with and assist citizens,
businesses and community organizations during the planning and implementation
of recovery and reconstruction procedures.
2-10-3 Definitions As
used in this ordinance, the following definitions shall apply:
2-10-3.1 Damage Assessment Survey A field survey to determine levels of damage
for structures and/or to post placards designating the condition of structures.
2-10-3.2 Development Moratorium A temporary hold, for a defined period of
time, on the issuance of building permits, approval of land use applications or
other permits and entitlements related to the use, development and occupancy of
private property in the interests of protection of life and property.
2-10-3.3 Director Shall mean the Director of the Recovery Organization or
an authorized representative.
2-10-3..4 Disaster Assistance Centers (DACs) A multi-agency center
organized by FEMA for coordinating assistance to disaster victims.
2-10-3.5 Disaster Field Office (DFO) A center established by FEMA for coordinating
disaster response and recovery operations, staffed by representatives of
federal, state and local agencies as identified in the Federal Response Plan
(FRP) and determined by disaster circumstances.
2-10-3.6 Disaster Survey Report (DSR) Shall
mean a claim by a local jurisdiction for financial reimbursement for repair or
replacement of a public facility damaged in a major disaster, as authorized
under the Stafford Act and related federal regulations, plans and policies.
2-10-3.7 Emergency Shall mean a local emergency, as defined by the Iowa State
Code, which has been declared by the Board of Supervisors and the affected City
Council for a specific disaster and has not been terminated.
2-10-3.8 Event Shall mean any natural occurrence, which results in
the declaration of a state of emergency and shall include tornadoes, fires,
floods, winter storms, hazardous material releases, etc.
2-10-3.9 Federal Response Plan (FRP) A Plan prepared by FEMA and
over two dozen other federal departments and agencies to coordinate efforts of
a large number of federal, state and local agencies in providing response and
recovery assistance in an expeditious manner.
2-10-3.10 Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) A map showing the outer boundaries of the floodway and
floodplain as determined by the Flood Insurance Administration through the
Flood Insurance Rate Map program.
2-10-3.11 Hazard Mitigation Grant Program A program for assistance to federal, state and local
agencies whereby a grant is provided by FEMA as an incentive for implementing
mutually desired mitigation programs, as authorized by the Stafford Act and
related federal regulations, plans and policies.
2-10-3.12 Historic Building or Structure Shall
mean any building or structure included on the national register of historic
places, the state register of historic places or points of interest, or a local
register of historic places, and any buildings and structures having historic
significance within a recognized historic district.
2-10-3.13 Individual Assistance Program A program for providing small grants to individuals
and households affected by a disaster to offset loss or equipment, damage to
homes, or the cost of relocation to another home, as authorized under the
Stafford Act and related federal regulations.
2-10-3.14 In-Kind Shall mean the same as the prior building or structure in size,
height and shape, type of construction, number of units, general location and
appearance.
2-10-3.15 Major Disaster Shall mean a locally
declared emergency also proclaimed as a state of emergency by the Governor of
the State and by the President of the United States.
2-10-3.16 Multi-Agency Hazard Mitigation Team A team of representatives from FEMA, other federal agencies, state
emergency management agencies and related state and local agencies, formed to
identify, evaluate and report on post-disaster mitigation needs.
2-10-3.17 Public Assistance Program A program for providing reimbursement to federal, state
and local agencies and non-profit organizations for repair and replacement of
facilities lost or damaged in a disaster, as authorized under the Stafford Act
and related federal regulations, plans and policies.
2-10-3.18 Reconstruction Shall mean the rebuilding of
permanent replacement housing, construction of large-scale public or private
facilities badly damaged or destroyed in a major disaster, addition of major
community improvements, and full restoration of a healthy economy.
2-10-3.19 Recovery Shall mean the process by which most of private and
public
buildings and structures not severely damaged or destroyed in a major disaster
are repaired and most public and commercial services are restored to normal.
2-10-3.20 Recovery Organization An interdepartmental
organization, which
coordinates
city staff actions in planning and implementing disaster recovery and
reconstruction functions.
2-10-3.21 Recovery Plan A pre-event plan for
post-disaster recovery and reconstruction comprised of policies, plans,
implementation actions, and designated responsibilities related to expeditious
and orderly post-disaster recovery and rebuilding, as well as long-term
mitigation.
2-10-3.22 Recovery Strategy A post-disaster strategic program identifying
and prioritizing major actions contemplated or under way regarding such
essential recovery functions as business resumption, economic reinvestment,
industrial recovery, housing replacement, infrastructure restoration, and potential sources of
financing to support these functions.
2-10-3.23 Safety Element An element of the
comprehensive, long-term
general
plan for the physical development of a community which addresses protection of
the community from unreasonable risks associated with the effects of earthquakes, landslides,
flooding, wild land and urban fires, wind, coastal erosion, and other natural
and technological disasters.
2-10-3.24 “Stafford Act” Shall
mean the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act
(Public Law 93-288, as amended).
2-10-4 Recovery Organization There is hereby created the Recovery Organization,
for the purpose of coordinating county and city actions in planning and
implementing disaster recovery and reconstruction activities.
2-10-4.1 Powers and Duties The Recovery Organization shall have such powers as enable
it to carry out the purposes, provisions and procedures of this Chapter, as
identified in this chapter.
2-10-4.2 Recovery Task Force The Recovery Organization
shall include a
Recovery
Task Force comprised of the following officers and members:
A member of the Linn County Board
of Supervisors who shall be Chair;
The Mayor Pro-Tempore or
Assistant City Manager who shall be Deputy Director and shall act as Vice Chair
in the absence of the Mayor or City Manager;
(In the event of more than one affected city, the Mayor or City
Manager/Administrator of the next largest city shall act as Deputy Director.)
The County and affected City
Attorney’s who shall be Legal Advisers;
Other members, including the
County and affected City Building Officials, County and affected City
Engineers, Community Development/Planning Director, Fire Chiefs, Emergency
Management Director, General Services Directors, Police Chiefs, Public Works
Directors, Utilities Director, together with representatives from such other
departments and offices as may be deemed necessary by the Chair or Director for
effective operation;
2-10-4.3 Operations and Meetings The Director shall have
responsibility for
Recovery
Organization operations. When an
emergency declaration is not in force, the Recovery Task Force shall meet
monthly or more frequently, upon call of the Chair of Director. After a declaration of an emergency, and for
the duration of that declared emergency period, the Recovery Task Force shall
meet daily or as frequently as determined by the Director.
2-10-4.4 Succession In the absence of the
Director, the Assistant Director shall
serve
as Acting Director and shall be empowered to carry out the duties and
responsibilities of the Director. The
Director shall name a succession of county department directors or city
department managers to carry on the duties of the Director and Assistant
Director, and to serve as Acting Director in the event of the unavailability of
the Director and Assistant Director.
2-10-4.5 Organization The Recovery Task Force may
create such standing or ad
hoc
committees as determined necessary by the Director.
2-10-4.6 Relation to Emergency Management
Organization The Recovery Organization shall
work in concert with the Linn County Emergency Management Commission, which has
interrelated functions and similar membership.
The Emergency Management Director SHOULD
NOT be the Director of the Recovery Task Force.
2-10-5 Recovery Plan Before
a major disaster, the Recovery Task Force shall prepare a pre-event plan for
post-disaster recovery and reconstruction, referred to as the Recovery Plan,
which shall be comprised of pre-event and post-disaster policies, plans,
implementation actions, and designated responsibilities, related to expeditious
and orderly post-disaster recovery, rebuilding, and long-term hazard
mitigation.
2-10-5.1 Recovery Plan
Content The Recovery Plan shall address policies,
implementation actions and designated responsibilities for such subjects as
business resumption, damage assessment, demolitions, debris removal and
storage, expedited repair permitting, fiscal reserves, hazards evaluations,
hazard mitigation, historical buildings, illegal buildings and uses, moratorium
procedures, nonconforming buildings and uses, rebuilding plans, redevelopment
procedures, relation to emergency response plan and comprehensive general plan,
restoration of infrastructure, restoration of standard operating procedures,
temporary and replacement housing, and such other subjects as may be
appropriate to expeditious and wise recovery.
2-10-5.2 Coordination of Recovery Plan
with FEMA and Other Agencies The Recovery
Plan shall identify relationships of planned recovery actions with those of
state, federal or mutual aid agencies involved in disaster recovery, including
but not limited to the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), the American
Red Cross, the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), the Small
Business Administration (SBA), the Environmental Protection Administration
(EPA), the Department of Transportation (DOT), the Iowa Emergency Management
Division and other entities which may provide assistance in the event of a
major disaster. The Director shall
distribute a draft copy of the plan to such agencies in sufficient time for
comment prior to action on the Recover Plan by the County Board of Supervisors
or affected City Councils.
2-10-5.3 Recovery Plan Adoption Following formulation, the Recovery Plan shall be
transmitted to the Board of Supervisors and affected City Councils for review
and approval. The Board of Supervisors
and affected City Councils shall hold one or more public hearings to receive comments
from the public on the Recovery Plan.
Following one or more public hearings, the Board of Supervisors and
affected City Councils may adopt the Recover Plan by resolution, including any
modifications deemed appropriate, or transmit the plan back to the Recovery
Task Force for further modification prior to final action.
2-10-5.4 Recover Plan
Implementation The Director and the Recovery Task Force shall be
responsible for implementation of the plan both before and after a major
disaster, as applicable. Before a
declaration of emergency, the Director shall prepare and submit reports
annually, or more frequently as necessary, to fully advise the Board of
Supervisors and City Councils on the progress of preparation or implementation
of the Recovery Plan. After a
declaration of emergency in a major disaster, the Director shall report to the
Board of Supervisors and City Councils as often as necessary on implementation
actions taken in the post-disaster setting, identify policy and procedural
issues, and receive direction and authorization to proceed with plan
modifications necessitated by specific circumstances.
2-10-5.5 Recovery Plan Training and
Exercises The Recovery Task Force shall organize and conduct
periodic training and exercises annually, or more often as necessary, in order
to develop, convey and update the contents of the Recovery Plan. Such training and exercises will be
conducted in coordination with similar training and exercises related to the County
Multi-Hazard Emergency Operations Plan.
2-10-5.6 Recovery Plan Consultation with
Citizens The Recovery Task Force
shall schedule and conduct community meetings, periodically convene advisory
committees comprised of representatives of homeowner, business and community
organizations, or implement such other means as to provide information and
receive input from members of the public regarding preparation, adoption or
amendment of the Recovery Plan.
2-10-5.7 Recovery Plan Amendments During implementation of the Recovery Plan, the Director and
the Recovery Task Force shall address key issues, strategies and information
bearing on the orderly maintenance and periodic revision of the plan. In preparing modifications to the plan, the
Recovery Task Force shall consult with County and City departments, business
and community organizations and other government entities to obtain information
pertinent to possible Recovery Plan amendments.
2-10-5.8 Recovery Plan Coordination with
Related Plans The Recovery Plan shall be prepared in
coordination with related elements of the Linn County Multi-Hazard Emergency
Operations Plan, or such other plans as may be pertinent. Such related plan elements shall be
periodically amended by the City council to be consistent with key provisions
of the Recovery Plan, and vice versa.
2-10-6 General Provisions The following general provisions shall be applicable to
implementation of this chapter following a major disaster:
2-10-6.1 Powers and Procedures Following a declaration of local emergency in a major disaster and
while such declaration is in force, the Director and the Recovery Task Force
shall have authority to exercise powers and procedures authorized by this
chapter, subject to extension modification or replacement of all or portions of
these provisions by separate ordinances adopted by the Board of Supervisors and
affected City Councils.
2-10-6.2 Post-Disaster Operations The Director shall direct and control post-disaster
recovery and reconstruction operations, including but not limited to the
following:
a.
Activate
and deploy damage assessment teams to identify damaged
structures
and to determine further actions that should be taken regarding such
structures;
b.
Activate
and deploy hazards evaluation teams to locate and determine the
severity
of natural or technological hazards, which may influence the location, timing
and procedures for repair and rebuilding, processes;
c.
Maintain
liaison with the Linn County Emergency Operations Center (EOC)
and
other public and private entities, such as, the American Red Cross, and the
State Emergency Management Division in providing necessary information on
damaged and destroyed buildings or infrastructure, natural and technological
hazards, street and utility restoration priorities, temporary housing needs and
similar recovery concerns;
d.
Establish
“one-stop” field offices located in or near impacted areas, staffed
by
trained personnel from appropriate departments, to provide information about
repair and rebuilding procedures, issue repair and reconstruction permits, and
provide information and support services on such matters as business
resumption, industrial recovery, and temporary and permanent housing;
e.
Activate
streamlined procedures to expedite repair and rebuilding of
properties
damaged or destroyed in the disaster;
f.
Recommend
to the Board of Supervisors and the affected City Councils and
other
appropriate entities necessary actions for reconstruction of damaged
infrastructure; Prepare plans and
proposals for action by the Board of Supervisors and affected City Councils for
redevelopment projects, redesign of previously established projects or other
appropriate special measures addressing reconstruction of heavily damaged
areas;
g.
Formulate
proposals for action by the Board of Supervisors and affected City
Councils
to amend the Linn County Multi-Hazard Emergency Operations Plan and other
relevant pre-disaster plans, programs and regulations in response to new needs
generated by the disaster;
h. Such other recovery and
reconstruction activities identified in the Recovery Plan or by this chapter,
or as deemed by the Director as necessary to public health, safety and
well-being.
2-10-6.3 Coordination with FEMA and Other
Agencies The Director and Recovery
Task Force shall coordinate recovery and reconstruction actions with those of
state, federal or mutual aid agencies involved in disaster response and
recover, including but not limited to the Federal Emergency Management Agency
(FEMA), the American Red Cross, the Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD), the Small Business Administration (SBA), the State Emergency Management
Division and other entities which provide assistance in the event of a major
disaster. Intergovernmental
coordination tasks including but not limited to the following:
a.
Assign trained personnel to provide
information and logistical support to the
FEMA
Disaster Field Office Supply personnel to provide information support for FEMA
Disaster Assistance Centers (DACs);
b.
Participate
in damage assessment surveys conducted in cooperation with
FEMA
and other entities; Participate in the Multi-Agency Hazard Mitigation Team with
FEMA and other entities;
c.
Cooperate
in the joint establishment with other agencies of one-stop service
centers
for issuance of repair and reconstruction permits, business resumption support,
counseling regarding temporary and permanent housing, and other information
regarding support services available from various governmental and private
entities;
d.
Coordinate
within city government the preparation and submittal of Disaster
Survey
Reports (DSRS) to FEMA; Determine whether damaged structures and units are
within floodplains identified on Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) maps and
whether substantial damage has occurred;
e.
Implement
such other coordination tasks as may be required under the specific
circumstances
of the disaster.
2-10-6.4 Consultation with Citizens The Director and the Recovery Task Force
shall
schedule
and conduct community meetings, convene ad hoc advisory committees comprised of
representatives of business and community organizations, or implement such
other means as to provide information and receive input from members of the
public regarding measures undertaken under the authority of this chapter.
2-10-7 Temporary Regulations The Director shall have the authority to administer
the provisions of this section temporarily modifying provisions of the County
and Municipal Codes dealing with building and occupancy permits, demolition
permits, and restrictions on the use, development or occupancy of private
property, provided that such action, in the opinion of the director, is
reasonably justifiable for protection of life and property, mitigation of
hazardous conditions, avoidance of undue displacement of households or
businesses, or prompt restoration of public infrastructure.
2-10-7-1 Duration The provisions of this section shall be in effect for a period of six
months
from the date of a local emergency declaration following a major disaster or
until termination of a state of local
emergency, whichever occurs later, or until these provisions are extended,
modified, replaced by new provisions, or terminated, in whole or in part, by
action of the board of Supervisors and affected City Councils through separate
ordinances.
2-10-7.2 Damage Assessment The Director shall direct
damage assessment teams
having
authority to conduct field surveys of damaged structures and post placards
designating the condition of such structures as follows:
a.
Inspected—Lawful
Occupancy Permitted (GREEN TAG). Is to
be posted on any
building
in which no apparent structural hazard has been found. This does not mean there are not other forms
of damage, which may temporarily affect occupancy.
b.
Restricted
(YELLOW TAG). Use is to be posted on
any building in which
damage
has resulted in some form of restriction to continued occupancy. The individual posting this placard shall
note in general terms the type of damage encountered and shall clearly and
concisely note the restrictions on continued occupancy.
c.
Unsafe—Do
Not Enter or Occupy (RED TAG). Is to be
posted on any
building
that has been damaged to the extent that continue occupancy poses a threat to
life safety. Buildings posted with this
placard shall not be entered under any circumstances except as authorized in
writing by the department that posted the building or by authorized members of
damage assessment teams. The individual
posting this placard shall note in general terms the type of damage
encountered. This placard is not to be
considered a demolition order.
d.
This
chapter and section number, the name of the department, its address,
and
phone number shall be permanently affixed to each placard.
e.
Once
a placard has been attached to a building, it shall not be removed,
altered
or covered until done so by an authorized representative of the department or
upon written notification from the department.
Failure to comply with this prohibition will be considered a misdemeanor
punishable by a $500 fine.
2-10-7.3 Development Moratorium The Director shall have the authority to
establish a moratorium on the issuance of building permits, approval of land
use applications or other permits and entitlements related to the use,
development and occupancy of private property authorized under other chapters
and sections of the County and Municipal Codes and related ordinances, provided
that, in the opinion of the Director, such action is reasonably justifiable for
protection of life and property and subject to the following:
a. Posting—Notice of the
moratorium shall be posted in a public place and shall clearly identify the
boundaries of the area in which a moratorium is in effect as well as the exact
nature of the development permits or entitlements which are temporarily held in
abeyance;
b.
Duration—The
moratorium shall be in effect subject to review by the Board
of
Supervisors and the affected City Councils at the earliest possible time, but
no later than90 days, at which time the council shall take action to extend,
modify or terminate such moratorium by separate ordinance.
2-10-7.4 Debris Clearance The Director shall have the authority to remove
from
public rights-of-way debris and rubble, trees, damaged or destroyed cars,
trailers, equipment, and other private property, without notice to owners,
provided that in the opinion of the Director such action is reasonably
justifiable for protection of life and property, provision of emergency
evacuation, assurance of firefighting or ambulance access, mitigation of
otherwise hazardous conditions, or restoration of public infrastructure.
2-10-7.5 One-Stop Center for Permit
Expediting The Director shall establish
a one-stop center, staffed by representatives of pertinent departments, for the
purpose of establishing and implementing streamlined permit processing to
expedite repair and reconstruction of buildings, and to provide information
support for provision of temporary housing and encouragement of business
resumption and industrial recovery. The
Director shall establish such center and procedures in coordination with other
governmental entities, which may provide services and support, such FEMA, SBA,
HUD, or the State Emergency Management Division.
2-10-7.6 Temporary Use Permits The Director shall have the authority to issue permits in any zone
for the temporary use of property, which will aid in the immediate restoration
of an area adversely impacted by a major disaster, subject to the following
provisions:
a. Critical Response Facilities. Any
police, fire, emergency medical or emergency communications facility which will
aid in the immediate restoration of the area may be permitted in any zone for
the duration of the declared emergency;
b. Other Temporary Uses. Temporary
use permits may be issued in any zone, with conditions, as necessary, provided
written findings are made establishing a factual basis that the proposed
temporary use:
1)
will
not be detrimental to the immediate neighborhood;
2)
will
not adversely affect the Comprehensive General Plan or
any
applicable specific plan; and
3)
will
contribute in a positive fashion to the reconstruction and
recovery
of areas adversely impacted by the disaster.
Temporary use permits may be issued for a period of one year following
the declaration of local emergency and may be extended for an additional year,
to a maximum of two years from the declaration of emergency, provided such
findings are determined to be still applicable by the end of the first
year. If, during the first or the
second year, substantial evidence contradicting one or more of the required
findings comes to the attention of the Director, then the temporary use permit
shall be revoked.
2-10-7.7 Temporary Repair Permits Following a disaster,
temporary emergency
repairs
to secure structures and property damaged in the disaster against further
damage or to protect adjoining structures or property may be made without fee
or permit where such repairs are not already exempt under other chapters of the
County and Municipal Codes. The
building official must be notified of such repairs within ten working days, and
regular permits with fees may then be required.
2-10-7.8 Deferral of Fees for Reconstruction Permits Except for temporary
repairs
issued under provisions of this chapter, all other repairs, restoration and
reconstruction of buildings damaged or destroyed in the disaster shall be
approved through permit under the provisions of other chapters of this
Code. Fees for such repair and
reconstruction permits may be deferred until issuance of certificates of
occupancy.
2-10-7.9 Nonconforming Buildings and Uses Buildings damaged or
destroyed in
the
disaster which are legally nonconforming as to use, yards, height, number of
stories, lot area, floor area, residential density, parking or other provisions
of the Municipal Code may be repaired and reconstructed in-kind, provided that:
a.
the
building is damaged in such a manner that the structural strength or
stability
of the building is appreciably lessened by the disaster and is less than the
minimum requirements of the County and Municipal Codes for a new building;
b.
the
cost of repair would exceed 50 percent of the replacement cost of the
building;
c.
all
structural, plumbing, electrical and related requirements of the County
and
Municipal Codes are met at current standards;
d.
all
natural hazard mitigation requirements of the Municipal Code are met;
e.
reestablishment
of the use or building is in conformance with the national
Flood
Insurance Rate Map requirements and procedures;
f.
the
building is reconstructed to the same configuration, floor area, height,
and
occupancy as the original building or structure;
g.
no
portion of the building or structure encroaches into an area planned for
widening
or extension of existing or future streets as determined by the comprehensive
general plan or applicable specific plan;
h.
repair
or reconstruction shall continence within two years of the date of the
declaration
of local emergency in a major disaster and shall be completed within two years
of the date on which permits are issued.
i.
Nothing
herein shall be interpreted as authorizing the continuation of a
nonconforming
use beyond the time limits set forth under other sections of the Municipal Code
that were applicable to the site prior to the disaster.
2-10-8 Demolition of Damaged Historic Buildings The Director shall have authority to order the condemnation
and demolition of buildings and structures damaged in the disaster under the
standard provisions of the Municipal Code, except as otherwise indicated below:
2-10-8.1 Condemnation and Demolition Within required days after
the disaster,
the
building official, the building or structure shall notify the State Historic
Preservation Officer that one of the following actions will be taken with
respect to any building or structure determined by the building official to
represent an imminent hazard to public health and safety, or to pose an
imminent threat to the public right of way:
a.
Where
possible, within reasonable limits as determined by the building
official,
the building or structure shall be braced or shored in such a manner as to
mitigate the hazard to public health and safety or the hazard to the public
right of way;
b.
Whenever
bracing or shoring is determined not to be reasonable, the building
official
shall cause the building or structure to be condemned and immediately
demolished. Such condemnation and
demolition shall be performed in the interest of public health and safety
without a condemnation hearing as otherwise required by the County or Municipal Codes. Prior to commencing demolition, the building
official shall photographically record the entire building or structure.
2-10-8.2 Notice of Condemnation If, after the specified time
frame noted in
Subsection
2-10-8.1 of this chapter and less than 30 days after the disaster, a historic
building or structure is determined by the building official to represent a
hazard to the health and safety of the public or to pose a threat to the public
right of way, the building official shall duly notify the building owner of the
intent to proceed with a condemnation hearing within business days of the
notice in accordance with County Code, Section ___ and the Municipal Code; the
building official shall also notify FEMA, in accordance with the National
Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended, of the intent to hold a
condemnation hearing.
2-10-8.3 Request to FEMA to Demolish Within 30 days after the
disaster, for any
historic
building or structure, which the building official and the owner have agreed to
demolish, the building official shall submit to FEMA, in accordance with the
National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended a request to demolish. Such request shall include all
substantiating data.
2-10-8.4 Historic Building Demolition Review If after 30 days from the
event, the
building
official and the owner of a historic building or structure agree that the
building or structure should be demolished, such action will be subject to the
review process established by the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966,
as amended.
2-10-9 Temporary and Permanent
Housing The Director shall assign
staff to work with FEMA, SBA, HUD, the State Emergency Management Division and
other appropriate governmental and private entities to identify special
programs by which provisions can be made for temporary or permanent replacement
housing which will help avoid undue
displacement of people and businesses.
Such programs may include deployment of mobile homes and mobile home
parks under the temporary use permit procedures provided in Section 7 of this
chapter, use of SBA loans and available Section 8 and Community Development
Block Grant funds to offset repair and replacement housing costs, and other
initiatives appropriate to the conditions found after a major disaster.
2-10-10 Hazard Mitigation Program Prior to a major disaster, the Director shall
establish a comprehensive hazard mitigation program, which includes both
long-term and short-term components:
2-10-10.1 Safety Element The long-term component
shall be prepared and adopted
by
resolution of the Board of Supervisors and the respective City Councils as the
safety element of the County and City Comprehensive General Plan, for the purpose
of enhancing long-term safety against future disasters. The safety element shall identify and map
the presence, location, extent and severity of natural hazards, such as:
a.
severe
flooding;
b.
wild
land and urban fires;
c.
seismic
hazards such as ground shaking and deformation, fault rupture, liquefaction,
and dam failure;
d.
slope
instability, mudslides, landslides and subsidence;
e.
tornadoes
and other high winds;
f.
technological
hazards, such as oil spills, natural gas leakage and fires, hazardous and toxic
materials contamination, nuclear power plant and radiological accidents, and
industrial accidents;
g.
civil
incidents such as riots, terrorist actions, and crowd control issues.
h.
The
safety element shall determine and assess the community’s vulnerability to such
known hazards and shall propose measures to be taken both before and after a
major disaster to mitigate such hazards.
2-10-10.2 Short-Term Action Program A short-term hazard mitigation program
shall
be included in the Recovery Plan. It
shall be comprised of hazard mitigation program elements of highest priority
for action, including preparation and adoption of separate ordinances dealing
with specific hazard mitigation and abatement measures, as necessary. Such ordinances may require special site
planning, land use and development restrictions or structural measures in areas
affected by flooding, urban/wild land fire, wind, seismic or other natural
hazards, or remediation of known technological hazards such as toxic
contamination.
2-10-10.3 Post-Disaster Actions Following a major disaster,
the Director shall
participate
in the Multi-Agency Hazard Mitigation Team with FEMA and other entities, as
called for in Section 409 of the Stafford Act and related federal
regulations. As appropriate, the
Director may recommend to the Board of Supervisors and the affected City
Councils that the County and affected Cities participate in the Hazard
Mitigation Grant Program, authorized in Section 404 of the Stafford Act in
order to partially offset costs of recommended hazard mitigation measures.
2-10-10.4 New Information As new information is obtained
regarding the
presence,
location, extent, location, and severity of natural or technological hazards,
or regarding new mitigation techniques, such information shall be made
available to the public, and shall be incorporated as soon as practicably
possible within the Linn County Multi-Hazard Emergency Operations Plan safety
element and the Recover Plan through amendment.
2-10-11 Recovery and Reconstruction
Strategy At the earliest practicable
time following the declaration of local emergency in a major disaster, the
Director and the Recovery Task Force shall prepare a strategic program for
recovery and reconstruction.
2-10-11.1 Functions To be known as the Recovery
Strategy, the proposed strategic
program shall identify and prioritize major
actions contemplated or under way regarding such essential functions as
business resumption, economic reinvestment, industrial recovery, housing
replacement, infrastructure restoration, and potential sources of financing to
support these functions.
2-10-11.2 Review The Recovery Strategy shall
be forwarded to the City Council
for review and approval following consultation
with FEMA, other governmental agencies, and business and citizen
representatives. The Recovery Strategy
shall provide detailed information regarding proposed and ongoing
implementation of initiatives necessary to the expeditious fulfillment of
critical priorities and will identify amendment of any other plans, codes or
ordinances that might otherwise contradict or otherwise block strategic
action. The Director shall periodically
report to the Board of Supervisors and the affected City Councils regarding
progress toward implementation of the Recovery Strategy, together with any
adjustments which may be called for by changing circumstances and conditions.
2-10-12. Severability. If any provision of this chapter is found to be unconstitutional
or otherwise invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity
shall not affect the remaining provisions, which can be implemented without the
invalid provision, and, to this end, the provisions of this chapter are
declared to be severable.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
3-1-1 Violations of Chapter
3-1-2 Public Peace
3-1-3 Public Morals
3-1-4 Minors
3-1-5 Streets
3-1-6 Public Safety and Health
3-1-7 Public Property
3-1-8 Parades Regulated
3‑1‑1 VIOLATIONS OF CHAPTER. Commission of any of the acts named in the
following sections by any person shall constitute a violation of this chapter.
3‑1‑2 PUBLIC PEACE. It shall be unlawful for
any person to do any of the following:
1. Engage
in fighting or violent behavior or invite or defy another person to fight,
provided that participants in athletic contests may engage in such conduct
which is reasonably related to that sport.
2. Make
unusually loud or excessive noise which results in the disturbance of the peace
and the public quiet of a neighborhood.
3. Willfully
permit upon any premises owned, occupied, possessed or controlled by such
person any unusually loud or excessive noise in such a manner calculated to
provoke a breach of the peace of others, or the public quiet of the
neighborhood.
4. Direct
abusive language or make any threatening gesture which the person knows or
reasonably should know is likely to provoke a violent reaction by another.
5. Without
lawful authority or order of authority, disturb any lawful assembly or meeting
of persons by conduct intended to disrupt the meeting or assembly.
6. Without
authority, obstruct any street, sidewalk, highway or other public way.
7. Without
authority, solicit contributions, distribute literature, or otherwise peddle or
sell goods and services within the traveled portion of any roadway.
8. By
words or action, initiate or circulate a report or warning of fire, epidemic,
or other catastrophe, knowing such report or such warning to be baseless.
9. Knowingly
and publicly use the flag of the United States in such a manner as to show
disrespect for the flag as a symbol of the United States, with the intent or
reasonable expectation that such use will provoke or encourage another to
commit a public offense.
3‑1‑3 PUBLIC MORALS.
1. Indecent
exposure. It shall be unlawful for any
person to expose such person's genitals, pubes, female nipples, or buttocks to
another or to urinate or defecate in the presence of or in view of another, if
the person knows or reasonably should know that such behavior would be
offensive to a reasonable person.
2. Consumption
in public places - intoxication. No
person shall use or consume any alcoholic liquors upon the public streets or
highways, or in any public place, except premises covered by a liquor control
license, or be intoxicated or simulate intoxication in a public place.
3‑1‑4 MINORS.
1. Supplying
liquor to minors. No person shall sell,
give or otherwise supply alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer to any person under
twenty‑one (21) years of age, or knowingly permit any person under that
age to consume alcoholic liquors, wine, or beer, except in the case of
alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer, given or dispensed to a person under twenty‑one
(21) years of age within a private home and with the knowledge and consent of
the parent or guardian for beverage or medicinal purposes or as administered to
such person by a physician or dentist for medicinal purposes.
3‑1‑5 STREETS.
1. Removal
of safeguards or danger signals. No
person shall willfully remove, tear down, destroy or carry away from any
highway, street, alley, avenue or bridge any lamp, obstruction, guard or other
article or things, or extinguish any lamp or other light, erected or placed
thereupon for the purpose of guarding or enclosing unsafe or dangerous places
in said highway, street, alley, avenue or bridge without the consent of the
person in control thereof.
2. Obstructing
or defacing streets. No person shall
obstruct, deface, or injure any public road in any manner by breaking up,
plowing or digging within the boundary lines thereof, without permission from
the Mayor.
3. Allowing
water, snow, ice and accumulations on sidewalk. No abutting property owner shall allow water from an improperly
located eave or drain, or from any roof, to fall onto a public sidewalk, or
fail to remove snow, ice and accumulations from the sidewalks promptly.
4. Removal
of hydrant caps, sewer caps or manhole covers.
No person shall remove or carry away hydrant caps, sewer caps or manhole
covers without the consent of the person in control thereof.
3‑1‑6 PUBLIC SAFETY AND HEALTH.
1. Expectorating. No person shall expectorate on the ground or
on the floor of any structure within the City limits.
2. Putting
glass, etc., on streets and sidewalks.
No person shall throw or deposit on any street or sidewalk any glass
bottle, glass, nails, tacks, wire, cans, trash, garbage, rubbish, litter,
offal, or any other debris, or any other substance likely to injure any person,
animal or vehicle.
3. Carrying
a concealed weapon. It shall be
unlawful for any person to carry under such person's clothes or concealed about
their person or to be found in possession of any slingshot, knuckles of metal
or other material, air gun or any other weapon other than a knife.
4. False
alarms. No person shall give or cause
to be given any false alarm of a fire, nor set fire to any combustible
material, or cry or sound an alarm or by any other means without cause.
5. Stench
bombs. No person shall throw, drop,
pour, explode, deposit, release, discharge or expose any stench bomb or tear
bomb, or any liquid, gaseous or solid substance or matter of any kind that is
injurious to persons or property, or that is nauseous, sickening, irritating or
offensive to any of the senses in, on or about a theater, restaurant, car,
structure, place of business, or amusement, or any place of public assemblage,
or attempt to do any of these acts, or prepare or possess such devices or
materials with intent to do any of these acts.
This provision shall not apply to duly constituted police, military
authorities, or peace officers in the discharge of their duties, or to licensed
physicians, nurses, pharmacists and other similar persons licensed under the
laws of this State; nor to any established place of business or home having
tear gas installed as a protection against burglary, robbery or holdup, nor to
any bank or other messenger carrying funds or other valuables.
6. Discharging
firearms and fireworks.
a. No person, firm, or corporation shall discharge or fire any
cannon, gun, bomb, pistol, air gun, or other firearms or set off or burn
firecrackers, torpedoes, sky rockets, roman candles, or other fireworks of like
construction or any fireworks containing any explosive or inflammable compound,
or other device containing any explosive.
b. The City Council may upon application in writing, grant a permit
for the display and use of fireworks by any organization or groups of
individuals when such fireworks display will be handled by a competent
operator.
c. The City Council may, upon application in writing, grant a permit
for the operation of a firing range in which the discharge of firearms for
training, recreational or competitive events would be allowed upon showing that
the range would be under the direction of a competent organization, group or
individual.
d. In the interest of public health and safety and at such times as
approved by the Chief of Police, the police or their designee may use firearms
to control rodent or animal problems when it is evident that conventional
control methods have not resolved the problem.
e. Nothing herein shall be construed to prohibit the use of blank
cartridges for a show or the theater, or for signal purposes in athletic sports
or by railroads, or trucks, for signal purposes, or by a recognized military
organization and provided further that nothing in this section shall apply to
any substance or composition prepared and used for medicinal or fumigation
purposes.
7. Abandoned
refrigerators. No person shall place,
or allow to be placed, any discarded, abandoned, unattended or unused
refrigerator, ice box or similar container equipped with an air‑tight
door or lid, snap lock, or other locking device which cannot be released from
the inside, in a location accessible to children, outside any building,
dwelling, or within an unoccupied or abandoned building or dwelling, or other
structure, under such person's control without first removing the door, lid,
snap lock, or other locking device from said icebox, refrigerator or similar
container. This provision applies
equally to the owner of any such refrigerator, icebox or similar container, and
to the owner or occupant of the premises where the hazard is permitted to
remain.
8. Impersonating
an officer. No person shall falsely
represent themselves or falsely assume to be any law enforcement officer, judge
or magistrate. It shall be unlawful to
wear or adopt the uniform or insignia of any law enforcement officer on any
street or public place.
9. Harassment
of City Employees.
a. It shall be unlawful for any person to willfully prevent, resist
or obstruct or attempt to prevent, resist or obstruct any City employee from
the performance of any official duty.
b. It shall be unlawful for any person to communicate by any means,
any threat of bodily or property harm to any City employee or to any member of
his or her family during the course of, or as a result of, the performance of
any official duty by said City employee.
10. Antenna
and radio wires. No person shall allow,
locate or maintain any antenna wires, antenna supports, radio wires or
television wires to exist over any street, alley, highway, sidewalk or public
property.
11. Barbed
wire. No person shall install, allow to
be installed or use barbed wire without the consent of the City Council.
12. Playing
in streets. No person shall coast, sled
or play games on streets or highways except in areas blocked off by the Chief
of Police for such purposes.
13. False
Reports to Law Enforcement Authorities.
No person shall report or cause to be reported false information to a
fire department or a law enforcement authority, knowing that the information is
false, or shall report the alleged occurrence of a criminal act knowing the
same did not occur.
3‑1‑7 PUBLIC PROPERTY.
1. Defacing
public grounds. No person shall cut,
break or deface any tree or shrub in a public park or on any avenue thereto by
willfully defacing, cutting, breaking or injuring, except by the authority of
the Mayor.
2. Injuring
new pavement. No person shall injure
new pavement in any street, alley or sidewalk by willfully driving, walking or
making marks on such pavement before it is ready for use.
3. Destroying
park equipment. No person shall destroy
or injure any property or equipment in public swimming pools, playgrounds or
parks by willfully defacing, breaking, damaging, mutilating or cutting.
4. Injury
to public library books or property. No
person shall willfully, maliciously or wantonly tear, deface, mutilate, injure
or destroy, in whole or in part, any newspaper, periodical, book, map,
pamphlet, chart, picture or other property belonging to any public library or
reading room.
5. Defacing
or destroying proclamations or notices.
No person shall intentionally deface, obliterate, tear down or destroy
in whole or in part any transcript or extract from or of any law of the United
States or of this State, or any proclamation, advertisement or notification,
set up at any place within the City by authority of law or by order of any
court, during the time for which the same is to remain set up.
6. Injury
to gravestones or property in cemetery.
No person shall willfully and maliciously destroy, mutilate, deface,
injure or remove any tomb, vault, monument, gravestone or other structure
placed in any public or private cemetery, or any fences, railing or other work
for the protection, ornamentation of said cemetery, or of any tomb, vault,
monument or gravestone, or other structure aforesaid, on any cemetery lot
within such cemetery, or willfully and maliciously destroy, cut, break or injure
any tree, shrub, plant or lawn within the limits of said cemetery, or drive
outside of said avenues and roads, and over the grass or graves of said
cemetery.
7. Injury
to fire apparatus. No person shall
willfully destroy or injure any engines, hose carriage, hose, hook and ladder
carriage, or other things used and kept for extinguishment of fires.
8. Obstructing
or defacing roads. No person shall obstruct, deface or injure any public road
by breaking up, plowing or digging within the boundary lines thereof.
9. Injury
to roads, railways, and other utilities.
No person shall maliciously injure, remove or destroy any electric
railway or apparatus belonging thereto, or any bridge, rail or plank road; or
place or cause to be placed, any obstruction on any electric railway, or on any
such bridge, rail or plank road; or willfully obstruct or injure any public
road or highway; or maliciously cut, burn, or in any way break down, injure or
destroy any post or pole used in connection with any system of electric
lighting, electric railway, or telephone or telegraph system; or break down and
destroy or injure and deface any electric light, telegraph or telephone
instrument; or in any way cut, break or injure the wires of any apparatus
belonging thereto; or willfully without proper authorization tap, cut, injure,
break, disconnect, connect, make any connection with, or destroy any of the
wires, mains, pipes, conduits, meters or other apparatus belonging to, or
attached to, the power plant or distributing system of any electric light
plant, electric motor, gas plant or water plant; or aid or abet any other
person in so doing.
10. Tapping
telegraph or telephone wires. No person
shall wrongfully or unlawfully tap or connect a wire with the telephone or
telegraph wires of any person, company or association engaged in the
transmission of messages on telephone or telegraph lines.
11. Obstructing
ditches and breaking levees. No person
shall divert, obstruct, impede, or fill up, without legal authority, any ditch,
drain, or watercourse, or break down any levee established, constructed, or
maintained under any provision of law.
3-1-8 PARADES REGULATED. No person shall conduct or cause any parade
on any street except as provided herein:
1. “Parade”
shall mean any march or procession of persons or vehicles organized for
marching or moving on the streets in an organized fashion or manner or any
march or procession of persons or vehicles represented or advertised generally
to the public as a parade.
2. No
parade shall be conducted without first obtaining a written permit from the
mayor. Such permit shall state the time
and date for the parade to be held and the streets or general route therefore. Such written permit granted to the person
organizing or sponsoring the parade shall be permission for all participants
therein to parade when such participants have been invited by the permittee to
participate therein. No fee shall be
required for such permit.
3. Any
parade for which a permit shall have been issued as herein required, and the
persons lawfully participating therein, shall not be deemed an obstruction of
the streets not withstanding the provisions of any other ordinance to the
contrary.
4. Persons
participating in any parade shall at all times be subject to the lawful orders
and directions in the performance of their duties of the members of the police
and fire departments.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
3-2-1 Definitions
3-2-2 Nuisances Prohibited
3-2-3 Other Conditions Regulated
3-2-4 Notice to Abate Nuisance or
Condition
3-2-5 Contents of Notice to Abate
3-2-6 Method of Service
3-2-7 Request for Hearing and Appeal
3-2-8 Abatement in Emergency
3-2-9 Abatement by Municipality
3-2-10 Collection of Cost of Abatement
3-2-11 Installment Payment of Cost of Abatement
3-2-12 Failure to Abate
3-2-13 Condemnation of Nuisance
3‑2‑1 DEFINITIONS. For use in this Ordinance, the following terms are defined:
1. The
term "nuisance" means whatever is injurious to health, indecent, or
unreasonably offensive to the senses or an obstacle to the free use of
property, so as essentially to unreasonably interfere with the comfortable
enjoyment of life or property. The
following are declared to be nuisances:
a. The erecting, continuing, or using any building or other place
for the exercise of any trade, employment, or manufacture, which by occasioning
noxious exhalations, unreasonably offensive smells, or other annoyances,
becomes injurious and dangerous to the health, comfort, or property of
individuals or the public.
b. The causing or suffering any offal, filth, or noisome substance
to accumulate or to remain in any place to the prejudice of others.
c. The obstructing or impeding without legal authority the passage
of any navigable river, harbor, or collection of water.
d. The corrupting or rendering unwholesome or impure the water of
any river, stream, or pond, or unlawfully diverting the same from its natural
course or State, to the injury or prejudice of others.
e. The obstructing or encumbering by fences, buildings, or otherwise
the public roads, private ways, streets, alleys, commons, landing places, or
burying grounds.
f. Houses of ill fame, kept for the purpose of prostitution and
lewdness, gambling houses, or houses resorted to for the use of opium or
hashish or houses where drunkenness, quarreling, fighting or breaches of the
peace are carried on or permitted to the disturbance of others.
g. Billboards, signboards, and advertising signs, whether erected
and constructed on public or private property, which so obstruct and impair the
view of any portion or part of a public street, avenue, highway, boulevard or
alley or of a railroad or street railway track as to render dangerous the use
thereof, especially near intersecting streets.
h. Cotton‑bearing cottonwood trees and all other cotton‑bearing
poplar trees in the City.
i. Any object or structure hereafter erected within 1,000 feet of
the limits of any municipal or regularly established airport or landing place,
which may endanger or obstruct aerial navigation, including take‑off and
landing, unless such object or structure constitutes a proper use or enjoyment
of the land on which the same is located.
j. The depositing or storing of inflammable junk, such as old rags,
rope, cordage, rubber, bones, and paper, by any person, including a dealer in
such articles, within the fire limits of this City, unless it be in a building
of fire resistant construction.
k. The emission of dense smoke, noxious fumes, or fly ash.
l. Dense growth of all weeds, grasses, vines, brush, or other
vegetation in the City so as to constitute a health, safety, or fire hazard.
m. Trees infected with Dutch elm disease.
n. Effluent from septic tank or drain field running or ponding on
the ground in the open.
o. Any article or substance placed upon a street, alley, sidewalk,
public ground, or in any ditch, waterway, or gutter so as to obstruct the
drainage.
p. Accumulations of rubbish or trash tending to harbor vermin,
rodents, and rank growth of weeds or other vegetation and plants, which is
conducive to hazard.
q. All trees, hedges, billboards, or other obstructions which
prevent persons from having a clear view of traffic approaching an intersection
from cross streets in sufficient time to bring a motor vehicle driven at a
reasonable speed to a full stop before the intersection is reached.
2. The
term "property owner" means the contract purchaser if there is one of
record, otherwise the record holder of legal title.
3‑2‑2 NUISANCES PROHIBITED. The creation or maintenance of a nuisance is
prohibited, and a nuisance, public or private, may be abated in the manner
provided in this chapter.
3‑2‑3 OTHER CONDITIONS REGULATED. The following actions are required and may
also be abated in the manner provided in this Ordinance:
1. The
removal of diseased trees or dead wood, but not diseased trees and dead wood
outside the lot and property lines and inside the curb lines upon the public
street.
2. The
removal, repair, or dismantling of dangerous buildings or structures.
3. The
numbering of buildings.
a. For use herein, the following terms shall be defined:
(1) “Principal Building” shall mean the main
building on any lot or subdivision thereof.
(2) “Owner” shall mean the owner of the principal
building.
b. Every owner shall comply with the following numbering
requirements:
(1) The owner shall obtain the assigned number to
his/her principal building from the clerk.
(2) The owner shall place or cause to be installed
and maintained on the principal building the assigned number in a conspicuous
place to the street in figures not less than two and one-half (2 1/2) inches in
height and of a contrasting color with their background.
(3) If an owner refuses to number a building as
herein provided, or fails to do so for a period of thirty (30) days after being
notified in writing by the city to do so, the city may proceed to place the
assigned number on the principal building and assess the costs against the
property for collection in the same manner as a property tax.
c. The clerk shall be responsible for preparing and maintaining a
building numbering map.
4. The
connection to public drainage systems from abutting property when necessary for
public health or safety.
5. The
connection to public sewer systems from abutting property, and the installation
of sanitary toilet facilities and removal of other toilet facilities on such
property.
6. The
cutting or destruction of weeds or other growth which constitutes a health,
safety, or fire hazard.
3‑2‑4 NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE OR
CONDITION. Whenever the Mayor or other
authorized municipal officer finds that a nuisance or other condition exists,
the Mayor or designated officer shall cause to be served upon the property
owner as shown by the records of the County Auditor a written notice to abate
the nuisance within a reasonable time after notice.
3‑2‑5 CONTENTS OF NOTICE TO ABATE. The notice to abate shall contain:
1. A
description of what constitutes the nuisance or other condition.
2. The
location of the nuisance or condition.
3. A
statement of the act or acts necessary to abate the nuisance or condition.
4. A
reasonable time within which to complete the abatement.
5. A
statement that if the nuisance or condition is not abated as directed and no
request for hearing is made within the time prescribed, the City will abate it
and assess the costs against such person.
3‑2‑6 METHOD OF SERVICE. The notice may be served by certified mail
or personal service to the property owner as shown by the records of the County
Auditor.
3‑2‑7 REQUEST FOR HEARING AND APPEAL. Any person ordered to abate a nuisance or
condition may have a hearing with the officer ordering the abatement as to
whether a nuisance or prohibited condition exists. A request for a hearing must be made in writing and delivered to
the officer ordering the abatement within the time stated in the notice, or it
will be conclusively presumed that a nuisance or prohibited condition exists
and it must be abated as ordered.
At the
conclusion of the hearing, the hearing officer shall render a written decision
as to whether a nuisance or prohibited condition exists. If the officer finds that a nuisance or
prohibited condition exists, the officer must order it abated within an
additional time which must be reasonable under the circumstances. An appeal from this decision may be had by
immediately filing a written notice with the hearing officer. This appeal shall be heard before the City
Council at a time and place fixed by the Council. The findings of the Council shall be conclusive and, if a
nuisance or prohibited condition is found to exist, it shall be ordered abated
within a time reasonable under the circumstances.
3‑2‑8 ABATEMENT IN EMERGENCY. If it is determined that an emergency exists
by reason of the continuing maintenance of the nuisance or condition, the City
may perform any action that may be required under this chapter without prior
notice, and assess the costs as provided herein, after notice to the property
owner under the applicable provision of Sections 3‑2‑4 and 3‑2‑5
and hearing as provided in Section 3‑2‑7.
3‑2‑9 ABATEMENT BY MUNICIPALITY. If the person notified to abate a nuisance
or condition neglects or fails to abate as directed, the City may perform the
required action to abate, keeping an accurate account of the expense
incurred. The itemized expense account
shall be filed with the City Clerk, who shall pay such expenses on behalf of
the municipality.
3‑2‑10 COLLECTION OF COST OF ABATEMENT. The Clerk shall mail a statement of the
total expense incurred to the property owner who has failed to abide by the
notice to abate, and if the amount shown by the statement has not been paid within
one month, the City Clerk shall certify the costs to the County Auditor and
they shall then be collected with, and in the same manner, as general property
taxes.
3‑2‑11 INSTALLMENT PAYMENT OF COST OF
ABATEMENT. If the amount expended to
abate the nuisance or condition exceeds $100, the City may permit the
assessment to be paid in up to ten annual installments, to be paid in the same
manner and at the same rate of interest charged delinquent real estate taxes by
the County Treasurer.
3-2-12 FAILURE TO ABATE. Any person causing or maintaining a nuisance
who shall fail or refuse to abate or remove the same within the reasonable time
required and specified in the notice to abate shall be in violation of the city
code.
3-2-13 CONDEMNATION OF NUISANCE. The City may condemn a residential building
found to be a public nuisance and take title to the property for the public
purpose of disposing of the property under Section 364.7 by conveying the
property to a private individual for rehabilitation or for demolition and
construction of housing.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
3-3-1 Short Title
3-3-2 Definitions
3-3-3 Police Officers’ Authority
3-3-4 Traffic Accident Reports
3-3-5 Police Department to Submit Annual
Reports
ENFORCEMENT AND OBEDIENCE TO
TRAFFIC REGULATIONS
3-3-6 Authority of Police and Fire Department
Officials
3-3-7 Required Obedience to Provisions of this
Chapter and
State Law
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
3-3-8 Authority to Install Traffic- Control
Devices
3-3-9 Mayor to Designate Crosswalks,
Establish, and Mark Traffic Lanes
3-3-10 Play Streets
SPEED REGULATIONS
3-3-11 Changing State Speed
Limits in Certain Zones
TURNING MOVEMENTS
3-3-12 Turning Markers, Buttons and
Signs
3-3-13 Authority to Place Restricted
Turn Signs
3-3-14 Obedience to No-Turn
Signs
3-3-15 "U" Turns
ONE-WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS
3-3-16 Authority to Designate One-Way
Streets and Alleys
3-3-17 One-Way Streets and Alleys
SPECIAL STOPS REQUIRED
3-3-18 Through Streets
3-3-19 Other Stops Required
3-3-20 Authority to Erect Stop Signs
3-3-21 Stops at Intersecting Through
Highways
and Other Intersections
3-3-22 Stop When Traffic Is Obstructed
3-3-23 School Stops
PEDESTRIANS' RIGHTS AND
DUTIES
3-3-24 Prohibited Crossing
3-3-25 Pedestrians on Left
METHOD OF PARKING
3-3-26 Standing or Parking Close To Curb
3-3-27 Standing or Parking on the Left-Hand
Side of One-Way Streets
3-3-28 Angle Parking
3-3-29 Obedience to Angle Parking Signs or
Markings
STOPPING, STANDING OR
PARKING
PROHIBITED IN SPECIFIED
PLACES
3-3-30 Stopping, Standing or Parking
Prohibited in Specified Places
3-3-31 Parking for Disabled Persons
3-3-32 Authority to Paint Curbs and Erect
Signs Prohibiting Standing or Parking
3-3-33 Authority to Impound Vehicles
STOPPING, STANDING OR
PARKING
3-3-34 Parking Signs Required
3-3-35 No Parking Zones
3-3-36 Parking During Snow Emergency
3-3-37 All-Night Parking Prohibited
3-3-38 Truck Parking Limited
MISCELLANEOUS DRIVING RULES
3-3-39 Vehicles Not to be Driven on Sidewalks
3-3-40 Clinging to Vehicles
3-3-41 Parking for Certain Purposes Prohibited
3-3-42 Driving Through Funeral or Other Procession
3-3-43 Drivers in a Procession
3-3-44 Funeral Processions to
be Identified
3-3-45 Load Restrictions Upon Vehicles
Using Certain Streets
3-3-46 Truck Routes
3-3-47 Tampering with Vehicle
BICYCLE REGULATIONS
3-3-48 Traffic Code Applies to Persons
Riding Bicycles
3-3-49 Riding on Bicycles
3-3-50 Riding on Roadways and
Bicycle Paths
3-3-51 Speed
3-3-52 Emerging from Alley or Driveway
3-3-53 Carrying Articles
3-3-54 Parking
3-3-55 Riding on Sidewalks
3-3-56 Lamps and Other Equipment on
Bicycles
SKATEBOARDS, SCOOTERS,
ROLLER
SKATES, & ROLLER BLADES
3-3-57 Unlawful Use Upon Designated
Sidewalks
3-3-58 Towing
3-3-59 Following Fire Trucks
3-3-60 Improper Riding
3-3-61 Unlawful Use Upon Tennis Courts
3-3-62 Temporary Seizure of Skateboards,
Scooters, Roller Skates, and/or Roller
Blades
SNOWMOBILES
3-3-63 Snowmobile Definitions
3-3-64 Permitted Areas of Operation
3-3-65 Regulations
3-3-66 Equipment Required
3-3-67 Unattended Vehicles
3-3-68 Restriction of Operation
3-3-69 Traffic Regulation
3-3-70 Negligence
3-3-71 Emergencies
3-3-72 Accident Reports
PENALTIES AND PROCEDURE ON
ARREST
3-3-73 Citation Placed on Illegally Parked
Vehicle
3-3-74 Presumption in Reference to Illegal
Parking
3-3-75 Local Parking Fines
3-3-76 Failure to Pay Parking Citations
3-3-1 SHORT TITLE. This chapter may be known and cited as the "Traffic
Code".
3‑3‑2 DEFINITIONS. See Chapter 1 of Title I.
3-3-3 POLICE OFFICERS’ AUTHORITY. Any police officer is authorized to stop any
vehicle to require exhibition of the driver’s operator or chauffeur’s license,
to serve a summons or memorandum of traffic violation, to inspect the condition
of the vehicle, to inspect the vehicle with reference to size, weight, cargo,
bills of lading or other manifest of employment, tires and safety equipment, or
to inspect the registration certificate, the compensation certificate, travel
order, or permit of such vehicle.
3‑3‑4 TRAFFIC ACCIDENT REPORTS. The driver of a vehicle involved in an
accident within the limits of this City shall file a report as and when
required by the Iowa Department of Public Safety. A copy of this report shall be filed with the Chief of
Police. All such reports shall be for
the confidential use of the police department and shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 321.271 of the Code of Iowa.
The
City shall maintain a suitable system of filing traffic accident reports.
3‑3‑5 POLICE DEPARTMENT TO SUBMIT ANNUAL
REPORTS. The Police Chief shall prepare
annually a traffic report which shall be filed with the Mayor. Such report shall contain information on
traffic matters in this City concerning the number of traffic accidents, the
number of persons killed or injured, the number and nature of violations, and
other pertinent traffic data including the plans and recommendations for future
traffic safety activities.
ENFORCEMENT
AND OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC REGULATIONS
3‑3‑6 AUTHORITY OF POLICE AND FIRE
DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS. Provisions of
this chapter and the Iowa law relating to motor vehicles and law of the road
shall be enforced by the officers of the police department. The officers of the
police department are hereby authorized to direct all traffic by voice, hand or
signal in conformance with traffic laws.
In the event of a fire or other emergency, officers of the police
department may direct traffic as conditions require notwithstanding the
provisions of the traffic laws.
Officers of the fire department may direct or assist the police in
directing traffic thereat or in the immediate vicinity.
3‑3‑7 REQUIRED OBEDIENCE TO PROVISIONS OF
THIS CHAPTER AND STATE LAW. Any person
who shall willfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order of a police
officer or direction of a fire department officer during a fire, or who fails
to abide by the provisions of this chapter and the applicable provisions of the
following Iowa statutes relating to motor vehicles and the law of the road is
in violation of this chapter. These
sections of the Code are adopted by reference:
1. 321.32,
321.174, 321.189, 321.193, and 321.218 through 321.224 ‑‑ display
of registration and license to drive.
2. 321.229
through 321.234 ‑‑ obedience to a peace officer and responsibility
of public officers, emergency vehicles and bicycles to obey traffic
regulations.
3. 321.256
through 321.260 ‑‑ traffic signs, signals and markings, including
right or left turns on red.
4. 321.261
through 321.266 and 321.268 ‑‑ accidents and accident reporting.
5. 321.275
‑‑ operation of motorcycles.
6. 321.277,
321.278 and 321.285 through 321.288, 321.290, 321.294, and 321.295 ‑‑
reckless driving, drag racing, speed, control of vehicle and minimum speed.
7. 321.297
through 321.310 ‑‑ driving on right, meeting, overtaking, following
or towing.
8. 321.311
through 321.318 ‑‑ turning and starting, signals on turning and
stopping.
9. 321.319
through 321.324 ‑‑ right of way and entering through highways.
10. 321.325
through 321.334 and 321.340 ‑‑ pedestrian rights and duties and
safety zones.
11. 321.341
through 321.344 ‑‑ railroad crossings.
12. 321.353
through 321.360 ‑‑ stop at sidewalks, stopping, standing and
parking.
13. 321.362
through 321.371 ‑‑ unattended vehicle, obstructing driver's view,
crossing median, following fire apparatus, or crossing fire hose, and putting
glass, etc. on streets.
14. 321.384
through 321.409, 321.415, 321.418 through 321.423 ‑‑ lighting
equipment required and time of use.
(Under the provisions of Section 321.395, motor vehicles parked where
permitted by this Ordinance need not have parking lamps lighted if the vehicle
is within one hundred sixty (160) feet of a City street light ahead and to the
rear of the vehicle and the permitted speed on said street is twenty‑five
(25) miles per hour or less.)
15. 321.430
through 321.446, 321.449 and 321.450 ‑‑ brakes, horns, sirens,
mufflers, wipers, mirrors, tires, windows, safety belts, and special markings
for transporting explosives.
16. 321.452
through 321.463, 321.465 and 321.466 ‑‑ size, weight and load.
17. 321.381
-- unsafe vehicles.
18. 321.382
and 321.383 -- minimum speeds.
19. 321.372
-- school buses.
TRAFFIC
CONTROL DEVICES
3‑3‑8 AUTHORITY TO INSTALL TRAFFIC‑CONTROL
DEVICES. The Mayor shall cause to be
placed and maintained traffic‑control devices when and as required under
this chapter or other Ordinances of this City to make effective their
provisions, and may so cause to be placed and maintained such additional,
emergency, or temporary traffic‑control devices for the duration of an
emergency or temporary condition as traffic conditions may require, to regulate
traffic under the traffic Ordinances of this City or under State law or to
guide or warn traffic.
The
city shall keep a record of all traffic‑control devices maintained by the
department.
All
traffic‑control devices shall comply with current standards established
by the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways.
3‑3‑9 MAYOR TO DESIGNATE CROSSWALKS,
ESTABLISH, AND MARK TRAFFIC LANES. The
Mayor is hereby authorized:
1. To
designate and maintain by appropriate devices, marks or lines upon the surface
of the roadway, crosswalks at intersections where, due to traffic conditions,
there is particular danger to pedestrians crossing the street or roadway, and
at such other places as traffic conditions require.
2. To
mark lanes for traffic on street pavements at such places as traffic conditions
require, consistent with the traffic Code of this City. Where traffic lanes have been marked, it
shall be unlawful for the operator of any vehicle to fail or refuse to keep
such vehicle within the boundaries of a lane except when lawfully passing
another vehicle or preparatory to making a lawful turning movement.
3‑3‑10 PLAY STREETS. The city council has the authority to declare any street or part
thereof a play street and to place appropriate signs or devices in the roadway
indicating and helping to protect the same.
Whenever
authorized signs are erected indicating any street or part thereof as a play
street, no person shall drive a vehicle upon the street or any portion thereof
except drivers of vehicles having business or whose residences are within the
closed area, and then the driver shall exercise the greatest care in driving
upon the street or portion thereof.
SPEED
REGULATIONS
3‑3‑11 CHANGING STATE SPEED LIMITS IN CERTAIN
ZONES. It is hereby determined upon the
basis of an engineering and traffic investigation that the speed permitted by
State law upon the following streets or portions thereof is greater or less
than is necessary for the safe operation of vehicles thereon, and it is
declared that the maximum speed limit upon these streets or portions thereof
described shall be as follows:
1. Special
25 MPH Speed Zones. A speed in excess
of twenty-five (25) miles per hour shall be unlawful on any of the following
designated streets or parts thereof:
a. Vavra Drive from State Street to the northwest end of Vavra
Drive.
b. Poplar Street from Dows Street to the south end of Poplar Street.
c. Broadview Court from Dows Street to Dows Street.
d. Fuhrmeister Street from Main Street to State Street.
e. Rowley Street from Main Street to State Street.
f. Main Street from Fuhrmeister Street to Banner Valley Road.
g. Walker Street from Fuhrmeister Street to Rowley Street.
h. Hillcrest Street from Dows Street to the end of Hillcrest Street.
i. Highland Road from Hillcrest Street to the end of Highland Road.
j. Banner Valley Road from Main Street to the corporate limits.
k. Vista Road from State Street to the west corporate limits.
l. Dows Street from Main Street to Jappa Road.
2. Special
35 MPH Zones. A speed in excess of
thirty-five miles per hour shall be unlawful on any of the following designated
street or parts thereof:
a. Jappa Road from Dows Street to the north corporate limits.
b. State Street from the south corporate limits to a point 1,500
feet south of the north corporate limits.
3. Special
45 MPH Speed Zones. A speed in excess
of forty-five (45) miles per hour shall be unlawful on any of the following
designated streets or parts thereof:
a. State Street from a point 1,000 feet south of the north corporate
limits to a point 1,500 feet south of the north corporate limits.
4. Parks,
Cemeteries, and Parking Lots. A speed
in excess of fifteen (15) miles per hour in any public park, cemetery or
parking lot, unless specifically designated in this chapter, is unlawful.
TURNING
MOVEMENTS
3‑3‑12 TURNING MARKERS, BUTTONS AND SIGNS. The Mayor may cause markers, buttons, or
signs to be placed within or adjacent to intersections, and thereby require and
direct, as traffic conditions require, that a different course from that
specified by the State law be traveled by vehicles turning at intersections,
and when markers, buttons, or signs are so placed no driver of a vehicle shall
turn a vehicle at an intersection other than as directed and required by the
markers, buttons, or signs, including right‑hand turns at intersections
with automatic traffic signals.
3‑3‑13 AUTHORITY TO PLACE RESTRICTED TURN
SIGNS. The Mayor is authorized to
determine those intersections, as traffic conditions require, at which the
drivers of vehicles shall not make a right or left turn. The making of turns may be prohibited
between certain hours of any day, in which event the same shall be plainly
indicated on signs.
3‑3‑14 OBEDIENCE TO NO‑TURN SIGNS. Whenever authorized signs are erected
indicating that no right or left turn is permitted, no driver of a vehicle
shall disobey the directions of any such signs.
3‑3‑15 "U" TURNS. It shall be unlawful for a driver to make a
"U" turn.
ONE‑WAY
STREETS AND ALLEYS
3‑3‑16 AUTHORITY TO DESIGNATE ONE‑WAY
STREETS AND ALLEYS. Whenever any
traffic Code of this City designates any one‑way street or alley the
Mayor shall cause to be placed and maintained signs giving notice thereof and
the regulation shall not be effective unless the signs are in place. Signs indicating the direction of traffic
movement shall be placed at every intersection where movement of traffic in the
opposite direction is prohibited. It
shall be unlawful for any person to operate any vehicle in violation of
markings, signs, barriers or other devices placed in accordance with this
section.
3‑3‑17 ONE‑WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS. Upon the following streets and alleys
vehicular traffic shall move only in the indicated direction:
1. The
alleys located between Dows and Traer Streets shall be one-way, with traffic
entering Dows Street and exiting on Traer Street (Ordinance No. 110).
2. The
alleys located between Dows and Rowley Streets shall be one-way, with traffic
entering from Dows Street and exiting on Rowley Street (Ordinance No. 110).
SPECIAL
STOPS REQUIRED
3-3-18
THROUGH STREETS.
Every driver of a vehicle shall stop, unless a yield is permitted by
this chapter, before entering an intersection with the following designated
through streets:
1. State
Street from Fuhrmeister Street to Rowley Street.
2.
Dows Street from State Street to the Rogers Creek Road (Ord.
No. 157 Adopted 12/22/1998
3. Banner
Valley Road from Westerly beginning of Street to East City Limits (Ord. No. 158 Adopted 11/12/01)
3-3-19 OTHER STOPS REQUIRED. Every driver of a vehicle shall stop in
accordance with the following:
1. Vehicles
traveling east on Rowley Street shall stop at Main Street.
2. Vehicles
traveling south on Walker Street shall stop at Rowley Street.
3. Vehicles
traveling north on Walker Street shall stop at Fuhrmeister Street.
4. Vehicles
traveling south on Walker Street shall stop at Traer Street.
5. Vehicles
traveling north on Walker Street shall stop at Traer Street
6. Vehicles
traveling east on Traer Street shall stop at Main Street.
7. Vehicles
traveling east on Dows Street shall stop at Main Street
8. Vehicles
traveling west on Dows Street shall stop at Main Street.
9. Vehicles
traveling west on Dows Street shall stop at Jappa Road.
10. Vehicles
traveling east on Dows Street shall stop at Jappa Road.
11. Vehicles
traveling north on Dows Street shall stop at Rogers Creek Road.
12. Vehicles
traveling west on Rogers Creek Road shall stop at Jappa Road.
(Items 9-12 adopted 12/22/1998 – Ordinance No. 157)
13.
Vehicles
traveling East & West on Banner Valley Road shall stop at Pacific Street. (Ord. No. 158)
14. Vehicles traveling South and North on Main
Street shall stop at Rowley Street.
(Ord. No. 158)
3‑3‑20 AUTHORITY TO ERECT STOP SIGNS. Whenever any Ordinance of this City
designates and describes a through highway it shall be the duty of the Mayor to
cause to be placed and maintained a stop sign on each and every street
intersecting through highway except as modified in the case of intersecting
through highways.
3‑3‑21 STOPS AT INTERSECTING THROUGH HIGHWAYS
AND OTHER INTERSECTIONS. At the
intersections of through highways and at intersections upon streets other than
through highways, where, because of heavy cross‑traffic or other traffic
conditions, particular hazard exists, the Mayor is hereby authorized to
determine whether vehicles shall stop or yield at one or more entrances to the
intersection and shall present recommendations to the Council, and, upon
approval of the Council, shall erect an appropriate sign at every place where a
stop or yield is required.
3‑3‑22 STOP WHEN TRAFFIC IS OBSTRUCTED. Notwithstanding any traffic‑control
signal indication to proceed, no driver shall enter an intersection or a marked
crosswalk unless there is sufficient space on the other side of the
intersection or crosswalk to accommodate the vehicle.
3‑3‑23 SCHOOL STOPS. When a vehicle approaches an authorized school stop, the driver
shall bring the vehicle to a full stop at a point ten feet from the approach
side of the crosswalk marked by an authorized school stop sign, and thereafter
proceed in a careful and prudent manner until the driver shall have passed such
school site.
PEDESTRIANS'
RIGHTS AND DUTIES
3‑3‑24 PROHIBITED CROSSING. Pedestrians crossing a street in the
business district shall cross in the crosswalks only.
3‑3‑25 PEDESTRIANS ON LEFT. Where sidewalks are provided it shall be
unlawful for any pedestrian to walk along and upon an adjacent roadway. Where sidewalks are not provided pedestrians
at all times when walking on or along a roadway, shall walk on the left side of
the roadway.
METHOD
OF PARKING
3‑3‑26 STANDING OR PARKING CLOSE TO CURB. No person shall stand or park a vehicle in a
roadway other than parallel with the edge of the roadway headed in the
direction of lawful traffic movement and with the right‑hand wheels of
the vehicle within eighteen inches of the curb or edge of the roadway except as
provided in the case of angle parking and vehicles parked on the left‑hand
side of one‑way streets.
3‑3‑27 STANDING OR PARKING ON THE LEFT‑HAND
SIDE OF ONE‑WAY STREETS. No
person shall stand or park a vehicle on the left‑hand side of a one‑way
street other than parallel with the edge of the roadway headed in the direction
of lawful traffic movement and with the left‑hand wheels of the vehicle
within eighteen inches of the curb or edge of the roadway except as provided in
the case of angle parking.
3‑3‑28 ANGLE PARKING. Angle or diagonal parking shall be permitted only in the
following locations:
1. Dows
Street, on both sides from Walker Street to Main Street.
3‑3‑29 OBEDIENCE TO ANGLE PARKING SIGNS OR
MARKINGS. Upon those streets or
portions of streets that have been signed or marked for angle parking, no
person shall park or stand a vehicle other than at an angle to the curb or edge
of the roadway or in the center of the roadway as indicated by the signs and
markings.
STOPPING,
STANDING, OR PARKING PROHIBITED IN SPECIFIED PLACES
3‑3‑30 STOPPING, STANDING, OR PARKING PROHIBITED
IN SPECIFIED PLACES. No person shall
stop, stand or park a vehicle except when necessary to avoid conflict with
other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
traffic‑control device, in any of the following places:
1. On
a sidewalk.
2. In
front of a public or private driveway.
3. Within
an intersection.
4. Within
five (5) feet of either side of the point on the curb nearest to a fire
hydrant.
5. On
a crosswalk.
6. Within
ten (10) feet upon the approach to any flashing beacon, stop sign, or
traffic-control signal located at the side of the roadway.
7. Within
fifty (50) feet of the nearest rail of a railroad crossing, except when parked
parallel with such rail and not exhibiting a red light.
8. Within
twenty (20) feet of the driveway entrance to any fire station and on the side
of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within seventy-five (75)
feet of said entrance when properly signposted.
9. Alongside
or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when such stopping, standing,
or parking would obstruct traffic.
10. On
the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge or curb of
street.
11. Opposite
the entrance to a garage or driveway in such a manner or under such conditions
as to leave available less than twenty (20) feet of the width of the roadway
for the free movement of vehicular traffic.
12. Upon
any street or in any alley in any part of the City in such a manner or under
such conditions as to leave available less than ten (10) feet of the width of
the roadway of such street or alley for the free movement of vehicular traffic,
except when necessary in obedience to traffic regulations or traffic signs, or
signals of a police officer.
13. At
any place where official signs or curb markings prohibit stopping, standing or
parking.
14. Within
ten (10) feet of the crosswalk at all intersections within the City.
15. In
an alley under any fire escape at any time.
16. Upon
the parking or terrace, designated as that area between the curb line and the
sidewalk line, where curbing has been installed.
3-3-31 PARKING FOR DISABLED PERSONS. Section 321L.5 of the Code of Iowa is hereby
adopted by reference.
.
3‑3‑32 AUTHORITY TO PAINT CURBS AND ERECT SIGNS
PROHIBITING STANDING OR PARKING. When,
because of restricted visibility or when standing or parked vehicles constitute
a hazard to moving traffic, or when other traffic conditions require, the city
council may cause curbings to be painted with a yellow or orange color and
erect "no parking" or "standing" signs. It shall be unlawful for the operator of any
vehicle to stand or park a vehicle in an area so painted or sign‑posted. It shall be unlawful for any person, other
than authorized persons, who after having first secured the permission of the
city council, to paint any curbing, sidewalk or street with yellow or orange
colored paint or to erect "no parking" signs.
3‑3‑33 AUTHORITY TO IMPOUND VEHICLES. Members of the police department are
authorized to remove, or cause to be removed, a vehicle from a street, public
alley, or highway to the nearest garage or other place of safety, or to a
garage designated or maintained by the police department, or otherwise
maintained by the City, under the following circumstances:
1. When
a vehicle is upon a roadway and is so disabled as to constitute an obstruction
to traffic and the person or persons in charge of the vehicle are by reason of
physical injury incapacitated to such an extent as to be unable to provide for
its custody or removal.
2. When
any vehicle is left unattended upon a street and constitutes a definite hazard
or obstruction to the normal movement of traffic.
3. When
any vehicle is left parked upon a street for a continuous period of forty‑eight
or seventy-two hours or more. A
diligent effort shall first be made to locate the owner. If the owner is found, the owner shall be
given the opportunity to remove the vehicle.
4. When
any vehicle is parked over twenty-four (24) hours in violation of a ban on
parking during a snow emergency as proclaimed by the Mayor. or during snow
removal operations.
(City of Ely, Ordinance No. 147)
In
addition to the penalties hereinafter provided, the owner or driver of any
vehicle impounded for violation of any of the provisions of this chapter shall
be required to pay the reasonable cost of towing charges and storage.
STOPPING,
STANDING OR PARKING
3-3-34
PARKING SIGNS REQUIRED.
Whenever by this or any other chapter of this City Code any parking time
limit is imposed or parking is prohibited on designated streets or portions of
streets it shall be the duty of the city to erect appropriate signs giving
notice thereof and the regulations shall not be effective unless signs are
erected and in place at the time of any alleged offense. When signs are erected giving notice
thereof, no person shall disobey the restrictions stated on such signs.
1. Parking
shall be limited to 15 minutes for the first two legal parking spaces easterly
of alley
way
entrance between Main and Walker Street on the North side of 1600 bock of Dows
Street.
(Ordinance No. 164 Adopted 3/6/2000)
3-3-35
NO PARKING
ZONES. No one shall stop, stand or park
a vehicle in any of the
following
specifically designated no parking zones except when necessary to avoid conflict
with other traffic or in compliance with the direction of a police officer or
traffic control signal:
1.
Broadview
Court, inside of curve, from Dows Street to Dows Street.
2.
Alleys
between Rowley Street and Fuhrmeister Street.
3.
The east
side of Hillcrest Street.
4.
The south
side of Highland Road.
3‑3‑36 PARKING DURING SNOW EMERGENCY. No person shall park, abandon, or leave
unattended any vehicle on any public street, alley, or City‑owned off‑street
parking area during any snow emergency proclaimed by the Mayor unless the snow
has been removed or plowed from said street, alley or parking area and the snow
has ceased to fall. A snow emergency
parking ban shall continue from its proclamation through the duration of the snow
or ice storm and the forty‑eight hour period after cessation of the storm
except as above provided upon streets which have been fully opened.
The
ban shall be of uniform application and the Mayor is directed to publicize the
requirements widely, using all available news media, in early November each
year. When predictions or occurrences
indicate the need, the Mayor shall proclaim a snow emergency and the Mayor
shall inform the news media to publicize the proclamation and the parking rules
under the emergency. Such emergency may
be extended or shortened when conditions warrant.
3-3-37 ALL NIGHT PARKING
PROHIBITED. No person, except
physicians or other persons on
emergency calls, shall park
a vehicle on any street marked to prohibit all night parking and giving notice
thereof between the hours of 2:00 a.m. and 7:00 a.m. (Ord. No. 166 Adopted 12/26/2000)
3-3-38 TRUCK PARKING LIMITED. No person shall park a motor truck
semi-trailer, or other
motor vehicle with trailer
attached in violation of the following regulations. Excepting only when such vehicles are actually engaged in the
delivery or receiving of merchandise or cargo within the prohibited area, no
person shall park, leave unattended
or leave motor running for extended period of time, such vehicle, on any of the
following designated streets:
1.
Dows
Street from Main Street to State Street.
2.
Within
500 feet of any residential district or private residence.
When actually receiving or
delivering merchandise or cargo such vehicle shall be stopped or parked in a
manner which will not interfere with other traffic. The provisions of this section shall not apply to pick-up, light
delivery, or panel delivery trucks. (Ord. No. 166 Adopted 12/26/2000)
MISCELLANEOUS
DRIVING RULES
3‑3‑39 VEHICLES NOT TO BE DRIVEN ON
SIDEWALKS. The driver of a vehicle
shall not drive upon or within any sidewalk area.
3‑3‑40 CLINGING TO VEHICLES. No person shall drive a motor vehicle on the
streets of this City unless all passengers of the vehicle are inside the
vehicle in the place intended for their accommodation. No person shall ride on the running board of
a motor vehicle or in any other place not customarily used for carrying
passengers. No person riding upon any
bicycle, coaster, roller skates, sled or toy vehicle shall attach the same or
himself or herself to any vehicle upon a roadway.
3‑3‑41 PARKING FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES
PROHIBITED. No person shall park a
vehicle upon the roadway for the principal purpose of:
1. Displaying
such vehicle for sale.
2. Displaying
advertising.
3. Selling
merchandise from the vehicle except in a duly established market place or when
so authorized or licensed under the Ordinances of this City.
4. Storage
or as junk or dead storage for more than forty‑eight hours.
3‑3‑42 DRIVING THROUGH FUNERAL OR OTHER
PROCESSION. No driver of any vehicle
shall drive between the vehicles comprising a funeral or other authorized
procession while they are in motion and when the vehicles are conspicuously
designated as required in this chapter.
This provision shall not apply at intersections where traffic is
controlled by traffic‑control signals or police officers.
3‑3‑43 DRIVERS IN A PROCESSION. Each driver in a funeral or other procession
shall drive as near to the right‑hand edge of the roadway as practical
and shall follow the vehicle ahead as closely as is practical and safe.
3‑3‑44 FUNERAL PROCESSIONS TO BE
IDENTIFIED. A funeral procession
composed of vehicles shall be identified as such by the display upon the
outside of each vehicle of a pennant or other identifying insignia or by such
other method as may be determined and designated by the police department.
3‑3‑45 LOAD AND WEIGHT RESTRICTIONS.
1. Temporary
Embargo. If the council declares an
embargo when it appears by reason of deterioration, rain, snow, or other
climatic conditions that certain streets will be seriously damaged or destroyed
by vehicles weighing in excess of an amount specified by the signs, no such
vehicles shall be operated on streets so designated by such signs.
2. Permits
for Excess Size and Weight. The Mayor
may, upon application in writing and good cause being shown therefore, issue a
special permit in writing authorizing the applicant to operate or move a
vehicle or combination of vehicles of a size or weight or load exceeding the
maximum specified by state law or city ordinance over those streets named in
the permit which are under the jurisdiction of the city and for which the city
is responsible for maintenance.
3. When
signs are erected giving notice thereof, no person shall operate any vehicle
with a gross weight in excess of the amounts specified on the signs at any time
upon any of the following streets or parts of streets:
a. Rowley Street Extension from State Street to the west corporate
limits - 5 tons.
4. Load
Limits on Bridges. Where it has been
determined that any city bridge has a capacity less than the maximum permitted
on the streets of the city, or on the street serving the bridge, the Mayor may
cause to be posted and maintained signs on said bridge and at suitable
distances ahead of the entrances thereof to warn drivers of such maximum load
limits, and no person shall drive a vehicle weighing, loaded or unloaded, upon
said bridge in excess of such posted limit.
3‑3‑46 TRUCK ROUTES.
1. Every
motor vehicle weighing five tons or more, when loaded or empty, having no fixed
terminal within the City or making no scheduled or definite stops within the
City for the purpose of loading or unloading, shall travel over or upon the
following streets within the City and none other:
a. None.
2. Any
motor vehicle weighing five tons or more, when loaded or empty, having a fixed
terminal, making a scheduled or definite stop within the City for the purpose
of loading or unloading, shall proceed over or upon the designated routes set
out in this section to the nearest point of its scheduled or definite stop and
shall proceed thereto, load or unload and return, by the most direct route to
its point of departure from the designated route.
3. The
owner, or any other person, employing or otherwise directing the driver of any
vehicle shall not require or knowingly permit the operation of such vehicle
upon a street in any manner contrary to this section.
3-3-47 TAMPERING WITH VEHICLE. No person shall either individually, or in association
with one or more other persons, willfully injure or tamper with any vehicle or
break or remove any part or parts of or from a vehicle without the consent of
the owner.
BICYCLE
REGULATIONS
3‑3‑48 TRAFFIC CODE APPLIES TO PERSONS RIDING
BICYCLES. Every person riding a bicycle
upon a roadway shall be granted all of the rights and shall be subject to all
of the duties applicable to drivers of vehicles by the laws of this State
regarding rules of the road applicable to vehicles or by the traffic Ordinances
of this City applicable to drivers of vehicles, except as to those provisions
which by their nature can have no application.
Whenever a person dismounts from a bicycle such person shall be subject
to all regulations applicable to pedestrians.
3‑3‑49 RIDING ON BICYCLES. A person propelling a bicycle shall not ride
other than astride a permanent and regular seat.
No
bicycle shall be used to carry more persons at one time than the number for
which it is designed and equipped.
3‑3‑50 RIDING ON ROADWAYS AND BICYCLE
PATHS. Every person operating a bicycle
upon a roadway shall ride as near to the right‑hand side of the roadway
as practicable, exercising due care when passing a standing vehicle or one
proceeding in the same direction.
Persons
riding bicycles upon a roadway shall not ride more than two abreast except on
paths or parts of roadways set aside for the exclusive use of bicycles.
Whenever
a usable path for bicycles has been provided adjacent to a roadway, bicycle
riders shall use such path and shall not use the roadway.
3‑3‑51 SPEED.
No person shall operate a bicycle at a speed greater than is reasonable
and prudent under existing conditions.
3‑3‑52 EMERGING FROM ALLEY OR DRIVEWAY. The operators of a bicycle emerging from an
alley, driveway, or building shall, upon approaching a sidewalk or the sidewalk
area extending across any alleyway, yield the right of way to all pedestrians
approaching on the sidewalk or sidewalk area, and upon entering the roadway
shall yield the right of way to all vehicles approaching on said roadway.
3‑3‑53 CARRYING ARTICLES. No person operating a bicycle shall carry
any package, bundle, or article which prevents the rider from keeping at least
one hand upon the handle bars.
3‑3‑54 PARKING.
Bicycles shall be parked upon the roadway of a street against the curb,
or upon the sidewalk in a rack to support bicycles, or against a building, or
at the curb, in such a manner as to afford the least obstruction to pedestrian
traffic.
3‑3‑55 RIDING ON SIDEWALKS. No person shall ride a bicycle on a sidewalk
within a business district.
When
signs are erected on a sidewalk or roadway prohibiting the riding of bicycles
on the sidewalk or roadway, no person shall disobey such signs.
Whenever
a person is riding a bicycle upon a sidewalk, the person shall yield the right
of way to any pedestrian and shall give a timely audible signal before
overtaking and passing a pedestrian.
3‑3‑56 LAMPS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT ON
BICYCLES. Every bicycle when in use at
nighttime shall be equipped with a lamp on the front that emits a white light
visible from a distance of at least 500 feet to the front and with a red
reflector on the rear of a type that is visible from all distances from fifty
feet to 300 feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of
head lamps on a motor vehicle. A lamp
emitting a red light visible from a distance of 500 feet to the rear may be
used in addition to the red reflector.
Every
bicycle shall be equipped with a brake which will enable the operator to make
the braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement.
SKATEBOARDS,
SCOOTERS, ROLLER SKATES, AND ROLLER BLADES
3-3-57 UNLAWFUL USE UPON DESIGNATED SIDEWALKS.
A. No person
shall roller skate, roller blade or ride a
skateboard or scooter upon a sidewalk located in the following areas:
1. Dows
Street.
2. State
Street.
B. When signs
are erected on any sidewalk prohibiting roller skating, roller blading or the
riding of skateboards or scooters thereon by any person, no person shall
disobey the signs.
C. Whenever any
person is roller skating, roller-blading, or riding a skateboard or scooter
upon any sidewalk, such person shall yield the right-of-way to any pedestrian
and shall give an audible signal before overtaking and passing.
3-3-58 TOWING.
It is unlawful for any person who is roller skating, roller blading,
riding a skateboard or riding a scooter
to be towed or to tow any other person upon the streets of the city.
3-3-59 FOLLOWING FIRE TRUCKS. No person who is roller skating, roller blading, riding a skateboard or riding a scooter shall follow a fire truck or other
fire equipment at any time.
3-3-60 IMPROPER RIDING. No person shall roller skate, roller blade, ride a skateboard or
ride a scooter in an irregular or reckless manner such as zigzagging, stunting,
traveling at an excessive speed or acting in any other manner so as to
disregard the safety of the operation or others.
3-3-61 UNLAWFUL USE UPON TENNIS COURTS. No person shall roller skate, roller blade
or ride a skateboard or scooter upon any tennis court.
3-3-62 TEMPORARY SEIZURE OF SKATEBOARDS, SCOOTERS,
ROLLER SKATES, AND/OR ROLLER BLADES. In
the event a police officer has
determined that an individual has violated any section of this chapter, said
officer shall have the option, in lieu of issuing a citation, of temporarily seizing the skateboard, scooter, roller
skates and/or roller blades being used by the individual committing the offense for a period of up to fourteen days.
If the individual who is violating a section of this article has
committed any previous offense of any section of this chapter within the
preceding three hundred sixty-five days, the officer shall have the option to
temporarily seize the skateboard, scooter, roller skates and/or roller blades
for up to thirty days. At the end of
the appropriate number of days, the owner of the skateboard, scooter, roller
skates and/or roller blades shall be able to pick up the skateboard, scooter,
roller skates and/or roller blades at the Ely City Hall. Duly sworn law enforcement officers shall
have the ability to temporarily seize the skateboard, scooter, roller skates
and/or roller blades being ridden by the violator even if the skateboard,
scooter, roller skates and/or roller blades do not belong to the person
committing the violation. If the person
accused of violating a section of this article desires to contest the temporary
seizure of the skateboard, scooter, roller skates and/or roller blades, that
person shall file an application for hearing within five days after the
skateboard, scooter, roller skates and/or roller blades were temporarily seized
with the Linn County clerk of court, magistrate's division, at the Linn County
Courthouse. A hearing shall then be set
as soon as practical by the magistrate and shall be tried to the magistrate.
SNOWMOBILES
3‑3‑63 SNOWMOBILE DEFINITIONS.
1. "Snowmobile"
means a self‑propelled vehicle designed for travel on snow or ice in a
natural terrain steered by wheels, skis or runners.
2. "Operate"
means to control the operation of a snowmobile.
3. "Operator"
means a person who operates or is in actual control of a snowmobile.
3‑3‑64 PERMITTED AREAS OF OPERATION. Snowmobiles will be allowed to operate in
the City as follows:
1. Snowmobiles
may be operated on any of the following designated streets:
a. State Street. From
northwest city limits to Fuhrmeister Street, Traer Street southeast 250 feet on
west side, Rowley Street southeast to city limits.
b. Fuhrmeister Street. State
Street to Main Street.
c. Main Street. Fuhrmeister
Street to Rowley Street.
d. Rowley Street. State
Street to Main Street.
e. Traer Street. State
Street to Main Street.
f. Main Street. Rowley
Street to city limits.
g. Banner Valley Road. Main
Street to east city limits.
h. Dows Street. Main Street
northeast to city limits.
i. Alleys. Blocks 10 and
11, Original Town of Ely.
3. Other
Streets. Snowmobiles may be operated on
any street within the city for the sole and exclusive purpose of using the most
direct roadway for access to a designated street. No snowmobile shall be driven on a roadway solely for
entertainment or pleasure.
The
route established herein shall be the only permitted snowmobile route and the
snowmobiles shall be operated within the roadways of said public streets and
shall also be subject to the following regulations.
3‑3‑65 REGULATIONS. It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a snowmobile under
the following circumstances:
1. On
private property of another without the express permission to do so by the
owner or occupant of said property.
2. On
public school grounds, park property, playgrounds, recreational areas and golf
courses without express permission to do so by the proper public authority.
3. In
a manner so as to create loud, unnecessary or unusual noise so as to disturb or
interfere with the peace and quiet of other persons.
4. In
a careless, reckless or negligent manner so as to endanger the safety of any
person or property of any other person.
5. Without
having such snowmobile registered as provided for by Iowa Statute except that
this provision shall not apply to the operation of a snowmobile on the private
property of the owner by the owner or a member of his immediate family.
6. Within
the right‑of‑way of any public street or alley within the City
unless the operator shall have a valid driver's license; or an instruction
permit and accompanied by a qualified licensed driver.
7. Operate
a snowmobile in the City from eleven o'clock (11:00) p.m. to seven o'clock
(7:00) a.m., except for the purpose of loading and unloading a snowmobile from
another vehicle or trailer, or to use the most direct route to enter or leave
the city limits. (Amended by Ord. No. 162 of 8/16/1999)
8. Upon
the public sidewalk or that portion of the street located between the curb line
and the sidewalk or property line commonly referred to as the “parking” except
for purposes of crossing the same to a public street upon which operation is
authorized by this chapter.
9. While
under the influence of intoxicating liquor or narcotics or habit-forming drugs.
10. Without
displaying a flag with an area of not less than six by nine inches of
fluorescent orange color on a staff holder to put such flag at least five feet
above the surface of the street.
11. Crossing
a prohibited street or highway unless:
a. The crossing is made at an angle of approximately 90 degrees to
the direction of the street or highway and at a place where no obstruction
prevents quick and safe crossing; and
b. The snowmobile is brought to a complete stop before crossing the
shoulder or main traveling way of the street or highway; and
c. The driver yields the right-of-way to all on-coming traffic which
constitutes an immediate hazard.
12. Across
a public highway by a person under sixteen years of age who does not have in
his possession a safety certificate issued pursuant to Chapter 321G of the Iowa
Code. Any person twelve to fifteen
years of age and possessing a valid safety certificate must be accompanied by
and under the direct supervision of a responsible person of at least eighteen
years of age who is experienced in snowmobile operation and who possesses a
valid operator’s or chauffeur’s license, instruction permit, restricted license
or temporary permit issued under chapter 321 of the Iowa Code or safety
certificate issued under Chapter 321G of the Iowa Code.
13. The
operator is under twelve years of age.
14. Operated
in any tree nursery or planting in a manner which damages or destroys growing
stock.
15. Operated
upon a railroad right-of-way except as provided by state law.
16. With
a firearm in his possession, unless it is in a carrying case, or with any bow
unless it is unstrung or enclosed in a carrying case.
17. Operate
for racing any moving object.
18. After
having received a visual or audible signal from any police officer to come to a
stop, to operate a snowmobile in a willful or wanton disregard of such signal,
or interfere with or endanger the officer or any other person or vehicle, or
increase his speed or attempt to flee or elude the officer.
3‑3‑66 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. All snowmobiles operated within the City
shall have the following equipment:
1. Mufflers
which are properly attached and which reduce the noise of operation of the
vehicle to the minimum noise necessary for operating the vehicle and no person
shall use a muffler cut‑out, by‑pass or similar device on said
vehicle.
2. Adequate
brakes in good condition and at least one headlight and one taillight.
3. A
safety or so‑called "dead‑man" throttle in operating
condition; a safety or "dead‑man" throttle is defined as a
device which when pressure is removed from the accelerator or throttle causes
the motor to be disengaged from the driving track.
3‑3‑67 UNATTENDED VEHICLES. It is unlawful for the owner or operator to
leave or allow a snowmobile to be or remain unattended on public property while
the motor is running or the key left in the ignition.
3‑3‑68 RESTRICTION OF OPERATION. The City Council may, by resolution,
prohibit the operation of snowmobiles within the right‑of‑way of
the public roads, streets or alley or other City property within the City when
the public safety and welfare so requires.
3‑3‑69 TRAFFIC REGULATION. Each person operating a snowmobile shall
strictly observe all traffic signs and signals and all other traffic rules and
regulations applicable thereto, and shall obey the orders and directions of any
police officer of the City authorized to direct or regulate traffic.
3-3-70 NEGLIGENCE. The owner and operator of any snowmobile shall be liable for any
injury or damage occasioned by the negligent operation of such snowmobile.
3-3-71 EMERGENCIES. Snowmobiles may be operated on prohibited streets or highways in
an emergency during the period of time when and at locations where snow upon
the roadway renders travel by conventional motor vehicles impractical.
3-3-72 ACCIDENT REPORTS. Whenever any snowmobile is involved in an
accident resulting in injury or death to anyone or property damage amounting to
two hundred dollars ($200) or more, either the operator or someone acting for
the operator shall immediately notify the county sheriff or another law
enforcement agency in the state. The
operator shall file a report of the accident within forty-eight (48) hours, in
accordance with state law.
PENALTIES
AND PROCEDURE ON ARREST
3‑3‑73 CITATION PLACED ON ILLEGALLY PARKED
VEHICLE. Whenever any motor vehicle
without a driver is found parked or stopped in violation of any of the
restrictions imposed by any Ordinance of this City or State law, the officer
finding such vehicle shall prepare a written parking citation giving the
registration number, and other identifying information to such vehicle in a
conspicuous place and directing the driver of the vehicle to appear at the
place designated in the citation within seven days, or to pay the local
scheduled fine established by the section titled "LOCAL PARKING
FINES" in this chapter at the City Clerk's office as provided therein.
3‑3‑74 PRESUMPTION IN REFERENCE TO ILLEGAL
PARKING. In any prosecution charging a
violation of any parking Ordinance or State law governing the standing,
stopping, or parking of a vehicle, proof that the particular vehicle described
in the complaint was parked in violation of any such Ordinance or law, together
with proof that the defendant named in the complaint was at the time of such
parking violation the registered owner of such vehicle, shall constitute prima
facie evidence that the registered owner of such vehicle was the person who
parked or placed such vehicle at the point where, and for the time during which
such violation occurred.
3-3-75 LOCAL PARKING FINES. Scheduled fines as follows are established,
payable by mail
or in person at the City
Clerk’s office within seven days of the violation, for the following parking
violations:
1. Overtime
parking $25.00
2. Prohibited
parking $25.00
3. No
parking zone $25.00
4. Blocking
Alley $25.00
5. Illegal
parking $25.00
6. Street
cleaning $25.00
7. Snow
removal ban $25.00
8. Handicap
parking $100.00
(revised
12/26/2000 Ord. No. 166)
(Code
of Iowa, Sec. 321L.4(2))
3‑3‑76 FAILURE TO PAY PARKING CITATIONS. If a violator of the restrictions on
stopping, standing, or parking under the parking Ordinances of this City or of
State law fails to make payment of the scheduled fine as specified on a parking
citation affixed to such motor vehicle within the seven days, the City shall
send the owner of the motor vehicle to which the parking citation was affixed a
letter informing the owner of the violation and warning that in the event such
letter is disregarded for a period of five days from date of mailing, a court
citation will be issued requiring a court appearance and subjecting the
violator to court costs.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
3-4-1 Enforcement Officer
3-4-2 General Definition of Unsafe
3-4-3 Unsafe Building
3-4-4 Notice to Owner
3-4-5 Conduct of Hearing
3-4-6 Posting of Signs
3-4-7 Right to Demolish
3-4-1 ENFORCEMENT OFFICER. The mayor shall be responsible for the
enforcement of this chapter.
3-4-2 GENERAL DEFINITION OF UNSAFE. All buildings or structures which are
structurally unsafe or not provided with adequate egress, or which constitute a
fire hazard or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or which in relation to
existing use constitute a hazard to safety or health or public welfare by
reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment,
as specified in this chapter or any other ordinance are, for the purpose of
this chapter, unsafe buildings. All
such unsafe buildings are hereby declared to be public nuisances and shall be
abated by repair, rehabilitation, demolition, or removal in accordance with the
procedure specified in this chapter.
3-4-3 UNSAFE BUILDING. “Unsafe building” shall mean any structure,
manufactured home, modular home, or mobile home meeting any or all of the
following criteria:
1. Collapse of Member. Whenever any portion or member or appurtenance is likely to fail,
or to become detached or dislodged, or to collapse and thereby injure persons
or damage property.
2. Wind Resistance.
Whenever any portion of a building, or any member, appurtenance or ornamentation
on the exterior thereof is not of sufficient strength or stability, or is not
so anchored, attached or fastened in a place so as to be capable of resisting a
wind pressure of twenty (20) pounds per square foot.
3. Material Deterioration.
Whenever any portion thereof has wracked, warped, buckled, or settled to
such an extent that walls or other structural portions have materially less
resistance to winds or earthquakes than is required in the case of similar new
construction.
4. Various Inadequacies.
Whenever the building or structure or any portion thereof, because of
(a) dilapidation, deterioration, or decay; (b) faulty construction; (c) the
removal, movement or instability of any portion of the ground necessary for the
purpose of supporting such building; (d) the deterioration, decay or inadequacy
of its foundation; or (e) any other cause, is likely to partially or completely
collapse.
5. Manifestly Unsafe.
Whenever, for any reason, the building or structure, or any portion
thereof, is manifestly unsafe for the purpose for which it is being used.
6. Exterior Walls.
Whenever the exterior walls or other vertical structural members list,
lean or buckle to such an extent that a plumb line passing through the center
of gravity does not fall inside the middle one-third of the base.
7. Deterioration.
Whenever the building or structure, exclusive of the foundation, shows
thirty-three (33) percent or more damage or deterioration of its supporting
member or members, or fifty (50) percent damage or deterioration of its
non-supporting members, enclosing or outside walls or coverings.
8. Damaged Structurally.
Whenever the building or structure has been so damaged by fire, wind,
earthquake or flood, or has become so dilapidated or deteriorated as to become
(a) an attractive nuisance to children; (b) a harbor for vagrants, criminals or
immoral persons; or as to (c) enable persons to resort thereto for the purpose
of committing unlawful or immoral acts.
9. Inadequate Maintenance.
Whenever a building or structure, used or intended to be used for
dwelling purposes, because of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, decay,
damage, faulty construction or arrangement, inadequate light, air or sanitation
facilities, or otherwise, is determined by any health officer to be unsanitary,
unfit for human habitation or in such condition that it is likely to cause
sickness and disease.
10. Fire Hazard. Whenever
any building or structure, because of obsolescence, dilapidated condition,
deterioration, damage, inadequate exits, lack of sufficient fire-resistive
construction, faulty electric wiring, gas connections or heating apparatus, or
other cause, is determined by the Fire Marshal or Fire Chief to be a fire
hazard.
11. Public Nuisance.
Whenever any building or structure is in such a condition as to
constitute a public nuisance known to the common law or in equity
jurisprudence.
12. Abandoned. Whenever any
portion of a building or structure remains on a site after demolition or
destruction of the building or structure or whenever any building or structure
is abandoned for a period in excess of six (6) months so as to constitute such
building or portion thereof an attractive nuisance or hazard to the public.
3-4-4 NOTICE TO OWNER. The enforcement officer shall examine or
cause to be examined every building or structure or portion thereof reported as
dangerous or damaged and if such is found to be an unsafe building as defined
in this chapter, the enforcement officer shall give to the owner of such building
or structure written notice stating the defects thereof. This notice may require the owner or person
in charge of the building or premises, within forty-eight (48) hours or such
reasonable time as the circumstances require, to commence either the required
repairs or improvements or demolition and removal of the building or structure
or portions thereof, and all such work shall be completed within ninety (90)
days from the date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the enforcement
officer. If necessary, such notice
shall also require the building, structure, or portion thereof to be vacated
forthwith and not re-occupied until the required repairs and improvements are
completed, inspected and approved by the enforcement officer.
1. Notice Serviced. Such
notice shall be served by sending by registered certified mail to the owner of
record, according to Section 364.12(h) of the Code of Iowa, if he shall be
found within the city limits. If he is
not found within the city limits such service may be made upon said owner by
registered mail or certified mail. The
designated period within which said owner or person in charge is required to
comply with the order of the enforcement officer shall begin as of the date he
receives such notice.
2. Hearing. Such notice
shall also advise the owner that he may request a hearing before the council in
the notice by filing a written request for hearing within the time provided in
the notice.
3-4-5 CONDUCT OF HEARING. If requested, the council shall conduct a
hearing in accordance with the following:
1. Nature. The owner
shall be served with written notice specifying the date, time and place of
hearing.
2. Owner’s Rights. At
the hearing, the owner may appear and show cause why the alleged nuisance shall
not be abated.
3. Determination. The
council shall make and record findings of fact and may issue such order as it
deems appropriate.
3-4-6 POSTING OF SIGNS. The enforcement officer shall cause to be
posted at each entrance to such building a notice to read: “DO NOT ENTER. UNSAFE TO OCCUPY. CITY OF ELY, IOWA.” Such
notice shall remain posted until the required repairs, demolition, or removal
are completed. Such notice shall not be
removed without written permission of the enforcement officer and no person
shall enter the building except for the purpose of making the required repairs
or of demolishing the building.
3-4-7 RIGHT TO DEMOLISH. In case the owner shall fail, neglect, or
refuse to comply with the notice to repair, rehabilitate, or to demolish and
remove said building or structure or portion thereof, the council may order the
owner of the building prosecuted as a violator of the provisions of this
chapter and may order the enforcement officer to proceed with the work
specified in such notice. A statement
of the cost of such work shall be transmitted to the council.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
CHAPTER 5 TREES AND
DUTCH ELM DISEASE CONTROL
3-5-1 Purpose
3-5-2 Definitions
3-5-3 Planting Restrictions
3-5-4 Duty to Trim Trees
3-5-5 Assessment
3-5-6 Trimming Trees to be Supervised
3-5-7 Removal of Trees
3-5-8 Trees Subject to Removal
3-5-9 Duty to Remove
3-5-10 Inspection
3-5-11 Removal from City Property
3-5-12 Removal from Private Property
3‑5‑1 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to beautify and preserve the
appearance of the city by regulating and providing for the planting, care and
removal of trees.
3-5-2 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined:
1. “Parking”
shall mean that part of the street, avenue, or highway in the city not covered
by sidewalk and lying between the lot line and the curb line; or, on unpaved
streets, that part of the street, avenue or highway lying between the lot line
and that portion of the street usually traveled by vehicular traffic.
2. “Superintendent”
shall mean the superintendent of streets or such other person as may be
designated by the council.
3-5-3 PLANTING RESTRICTIONS. No tree shall be planted in any street or
parking except in accordance with the following:
1. Alignment. All trees hereafter planted in any street
shall be planted in the parking midway between the outer line of the sidewalk
and the curb. In the event a curb line
is not established, trees shall be planted on a line ten (10) feet from the property
line.
2. Spacing. Trees shall not be planted on the parking if
it is less than nine (9) feet in width, or contains less than eighty-one (81)
square feet of exposed soil surface per tree.
Trees shall not be planted closer than twenty (20) feet to street
intersections (property lines extended) and ten (10) feet to driveways. If it is at all possible trees should be
planted inside the property lines and not between the sidewalk and curb.
3. Prohibited
Trees. No person shall hereafter plant
in any street, any fruit-bearing tree or any tree of the kinds commonly known
as cottonwood, poplar, boxelder, Chinese elm, or evergreens.
3-5-4 DUTY TO TRIM TREES. The owner or agent of the abutting property
shall keep the trees on, or overhanging the street trimmed so that all branches
will be at least fifteen (15) feet above the surface of the street and eight
(8) feet above the sidewalks.
3-5-5 ASSESSMENT. If the abutting property owner fails to trim the trees as
required in this chapter, the city may serve notice on the abutting property
owner requiring him to do so within five (5) days. If he fails to trim the trees within that time, the city may
perform the required action and assess the costs against the abutting property
for collection in the same manner as a property tax.
3-5-6 TRIMMING TREES TO BE SUPERVISED. It shall be unlawful for any person to trim
or cut any tree in a street or public place unless the work is done under the
supervision of the city.
3-5-7 REMOVAL OF TREES. The superintendent shall remove, on the
order of the council, any tree on the streets of the city that interferes with
making of improvements or with travel thereon.
He shall additionally remove any trees on the street, not on private
property, which have become diseased, or which constitute a danger to the
public, or which may otherwise be declared a nuisance.
3-5-8 TREES SUBJECT TO REMOVAL. The council having determined that the
health of the elm trees within the city is threatened by a fatal disease known
as the Dutch Elm Disease hereby declares the following shall be removed:
1. Living
or Standing Trees. Any living or
standing elm tree or part thereof infected with the Dutch Elm Disease fungus or
which harbor any of the elm bark beetles, that is scolytus multistriatus
(echb.) or hylurgopinus rufipes (marsh.).
2. Dead
Trees. Any dead elm tree or part
thereof including logs, branches, stumps, firewood or other elm material from
which the bark has not been removed and burned or sprayed with an effective elm
bark beetle destroying insecticide.
3-5-9 DUTY TO REMOVE. No person, firm or corporation shall permit
any tree or material as defined in Section 6-5-8 to remain on the premises
owned, controlled or occupied by him within the city.
3-5-10 INSPECTION. The superintendent shall inspect or cause to be inspected all
premises and places within the city to determine whether any condition as
defined in Section 6-5-8 exists thereon, and shall also inspect or cause to be
inspected any elm trees reported or suspected to be infected with the Dutch Elm
Disease or any elm bark bearing material reported or suspected to be infected
with the elm bark beetles.
3-5-11 REMOVAL FROM CITY PROPERTY. If the superintendent upon inspection or
examination, in person or by some qualified person acting for him, shall
determine that any condition as herein defined exists in or upon any public
street, alley, park or any public place, including the strip between the curb
and the lot line of private property, within the city and that the danger of
other elm trees within the city is imminent, he shall immediately cause it to
be removed and burned or otherwise correct the same in such a manner as to
destroy or prevent as fully as possible the spread of Dutch Elm Disease or the
insect pests or vectors known to carry such disease fungus.
3-5-12 REMOVAL FROM PRIVATE PROPERTY. If the superintendent upon inspection or
examination, in person or by some qualified person acting for him, shall
determine with reasonable certainty that any condition as herein defined exists
in or upon private premises and that the danger to other elm trees within the
city is imminent, he shall immediately notify by certified mail the owner,
occupant or person in charge of such property, to correct such condition within
fourteen (14) days of said notification.
If such owner, occupant or person in charge of said property fails to
comply within fourteen (14) days of receipt thereof, the council may cause the
nuisance to be removed and the cost assessed against the property.
If the
superintendent is unable to determine with reasonable certainty whether or not
a tree in or upon private premises is infected with Dutch Elm Disease, he is
authorized to remove or cut specimens from said tree and obtain a diagnosis of
such specimens.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
3-6-1 Preamble
3-6-2 Findings and Purpose
3-6-3 Definitions
3-6-4 Offenses
3-6-5 Defenses
3-6-6 Enforcement
3-6-7 Penalty, Municipal Infraction
3-6-1 PREAMBLE. The City of Ely recognizes that all citizens including minors
have certain inalienable rights and that among them are the rights of liberty
and the pursuit of happiness. Further,
all citizens including minors have the right to freedom of religion, freedom of
speech, freedom of assembly, and of association. This section should be interpreted to avoid any construction that
would result in the appearance of interference with the free exercise of
religious worship and political association and this Ordinance shall not be construed
to mean that the City intends to interfere with a minor's freedom of
association for political, economic, religious, or cultural matters or
association for purposes such as marches, demonstrations, picketing, or prayer
vigils which are otherwise lawful and peaceful assemblies.
3-6-2 FINDINGS AND PURPOSE. The City Council has determined that there
has been an increase in juvenile violence and crime by persons under the age of
17 in the City of Ely; and
Persons under the age of 17 are
particularly susceptible by their lack of maturity and experience to
participate in unlawful and gang-related activities and to be victims of older
perpetrators of crime; and
The City of Ely has an obligation to
provide for the protection of minors from each other and from other persons,
for the enforcement of parental control over and responsibility for children,
for the protection of the general public, and for the reduction of the
incidence of juvenile criminal activities.
3-6-3 DEFINITIONS. In this chapter:
1. Curfew
hours means 10:00 p.m. until 5:00 a.m.
2. Emergency
means an unforeseen combination of circumstances or the resulting state that
calls for immediate action. The term
includes, but is not limited to, a fire, a natural disaster, an automobile accident,
or any situation requiring immediate action to prevent serious bodily injury or
loss of life.
3. Establishment
means any privately-owned place of business operated for a profit to which the
public is invited, including but not limited to any place of amusement or
entertainment.
4. Guardian
means:
a. A person who, under court order, is the guardian of the person of
a minor; or
b. A public or private agency with whom a minor has been placed by a
court.
5. Minor
means any person under age 17 years of age.
6. Operator
means any individual, firm, association, partnership, or corporation operating,
managing, or conducting any establishment.
The term includes the members or partners of an association or
partnership and the officers of a corporation.
7. Parent
means a person who is:
a. A biological parent, adoptive parent, or step-parent of another
person; or
b. At least 18 years of age and authorized by a parent or guardian
to have the care and custody of a minor.
8. Public
place means any place to which the public or a substantial group of the public
has access and includes, but is not limited to, streets, highways, and the
common areas of schools, hospitals, apartment houses, office buildings,
transport facilities, and shops.
9. Remain
means to:
a. Linger or stay; or
b. Fail to leave premises when requested to do so by a police
officer or the owner, operator, or other person in control of the premises.
10. Serious
Bodily Injury means bodily injury that creates a substantial risk of death or
that causes death, serious permanent disfigurement, or protracted loss of
impairment of the function of any bodily member or organ.
3-6-4 OFFENSES.
1. A
minor commits an offense if the minor remains in any public place or on the premises
of any establishment within the City during curfew hours.
2. A
parent or guardian of a minor commits an offense if they knowingly permit, or
by insufficient control allow, the minor to remain in any public place or on
the premises of any establishment within the City during curfew hours.
3. The
owner, operator, or any employee of an establishment commits an offense if they
knowingly allow a minor to remain upon the premises of the establishment during
curfew hours.
3-6-5 DEFENSES.
1. It
is a defense to prosecution under this chapter that the minor was:
a. Accompanied by the minor's parent or guardian;
b. On an errand at the direction of the minor's parent or guardian,
without any detour or stop;
c. In a motor vehicle involved in interstate travel;
d. Engaged in an employment activity, or going to or returning home
from an employment activity, without any detour or stop;
e. Involved in an emergency;
f. On the sidewalk abutting the minor's residence or abutting the
residence of a next-door neighbor if the neighbor did not complain to the
police department about the minor's presence;
g. Attending an official school, religious, or other recreational
activity supervised by adults and sponsored by the City of Ely, a civic
organization, or another similar entity that takes responsibility for the
minor, or going to or returning home without any detour or stop, an official
school, religious, or other recreational activity supervised by adults and
sponsored by the City of Ely, a civic organization, or another similar entity
that takes responsibility for the minor;
h. Exercising First Amendment rights protected by the United States
Constitution, such as the free exercise of religion, freedom of speech, and the
right of assembly; or
i. Married or had been married.
2. It
is a defense to prosecution under Subsection 3-6-4(3) that the owner, operator,
or employee of an establishment promptly notified the police department that a
minor was present on the premises of the establishment during curfew hours and
refused to leave.
3-6-6 ENFORCEMENT.
1. Before
taking any enforcement action under this section, a police officer shall ask
the apparent offender's age and reason for being in the public place. The officer shall not issue a citation or
make an arrest under this section unless the officer reasonably believes that
an offense has occurred and that, based on any response and other
circumstances, no defense in Section 3-6-5 is present.
2. A
minor who is in violation of this Ordinance shall be reunited with the minor's
parent or guardian or custodian or other adult taking the place of the parent
or shall be taken home by the police officers of the City of Ely.
3-6-7 PENALTY, MUNICIPAL INFRACTION. The violation of this chapter shall be a
municipal infraction with penalties not to exceed those contained in the City
Code.
"Editor's
Note: The courts
have carefully scrutinized curfew Ordinances and before enacting such an
Ordinance, you should consult with your City Attorney. See Maquoketa v. Russell, 484 NW2d, 179
(Iowa 1992) and Quit v. Strauss, 8 F2d 260 (1993)."
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
CHAPTER 7 REGULATING
PEDDLERS, SOLICITORS AND TRANSIENT MERCHANTS
3-7-1 Definitions
3-7-2 Exemptions
3-7-3 Permits
3-7-4 Requirements
3-7-5 Hours of Solicitation
3-7-6 Consumer Protection Law
3-7-7 Bond Required
3-7-8 License Issued
3-7-9 Display of License
3-7-10 License Not Transferable
3-7-11 Revocation of License
3-7-12 Notice
3-7-13 Hearing
3-7-14 Record and Determination
3-7-15 Appeal
3-7-16 Effect of Revocation
3-7-17 Rebates
3-7-18 Obstruction of Pedestrian or Vehicular
Traffic
3‑7‑1 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter, the following terms are defined as
follows:
1. A
"peddler" is any person carrying or transporting goods or merchandise
who sells or offers for sale for immediate delivery such goods or merchandise
from house‑to‑house or upon the public street.
2. A
"solicitor" is any person who solicits or attempts to solicit from
house‑to‑house or upon public streets orders for commercial goods,
wares, subscriptions, publications, periodicals, merchandise, or services to be
delivered or fulfilled at a future date.
For
the purposes of this chapter, "solicitor" does not include a person
who contacts another person at such person's residence without prior invitation
to enlist support for or against, or solicit funds for patriotic,
philanthropic, charitable, political, or religious purposes, whether or not
there is an incidental purpose involving the sale of some goods or
service.
3. A
"transient merchant" includes every merchant, whether an individual
person, a firm, corporation, partnership, or association, who brings or causes
to be brought within the municipality any goods, wares, or merchandise of any
kind, nature, or description, with the intention of temporarily or
intermittently selling or offering to sell at retail such goods, wares, or
merchandise. Temporary association with
a local merchant, dealer, trader, or auctioneer, for conducting such transient business
in connection with, as part of, or in the name of any local merchant, dealer,
trader, or auctioneer, does not exempt any such person, firm, or corporation
from being considered a transient merchant.
The
provisions of this chapter shall not be construed to apply to persons selling
at wholesale to merchants, nor to persons running a huckster wagon, or selling
or distributing livestock feeds, fresh meats, fish, fruit, or vegetables, nor
to persons selling their own work or production either by themselves or their
employees.
3‑7‑2 EXEMPTIONS. The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to nonprofit
civic, charitable, religious, or educational groups engaged in retail sale for
the purposes of fund raising, nor newspaper sales, farmers, or persons
customarily calling on businesses or institutions for the purposes of selling
products for resale or institutional use.
Authorized
representatives of religious and charitable organizations desiring to solicit
money or to distribute literature shall be exempt from the operation of all
further sections of this chapter. All
such organizations shall be required to submit in writing to the clerk the name
and purpose of the cause for which such activities are sought, names and
addresses of the officers and directors of the organization, the period during
which such activities are to be carried on, and whether any commissions, fees
or wages are to be charged by the solicitor and the amount thereof. If the clerk shall find that the
organization is a bona fide charity or religious organization the clerk shall
issue, free of charge, a license containing the above information to the
applicant.
3‑7‑3 PERMITS. Before any person or organization engages in any of the practices
defined herein, they must comply with all applicable Ordinances, and must also
obtain from the City Clerk a permit in accordance with the provisions of
sections 3‑7‑4 and 3‑7‑5. The following license fees shall be paid to the clerk prior to
the issuance of any license:
1. Solicitors. In addition to the application fee for each
person actually soliciting (principal or agent), a fee for the principal of ten
dollars ($10.00) per year.
2. Peddlers
or Transient Merchants.
a. For one day: $ 5.00
b. For one week $10.00
c. For up to six (6) months $20.00
d. For one year or major part thereof $25.00
3‑7‑4 REQUIREMENTS. Any applicant engaged in any activity
described in 3‑7‑1 of this chapter must file with the City Clerk an
application in writing that gives the following information:
1. Name
and social security number.
2. Permanent
and local addresses and, in case of transient merchants, the local address from
which proposed sales will be made.
3. A
brief description of the nature of the sales method.
4. Name
and address of the firm for or on whose behalf the orders are solicited, or the
supplier of the goods offered for sale.
5. Length
of time for which the permit is desired.
6. A
statement as to whether or not the applicant has been convicted of any crime,
and if so, the date, the nature of the offense, and the name of the court
imposing the penalty.
7. Motor
vehicle make, model, year, color, and registration number, if a vehicle is to
be used in the proposed solicitation.
3‑7‑5 HOURS OF SOLICITATION. No person may conduct those activities
described in Section 3‑7‑1 except between the hours of 9:00 a.m.
and 6:00 p.m. on each day, and no solicitation shall be done on Sundays or
legal holidays.
3‑7‑6 CONSUMER PROTECTION LAW. All solicitors and peddlers shall be
informed of, agree to comply with, and comply with the State law, Section
555A.3, Code of Iowa, requiring a notice of cancellation to be given in
duplicate, properly filled out, to each buyer to whom such person sells a
product or service and, comply with the other requirements of the law.
3‑7‑7 BOND REQUIRED. Before a permit under this chapter is
issued, each person subject to this Ordinance shall post with the Clerk, a
bond, by a surety company authorized to insure the fidelity of others in Iowa,
in the amount of $1,000 to the effect that the registrant and the surety
consent to the forfeiture of the principal sum of the bond or such part thereof
as may be necessary: (1) to indemnify
the City for any penalties or costs occasioned by the enforcement of this
chapter, and (2) to make payment of any judgment rendered against the
registrant as a result of a claim or litigation arising out of or in connection
with the registrant's peddling or solicitation. The bond shall not be retired until one year from the expiration
of the permit.
3-7-8 LICENSE ISSUED. If the clerk finds the application is
completed in conformance with Section 3-7-4 of this chapter and the facts
stated therein are found to be correct and the license fee paid, a license
shall be issued immediately.
3-7-9 DISPLAY OF LICENSE. Each solicitor or peddler shall at all times
while doing business in this city keep in his possession the license provided
for in section 3-7-8 of this chapter, and shall, upon the request of prospective
customers, exhibit the license as evidence that he has complied with all
requirements of this chapter. Each
transient merchant shall display publicly his license in this place of
business.
3-7-10 LICENSE NOT TRANSFERABLE. Licenses issued under the provisions of this
chapter are not transferable in any situation and are to be applicable only to
the person filing the application.
3-7-11 REVOCATION OF LICENSE. After notice and hearing, the clerk may
revoke any license issued under this chapter for the following reasons:
1. Fraudulent
Statements. The licensee has made
fraudulent statements in his application for the license or in the conduct of
his business.
2. Violation
of Law. The licensee has violated this
chapter or has otherwise conducted his business in an unlawful manner.
3. Endangered
Public Welfare, Health, or Safety. The
licensee has conducted his business in such manner as to endanger the public
welfare, safety, order or morals.
3-7-12 NOTICE.
The license holder shall be served with written notice containing
particulars of the complaints against him, the ordinance provisions or state
statutes allegedly violated, and the date, time and place for hearing on the
matter.
3-7-13 HEARING.
The clerk shall conduct a hearing at which both the licensee and any
complainants shall be present to determine the truth of the facts alleged in
the complaint and notice. Should the
licensee, or his authorized representative fail to appear without good cause,
the clerk may proceed to a determination of the complaint.
3-7-14 RECORD AND DETERMINATION. The clerk shall make and record findings of
fact and conclusion of law, and shall revoke a license only when upon review of
the entire record he finds clear and convincing evidence of substantial violation
of this article or state law.
3-7-15 APPEAL.
If the clerk revokes or refuses to issue a license he shall make a part
of the record his reasons therefore.
The licensee or the applicant shall have the right to a hearing before
the council at its next regular meeting.
The council may reverse, modify or affirm the decision of the clerk by a
majority vote of the council members present and the clerk shall carry out the
decision of the council.
3-7-16 EFFECT OF REVOCATION. Revocation of any license shall bar the
licensee from being eligible for any license under this chapter for a period of
one year from the date of the revocation.
3-7-17 REBATES.
Any licensee, except in the case of a revoked license, shall be entitled
to a rebate of part of the fee he has paid if he surrenders his license before
it expires. The amount of the rebate
shall be determined by dividing the total license fee by the number of days for
which the license was issued and the multiplying the result by the number of
full days not expired. In all cases, at
least five dollars ($5.00) of the original fee shall be retained to cover the
administrative costs of the city.
3‑7‑18 OBSTRUCTION OF PEDESTRIAN OR VEHICULAR
TRAFFIC. No person, while engaged in
any of the practices described in Section 3‑7‑1, shall block or
obstruct the path of any pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or block or obstruct
any way of ingress or egress to roads, buildings, or other enclosures or
conveyances, including, but not limited to, vehicles, elevators, and
escalators.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
3-8-1 Definitions
3-8-2 Permit Required
3-8-3 Issuance
3-8-4 Expiration
3-8-5 Fees
3-8-6 Refunds
3-8-7 Revocation
3-8-8 Permits not Transferable
3-8-9 Display
3‑8‑1 DEFINITIONS. For use in this chapter the following terms are defined as
follows:
1.
The term "cigarette" means any roll for smoking made wholly or
in part of tobacco or any substitute for tobacco, irrespective of size or shape
and irrespective of tobacco or any substitute for tobacco being flavored,
adulterated, or mixed with any other ingredient, where such roll has a wrapper
or cover made of paper or any other material.
However, this definition shall not be construed to include cigars.
2.
The term "retailer" means and includes every person in this
State who sells, distributes, or offers for sale for consumption, or possess
for the purpose of sale for consumption, cigarettes irrespective of quality or
amount or the number of sales.
3.
The term "place of business" means and includes any place
where cigarettes are sold or where cigarettes are stored, within or without the
State of Iowa, by the holder of an Iowa permit or kept for the purpose of sale
or consumption; or if sold from any vehicle or train, the vehicle or train on
which or from which such cigarettes are sold shall constitute a place of
business.
3‑8‑2 PERMIT REQUIRED. No retailer shall distribute, sell, or
solicit the sale of any cigarettes within the City of Ely, Iowa, without a valid
permit for each place of business. The
permit shall be displayed publicly in the place of business so that it can be
seen easily by the public.
3‑8‑3 ISSUANCE. The City Council shall issue or renew a permit, upon a
determination that such issuance or renewal will not be detrimental to the
public health, safety, or morals, when a retailer who is not a minor has filed
with the City Clerk a completed application on forms provided by the State
Department of Revenue and Finance and accompanied by the fee provided in
Section 3‑8‑5.
3‑8‑4 EXPIRATION. Permits expire on June 30 of each year.
3‑8‑5 FEES.
The fee for permits issued or renewed in July, August, or September is
$75.00. The fee for permits issued in
October, November, or December is $56.25; in January, February or March,
$37.50; and in April, May or June, $18.75.
3‑8‑6 REFUNDS. A retailer may surrender an unrevoked permit in July, August, or
September for a refund of $56.25; in October, November, or December, for
$37.50; or in January, February, or March, for $18.75.
3‑8‑7 REVOCATION. The City Council, after notice and hearing, shall revoke a permit
if it finds the retailer has substantially violated the provisions of this
chapter or chapter 453A, Code of Iowa.
If grounds exist that would be sufficient for refusal to issue such a
permit, it shall not be issued. The
City Clerk shall give ten days written notice to the retailer by mailing a copy
of the notice by certified mail to the place of business as it appears on the
application for a permit. The notice
shall state the reason for the contemplated revocation and the time and place
at which the person may appear and be heard.
The hearing shall be held at the regular meeting place of the City
Council.
Upon
revocation, no new permit shall be issued to the retailer or for the place of
business for one year from the date of revocation unless good cause to the
contrary is shown to the City Council.
3‑8‑8 PERMITS NOT TRANSFERABLE. A permit shall not be transferable to
another place of business or retailer.
However, if a retailer who holds a valid permit moves the place of
business, the City Council, if it decides to issue a new permit for the new
place of business, shall not charge any additional fee for the unexpired term
of the original permit if the retailer has not received a refund for surrender
of the original permit.
3‑8‑9 DISPLAY. The permit shall be displayed in the place of business so that it
can be seen easily by the public.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
CHAPTER 9 BEER AND
LIQUOR LICENSES
3-9-1 Purpose
3-9-2 Required Obedience to Provisions
of this Chapter and State Law
3-9-3 Action by Council
3-9-4 Transfers
3-9-5 Open Alcoholic Beverage Containers
3-9-6 Persons Under the Age of Eighteen
3-9-7 Persons Age Eighteen, Nineteen and
Twenty
3-9-8 Minors Prohibited
3‑9‑1 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for administration of
licenses and permits and for local regulations and procedures for the conduct
of the sale and consumption of beer, wine, and liquor, for the protection of
the safety, health, and general welfare of this community.
3-9-2 REQUIRED OBEDIENCE TO PROVISIONS OF
THIS CHAPTER AND STATE LAW. The
following sections of the Iowa Code are hereby adopted by reference:
1. 123.2
and 123.3 General Prohibition and
Definitions
2. 123.18 Favors From Licensee or Permittee
3. 123.22 State Monopoly
4. 123.30 Liquor Control Licenses - Classes
5. 123.31 Application Contents
6. 123.33 Records
7. 123.34 Expiration - License or Permit
8. 123.35 Simplified Renewal Procedure
9. 123.36 Liquor Fees - Sunday Sales
10. 123.38 Nature of Permit or License - Surrender -
Transfer
11. 123.39 Suspension or Revocation of License or
Permit - Civil Penalty
12. 123.40 Effect of Revocation
13. 123.44 Gifts of Liquors Prohibited
14. 123.46 Consumption in Public Places - Intoxication
- Right to Chemical Test - Exoneration
15. 123.49 Miscellaneous Prohibitions
16. 123.50 Criminal and Civil Penalties
17. 123.51
Advertisements for Alcoholic Liquor,
Wine or Beer
18. 123.52 Prohibited Sale
19. 123.90 Penalties Generally
20. 123.95 Premises Must Be Licensed - Exception as to
Conventions and Social Gatherings
21. 123.122
through 123.145 Beer Provisions (Division
II)
22. 123.150 Sunday Sales Before New Year's Day
23. 123.171
through 123.182 Wine Provisions
(Division V)
3‑9‑3 ACTION BY COUNCIL. The City Council shall approve or disapprove
the application pursuant to Code of Iowa, Section 123.32. Action taken by the City Council shall be
endorsed on the application. The
application, fee, penal bond, and certificate of dram shop liability insurance
(if applicable) shall be forwarded to the Iowa alcoholic beverages division for
further action as provided by law.
3‑9‑4 TRANSFERS. The City Council may, in its discretion, authorize a licensee or
permittee to transfer the license or permit from one location to another within
the City, provided that the premises to which the transfer is to be made would
have been eligible for a license or permit in the first instance and the
transfer will not result in the violation of any law or Ordinance. An applicant for a transfer shall file with
the application for transfer proof of dram shop liability insurance and penal
bond covering the premises to which the license is to be transferred.
3‑9‑5 OPEN ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE
CONTAINERS. Code of Iowa, Section
123.28, second paragraph, is adopted by reference.
3‑9‑6 PERSONS UNDER THE AGE OF
EIGHTEEN. No person shall sell, give or
otherwise supply alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer to any person knowing or
having reasonable cause to believe such person to be under the age of eighteen
(18), and no person or persons under the age of eighteen (18) shall
individually or jointly have alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer in such person's
possession or control; except in the case of liquor, wine, or beer given or
dispensed to a person under the age of eighteen (18) within a private home and
with the knowledge, presence, and consent of the parent or guardian for
beverage or medicinal purposes or as administered to such person by either a
physician or dentist for medicinal purposes and except to the extent that a
person under the age of eighteen (18) may handle alcoholic beverages and beer
during the regular course of such person's employment by a liquor control
licensee, wine, or beer permittee under State law.
3-9-7 PERSONS AGE EIGHTEEN, NINETEEN AND
TWENTY. A person shall not sell, give,
or otherwise supply alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer to any person knowing or
having reasonable cause to believe that the person is age eighteen, nineteen or
twenty. A person age eighteen, nineteen
or twenty shall not purchase or possess alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer. However, a person age eighteen, nineteen or
twenty may possess alcoholic liquor, wine, or beer given to the person within a
private home with the knowledge, presence, and consent of the person's parent
or guardian, or with the signed, written consent of the parent or guardian specifying
the date and place for the consumption and displayed by the person upon demand,
and a person age eighteen, nineteen or twenty may handle alcoholic liquor,
wine, and beer during the course of the person's employment by a liquor control
licensee, or wine or beer permittee.
3-9-8 MINORS PROHIBITED. A person or club holding a liquor license
or wine or beer permit and the person’s or club’s agents or employees shall not
permit or allow any person under legal age to remain upon the licensed premises
unless over fifty (50) percent of the dollar volume of the business
establishment comes from the sale and serving of prepared foods. This provision shall not apply to holders of
a Class “C” beer permit only.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
CHAPTER 10 JUNK AND
ABANDONED VEHICLES
3-10-1 Purpose
3-10-2 Definitions
3-10-3 Removal of Abandoned Vehicles
3-10-4 Notification of Owners and
Lienholders
3-10-5 Impoundment Fees and Bonds
3-10-6 Hearing Procedures
3-10-7 Auction or Disposal of
Abandoned Vehicles
3-10-8 Junk Vehicles Declared a Nuisance
3-10-9 Notice to Abate
3-10-10 Abatement by Municipality
3-10-11 Collection of Cost of Abatement
3-10-12 Exceptions
3-10-13 Interference with Enforcement
3‑10‑1 PURPOSE.
The purpose of this chapter is to protect the health, safety, and
welfare of the citizens and safety of property of this City by providing for
removal of abandoned motor vehicles and the elimination of the open storage of
abandoned and junk motor vehicles and machinery except in authorized places.
3‑10‑2 DEFINITIONS. For the purpose of this chapter, the following terms are defined
as follows:
1. "Abandoned
vehicle" means any of the following:
a. A vehicle that has been left unattended on public property for
more than twenty-four hours and lacks current registration plates or two or
more wheels or other parts which render the vehicle totally inoperable; or
b. A vehicle that has remained illegally on public property for more
than twenty-four hours; or
c. A vehicle that has been unlawfully parked on private property or
has been placed on private property without the consent of the owner or person
in control of the property for more than twenty‑four hours; or
d. A vehicle that has been legally impounded by order of the Chief
of Police and has not been reclaimed for a period of ten days; or
e. Any vehicle parked on the street determined by the Chief of
Police to create a hazard to other vehicular traffic.
A vehicle shall not be
considered abandoned for a period of five (5) days if its owner or operator is
unable to move the vehicle and notifies the Chief of Police or city and
requests assistance in the removal of the vehicle.
2. "Private
property" means any real property within the City which is not public
property as defined in this section.
3. "Public
property" means any public right‑of‑way open for the purposes
of vehicular travel.
4. A
"junk vehicle" means any unlicensed vehicle stored within the
corporate limits of the City of Ely, Iowa, and which has any one of the
following characteristics:
a. Any vehicle with a broken or cracked windshield, or window or headlight or any other cracked or
broken glass.
b. Any vehicle with a broken or loose fender, door or bumper or hood
or door handle or window handle or steering wheel, trunk top or trunk handle or
tail pipe.
c. Any vehicle which has become the habitat of rats, mice, or
snakes, or any other vermin or insects.
d. Any vehicle which contains gasoline or any other flammable fuel.
e. Any motor vehicle if it lacks an engine or two or more wheels or
other structural parts which render said motor vehicle totally inoperable.
f. Any other vehicle that, because of its defective or obsolete
condition, in any other way constitutes a threat to the public health and
safety.
5. "Vehicle"
means every device in, upon, or by which a person or property is or may be
transported or drawn upon a highway or street, excepting devices moved by human
power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks, and shall include
without limitation a motor vehicle, automobile, truck, trailer, motorcycle,
tractor, buggy, wagon, farm machinery, or any combination thereof.
3‑10‑3 REMOVAL OF ABANDONED VEHICLES.
1. The
Chief of Police may, without prior notice or hearing, remove and impound any
abandoned vehicle as defined in section 3‑10‑2 (1). The Chief of Police may hire other
personnel, equipment, and facilities for the purpose of removing, preserving,
storing, or disposing of abandoned vehicles.
2. The
impoundment and storage of all vehicles pursuant to this chapter shall be in
such areas or places designated by the City Council.
3. When
a vehicle is taken into custody and impounded under the provisions of this
chapter, the Chief of Police shall maintain a record of the vehicle, listing
the color, year of manufacture, manufacturer's trade name, body style, vehicle
identification number, and license plate and year displayed on the
vehicle. The records shall include the
date and hour of tow, location towed from, location towed to, person or firm
doing the towing, reason for towing, and the name of the officer authorizing
the tow.
4. Nothing
in this chapter shall govern the procedures of any police officer in taking
into custody and impounding any vehicle to be used or proposed to be used as
evidence in a criminal case involving crimes other than violations of this
chapter.
3‑10‑4 NOTIFICATION OF OWNERS AND
LIENHOLDERS.
1. When
a vehicle is taken into custody under the provisions of this chapter or under
any provisions of State law, the Chief of Police shall notify, within three
days, by certified mail with five‑days return receipt, the last known
registered owner of the vehicle, all lienholders of record, and any other known
claimant to the vehicle or to personal property found in the vehicle, addressed
to their last known addresses of record, that the abandoned vehicle has been
taken into custody. Notice shall be
deemed given when mailed. The notice
shall:
a. Describe the year, make, model, and serial number of the vehicle.
b. Describe the personal property found in the vehicle.
c. Describe the location of the facility where the vehicle is being
held.
d. Inform the persons receiving notice:
(1) of their right to reclaim the vehicle and
personal property within ten days after the effective date of the notice;
(2) that the right can be exercised upon payment
of all towing, preservation, notice, and storage charges resulting from placing
the vehicle in custody;
(3) that failure of the owner or lienholders to
exercise their right to reclaim the vehicle within the reclaiming period shall
be deemed a waiver by the owner and all lienholders of all right, title, claim,
and interest in the vehicle;
(4) that failure to reclaim the vehicle is
deemed consent to the sale of the vehicle at a public auction or disposal of
the vehicle to a demolisher.
e. State that any person claiming rightful possession of the vehicle
or personal property who disputes the planned disposition of the vehicle or
personal property by the Chief of Police or the assessment of fees and charges
provided by this chapter may request a hearing to contest these matters in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3‑10‑6.
f. State that a request for a hearing must be in writing and
received by the department prior to the expiration of the ten day reclaiming
period.
g. State that in the event a hearing is requested immediate release
of the vehicle may be obtained by posting a cash bond as required by Section 3‑10‑5.
2. The
owner or any person receiving notice may, by written request received by the
Chief of Police prior to the expiration of the ten day reclaiming period,
obtain an additional fourteen days within which the vehicle may be
reclaimed.
3. Notice
by one publication in one newspaper of general circulation in the area where
the vehicle was abandoned shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of this
chapter. The published notice may
contain multiple listings of abandoned vehicles but shall be published within
the same time requirements and shall contain the same information as prescribed
for mailed notice in this section.
Published notice shall be used if:
a. the identity of the last registered owner cannot be determined,
or
b. the registration contains no address for the owner, or
c. it is impossible to determine with reasonable certainty the
identity and address of all lienholders.
4. If
the persons receiving notice do not request a hearing or exercise their right
to reclaim the vehicle or personal property within the reclaiming period, the
owner of the vehicle or owners of the personal property shall no longer have
any right, title, claim, or interest in or to the vehicle.
5. No
court in any case in law or equity shall recognize any right, title, claim, or
interest of the owner and lienholders after the ten day reclaiming period.
3‑10‑5 IMPOUNDMENT FEES AND BOND.
1. Before
the owner or other person lawfully entitled to possession of any vehicle that
has been impounded under the provisions of this chapter or any other provision
of law may recover such vehicle, such person shall present to the Chief of
Police evidence of such person's identity and right to possession of the vehicle,
shall sign a receipt for its return, and shall pay the costs of:
a. an impoundment fee
b. towing charges
c. preservation charges
d. storage charges
e. notice charges
2. The
amount of the charges specified in a‑e shall be set by the City Council.
The notice charges shall be limited to the actual cost.
3. If
a hearing is requested under Section 3‑10‑4 (1)(e), the owner or
person lawfully entitled to possession of the vehicle shall be permitted to
secure the immediate release of the vehicle upon posting a cash bond in an
amount equal to the sum of:
a. the fees required by Section 3‑10‑5(1)
b. the amount of the fine or penalty for each violation for which
there is an outstanding or otherwise unsettled traffic violation notice or
warrant.
3‑10‑6 HEARING PROCEDURES.
1. The
registered owner, any lienholder of record, or duly authorized agents thereof,
may object to the legality of the impoundment or the assessment of fees and
request a hearing thereon. No person shall
be entitled to more than one hearing on each impoundment. Upon receipt of a timely objection to the
impoundment, the objector shall be informed of the reason for the impoundment
and a hearing shall be held, without unnecessary delay, before the City Council
pursuant to 1-4-1 at seq.
3‑10‑7 AUCTION OR DISPOSAL OF ABANDONED
VEHICLES. The Chief of Police shall
follow the procedures in State law for the auction or disposal of abandoned
vehicles.
3‑10‑8 JUNK VEHICLES DECLARED A NUISANCE. Except as hereinafter provided, it is hereby
declared that the parking, leaving, or storage of a junk vehicle upon either
public or private property within the corporate limits of the City of Ely,
Iowa, constitutes a threat to the health and safety of the citizens and is a
nuisance within the meaning of Section 657.1 of the Code of Iowa. If any junk vehicle is stored upon private
property or public property in violation thereof, the owner of the property
shall be liable for said violation.
3‑10‑9 NOTICE TO ABATE.
1. Whenever
the Chief of Police shall find a junk vehicle placed or stored on private
property within the City in violation of Section 3‑10‑8, the Chief
of Police shall notify, by certified mail with five days' return receipt, the
following persons:
a. the owner of the property.
b. the occupant of the property.
2. The
notice to abate shall:
a. describe, to the extent possible, the year, make, model, and
color of the vehicle.
b. describe the location of the vehicle.
c. state that the vehicle constitutes a nuisance under the
provisions of this chapter.
d. state that the owner of the property shall remove or repair the
said junk vehicle within ten days.
3‑10‑10 ABATEMENT BY MUNICIPALITY. If the person notified to abate a nuisance
or condition neglects or fails to abate as directed, the City may perform the
required action to abate, keeping an accurate account of the expense
incurred. The itemized expense account
shall be filed with the City Clerk who shall pay such expenses on behalf of the
municipality.
3‑10‑11 COLLECTION OF COST OF ABATEMENT. The Clerk shall mail a statement of the
total expense incurred to the property owner who has failed to abide by the
notice to abate, and if the amount shown by the statement has not been paid
within one month, the Clerk shall certify the costs to the County Treasurer and
the costs shall then be collected with, and in the same manner, as general
property taxes.
3‑10‑12 EXCEPTIONS. This chapter shall not apply to the following:
1. A
vehicle in an enclosed building.
2. A
vehicle on the premises of a business enterprise operated in a district
properly zoned therefor, as authorized under the Zoning Ordinance or restricted
residence district of this City, when necessary to the operation of said
business enterprise.
3. A
vehicle in an appropriate storage space or depository maintained in a lawful
place and lawful manner by this City.
3‑10‑13 INTERFERENCE WITH ENFORCEMENT. No person shall interfere in any way with
the enforcement provision of this chapter.
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
CHAPTER
11 RESERVED
TITLE
III COMMUNITY PROTECTION
3-12-1 Purpose
3-12-2 House Mover Defined
3-12-3 Permit Required
3-12-4 Application
3-12-5 Bond Required
3-12-6 Insurance Required
3-12-7 Permit Fee
3-12-8 Permit Issued
3-12-9 Public Safety
3-12-10 Time Limit
3-12-11 Removal by City
3-12-12 Protect Pavement
3-12-13 Electric Wire
-12-1 PURPOSE. The purpose
of this chapter is to protect and preserve the public safety and well-being by
licensing and regulating house and building movers.
3-12-2 HOUSE
MOVER DEFINED. A “house mover” shall
mean any person who undertakes to move a building or similar structure upon,
over or across the public streets, alleys, walks or property using skids,
jacks, dollies or any method other than upon a properly licensed motor vehicle.
3-12-3 PERMIT
REQUIRED. It shall be unlawful for any
person to engage in the activity of house mover as herein defined without a
valid permit from the city for each house, building or similar structure to be
moved.
3-12-4 APPLICATION. Application for a house mover’s permit shall
be made in writing to the clerk. The
application shall include:
1. Name and Address. The applicant’s full name and address and if
a corporation the names and addresses of its principal officers.
2. Building Location. An accurate description of the present
location and future site of the building or similar structure to be moved.
3. Routing Plan. A routing plan approved by the mayor and
public utility officials. The route
shall be the shortest route compatible with the greatest public convenience and
safety.
3-12-5 BOND
REQUIRED. The applicant shall post with
the clerk a penal bond in the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000) issued by a
surety company authorized to issue such bonds in the State of Iowa. The bond shall guarantee the permitee’s
payment for any damage done to the city or to public property, and payment of
all costs incurred by the city in the course of moving the building or
structure.
3-12-6 INSURANCE
REQUIRED. Each applicant shall also
have filed a certificate of insurance indicating that he is carrying public
liability insurance in effect for the duration of the permit covering himself
and his agents and employees for the following minimum amounts:
1. Bodily Injury: $50,000.00 per
person; $100,000.00 per accident.
2. Property Damage: $50,000.00 per
accident.
3-12-7 PERMIT
FEE. A permit fee of ten dollars
($10.00) shall be payable at the time of filing the application with the
clerk. A separate permit shall be
required for each house, building, or similar structure to be moved.
3-12-8 PERMIT
ISSUED. Upon approval of the
application, filing of bond and insurance certificate, and payment of the
required fee, the clerk shall issue a permit.
3-12-9 PUBLIC
SAFETY. At all times when a building or
similar structure is in motion upon any street, alley, sidewalk or public
property, the permitee shall maintain flagmen at the closest intersections or
other possible channels of traffic to the sides, behind and ahead of the
building or structure. At all times
when the building or structure is at rest upon any street, alley, sidewalk or
public property, the permitee shall maintain adequate warning signs or flares
at the intersections or channels of traffic to the sides, behind, and ahead of
the building or structure.
3-12-10 TIME
LIMIT. No house mover shall permit or
allow a building or similar structure to remain upon any street or other public
way for a period of more than twelve (12) hours without having first secured
the written approval of the city.
3-12-11 REMOVAL
BY CITY. In the event any building or
similar structure is found to be in violation of Section 3-12-10 of this
chapter the city is authorized to remove such building or structure and assess
the costs thereof against the permit holder and the surety on his bond.
3-12-12 PROTECT
PAVEMENT. It shall be unlawful to
remove any house or building of any kind over any pavement, unless the wheels
or rollers upon which the house or building is moved shall be at least one (1)
inch in width for each one thousand (1,000) pounds of weight of such
building. If there is any question as
to the weight of a house or building the estimate of the engineer or mayor as
to such weight shall be final.
3-12-13 ELECTRIC
WIRES. The holder of any permit to move
a building shall see that all telephone, telegraph, and electric wires and
poles are removed when necessary and replaced in good order, and shall be
liable for the costs of the same. The
holder of the permit for moving a building shall give twenty-four (24) hours
notice to the owner of any telephone, telegraph or electric wires to remove
such wires and the owner of such wires may either remove or direct the removal
and replacing such wires, and the holder of the permit shall pay the reasonable
costs thereof.
TITLE IV MENTAL AND PHYSICAL
HEALTH
4-1-1 Definitions
4-1-2 Cruelty to Animals
4-1-3 Abandonment
4-1-4 Exhibitions and Fights
4-1-5 Injuries to Animals
4-1-6 Animals at Large
4-1-7 Bothersome Animals
4-1-8 Damage or Interference
4-1-9 Annoyance or Disturbance
4-1-10 Number of Animals
4-1-11 Unhealthful or Unsanitary Conditions,
and Other Regulations
4-1-12 Tethering of Animals
4-1-13 Removing Animals from Animal
Shelter
4-1-14 Dogs in Parks
4-1-15 Confinement of Female Dogs in Heat
4-1-16 Dangerous Domestic Animals
4-1-17 Vicious Dogs and Dangerous Animals
4-1-18 Animal Shelter and City Veterinarian
4-1-19 At Large: Impoundment
4-1-20 Disposition of Animals
4-1-21 Disposition of Diseased and Injured
Animals
4-1-22 Destruction of Animals at Large
4-1-23 Report of Bites
4-1-24 Quarantine of Animals
4-1-25 Violation is a Municipal Infraction
4‑1‑1 DEFINITIONS.
For use in this chapter the following terms are defined as follows:
1. “Animal”
shall mean a living creature, not human, and being either domestic or wild.
2. “Animal
Shelter” shall mean any premises designated by the City Council for the proper
care of impounded animals.
3. “At
Heel” shall mean, with reference to a dog, within three feet of a person
subject to that person’s strict obedient command and control.
4. “At
Large” shall mean off the premises of the owner, unless:
A. The animal is on a leash, cord, chain, or
similar restraint not more than six feet in length and is under the control of
the person, or
B. The animal is within a motor vehicle, or
C. The animal is housed in a veterinary hospital, licensed kennel,
pet shop or animal shelter, or police vehicle, or
D. The animal is "at heel."
5. “City
Veterinarian” shall mean a person licensed to practice veterinary medicine,
surgery and dentistry in the state, designated by the city from time to time as
City Veterinarian.
6. “Dangerous
Animal” shall mean, for the purposes of this chapter, all of the following,
whether actually vicious or not:
A. Lions, tigers, jaguars, leopards, cougars, lynx, and bobcats.
B. Black bears, polar bears and grizzly bears.
C. Crocodiles and alligators.
D. All venomous and constricting snakes.
7. “Dangerous
Domestic Animal” shall mean, for the purposes of this chapter, all of the
following animals, whether or not actually vicious:
A. Staffordshire Terriers - known as Pit Bulls.
8. "Dog"
shall mean any member of the canine species, male or female, whether neutered
or un-neutered.
9. “Housing”
shall mean any location where an animal is normally kept.
10. “In
Heat” shall mean a female dog during the active state of estrus.
11. “Kennel
Dogs” shall mean dogs kept or raised solely for the purpose of sale and kept
under constant restraint.
12. "Owner"
shall mean any person, association or corporation owning, keeping or harboring
any animal.
13. “Pet
Shop” shall mean any business established for the purpose of breeding, buying,
selling or boarding of animals, excepting kennels.
14. “Veterinary
Hospital” shall mean a public establishment regularly maintained and operated
by a licensed veterinarian for the diagnosis and treatment of diseased and
injured animals.
15. “Vicious
Dog” shall mean a dog which inflicts a bite or bites upon and/or attacks human
beings or domesticated animals without cause or justification, and may or may
not be a dangerous domestic animal.
16. “Walker”
shall mean any person having control over or attempting to have control over a
dog when it is off the premises of its owner.
4-1-2 CRUELTY TO ANIMALS. No person who impounds or confines in any place, any domestic
animal, or fowl, or dog or cat, shall fail to supply such animal during
confinement with a sufficient quantity of food or water, or shall fail to
provide the dog or cat with adequate shelter, or shall torture, torment,
deprive of necessary sustenance, mutilate, overdrive, overload, drive when
overloaded, beat, or kill any such animal by means which causes unjustified
pain, distress or suffering, whether intentionally or negligently.
4-1-3 ABANDONMENT.
A person who has ownership of a cat or dog shall not abandon the cat or
dog, except the person may deliver the cat or dog to another person who will
accept ownership and custody or the person may deliver the cat or dog to an
animal shelter or pound.
4-1-4 EXHIBITIONS AND FIGHTS. No person shall arrange, promote, or stage
an exhibition at which any animal is tormented, or any fight between animals or
between a person and an animal, or shall keep a place where such exhibitions
and fights are staged for the entertainment of spectators.
4-1-5 INJURIES TO ANIMALS. No person, having no right to do so, shall maliciously kill,
maim, or disfigure any animal of another, or maliciously administer poison to
any such animal, or expose any poisonous substance with the intent that the
same should be taken by such animal.
4-1-6 ANIMALS AT LARGE. It shall be unlawful for any owner to allow dogs, cats, cattle,
horses, swine, sheep or other similar animals to run at large within the
corporate limits of the city.
4-1-7 BOTHERSOME ANIMALS. It shall be unlawful for a person to keep within the city such
bothersome animals as barking dogs, bees, cattle, horses, swine, and sheep
which tend to disrupt the peace and good order of the community, unless same is
specifically authorized by the Zoning Code.
4-1-8 DAMAGE OR INTERFERENCE. It shall be unlawful for the owner of an animal
to allow or permit such animal to pass on the premises of another thereby
causing damage to, or interference with, the premises.
4-1-9 ANNOYANCE OR DISTURBANCE. It shall be unlawful for the owner of a dog
to allow or permit such dog to cause serious annoyance or disturbance to any
person or persons by frequent and habitual howling, yelping, barking, or
otherwise; or, by running after or chasing persons, bicycles, automobiles or
other vehicles.
4-1-10 NUMBER OF ANIMALS. No person shall harbor or maintain such
number of dogs or cats, or combination thereof, to create un-healthful or
unsanitary conditions for the humans or animals occupying the premises, or
create any other conditions constituting a nuisance. If such conditions exist, the City Veterinarian is authorized to
make an investigation, and after notice to the person or persons occupying or
maintaining the residence or premises, or the persons harboring or maintaining
the animals, and hearing, the City Veterinarian may order such number of the
animals be moved from the residence or premises to remedy or correct the
un-healthful, unsanitary or other conditions constituting a nuisance. Upon the failure of the person or persons to
follow the orders issued by the City Veterinarian, appropriate action may be
pursued in the courts to either enforce the order of the City Veterinarian,
and/or correct the conditions and/or abate the nuisance.
4-10-11 UNHEALTHFUL OR UNSANITARY CONDITIONS, AND
OTHER REGULATIONS.
1. An
owner shall keep all structures, pens, coops, or yards wherein animals are
confined, clean, devoid of vermin, and free of odors arising from feces.
2. No
owner or walker of any animal shall permit the animal to discharge feces upon
any public or private property, other than the property of the owner of the
animal. The owner or walker shall be
deemed to permit the animal’s discharge of the feces if the owner does not
immediately thereafter take steps to remove and clean up the feces from the
property.
3. All
feces removed as aforesaid, shall be placed in an airtight container until it
is removed pursuant to refuse collection procedures, or otherwise disposed of
in a sanitary manner.
4. An
owner may, as an alternative to subsection 3 above, collect the feces and turn
it under the surface of the owner’s soil in any manner that prevents odor or
collection of vermin.
4-10-12 TETHERING OF ANIMALS. No person shall stake or otherwise tie or
fasten an animal in a way that permits the animal to pass onto, over or across
any public sidewalk, street, or alley or private property other than the
owner’s.
4-10-13 REMOVING ANIMALS FROM ANIMAL SHELTER. It shall be unlawful for any person or
persons to open any gate, bars, door, fence, partition, shed, coop, or any
portion of the Animal Shelter with the intent to allow animals to escape. This section shall not apply to any animal
control officer who removes an animal for return to an owner after the proper
redemption of the animal or other officials in the performance of their duties.
4-10-14 DOGS IN PARKS.
1 No
dog shall be allowed in or within 50 feet of any pavilion, playground, or
ballfield in a city park, except properly trained dogs for the blind or deaf
are permitted in and within 50 feet of pavilions.
2. No
dog shall be allowed in any other area of a city park unless it is attached to
a leash not more than six feet in length and having sufficient strength to
restrain the dog when the leash is held by a person capable of restraining and
controlling the dog.
4-10-15 CONFINEMENT OF FEMALE DOGS IN HEAT. The owner of any female dog in heat shall
confine said animal inside the house or buildings on the owner’s premises
during the heat period. The owner may
remove a dog in heat from his/her premises for purposes of breeding and/or
exercise providing the animal is on a leash, cord, chain, or similar restraint
not more than six feet in length and is under the control of the owner. No female dog is heat shall be allowed to
heel.
4-10-16 DANGEROUS DOMESTIC ANIMALS. Dangerous domestic animals within the city
limits shall be muzzled at all times.
4-10-17 VICIOUS DOGS AND DANGEROUS ANIMALS.
1. No
person shall own, keep or harbor a vicious dog or dangerous animal within the
city.
2. It
shall be the duty of the Animal Control Officer to impound any vicious dog or
dangerous animal. In the event the
animal cannot be caught by the Animal Control Officer without exposing the
Officer to danger or personal injury, the animal may be destroyed.
3. The
following are hereby excluded from the requirements of this section:
A. Public zoos, fully accredited educational or medical institutions;
Linn County Humane Society; Cedar Rapids Animal Shelter; public museums where
such dangerous animals are kept as live specimens for public viewing, or for
the purpose of instruction and research.
B. Exhibitions to the public by a traveling circus, carnival, exhibit
or show, duly licensed in accordance with the ordinances of the city.
C. Dangerous animals in a licensed veterinary hospital for treatment.
D. Dangerous animals under the jurisdiction of and in the possession
of the Iowa Department of Natural Resources.
E. Animals possessed under authority of a state-issued game breeder’s
license or scientific collector’s license.
F. Dangerous animals maintained by the federal, state, or county
government, or its designee.
4-1-18 ANIMAL SHELTER AND CITY
VETERINARIAN. Any public veterinarian
office or pound may be designated by the city to be the Animal Shelter and any
licensed veterinarian may be designated as the City Veterinarian. The City Veterinarian shall have the same
powers as police officers for the enforcement of provisions of this chapter and
any other provisions of law relating to animals.
4-1-19 AT LARGE: IMPOUNDMENT. Animals found at large in violation of this
chapter shall be seized and impounded, or at the discretion of the Mayor, the
owner may be served a summons to appear before a proper court to answer charges
made thereunder.
4-1-20 DISPOSITION OF ANIMALS. When an animal has been apprehended and
impounded, written notice shall be given in not less than two days to the
owner, if known. Impounded animals may
be recovered by the owner upon payment of impounding costs, and if an
unvaccinated dog, by having it immediately vaccinated. If the owner does not redeem the animal
within seven days of the date of notice, or if the owner cannot be located
within seven days, the animal may be humanely destroyed or otherwise disposed
of in accordance with law.
4-1-21 DISPOSITION OF DISEASED AND INJURED
ANIMALS. The City Veterinarian may
euthanize any diseased or injured animal found at large or impounded. Impounded animals that contract a contagious
disease or diseases together with other exposed impounded animals may be
euthanized by the City Veterinarian.
Every reasonable effort will be made to locate and notify the owner of
the animal before euthanasia and the owner’s request regarding the disposition
of the animal will be honored unless the City Veterinarian determines it is
inhumane to the animal.
4-1-22 DESTRUCTION OF ANIMALS AT LARGE. It shall be lawful for an animal control
officer to destroy if necessary any animal found at large which cannot be
captured.
4-1-23 REPORT OF BITES.
1. Every
physician or other practitioner shall report in writing to the City Animal
Shelter the name and address of any person treated for bites inflicted by an
animal with such other information as will assist in the prevention of rabies.
2. Every
veterinarian shall report to the City Animal Shelter any diagnosis of rabies in
an animal made by or under the supervision of said veterinarian. Every veterinarian shall report to the City
Animal Shelter the name and address of the owner of any dogs treated for bites
inflicted by another dog or animal.
3. The
owner of any dog of any person having knowledge of any biting or causing a skin
abrasion upon any person in the city shall promptly report such fact to the
City Animal Shelter.
4-1-24 QUARANTINE OF ANIMALS. An owner whose animal is suspected of having
rabies or other disease communicable to humans, or which has bitten or caused a
skin abrasion upon a human, shall place the animal in isolation under
quarantine upon the direction of the City Veterinarian for fourteen days. In the event the animal has had current
rabies shots, the City Veterinarian may authorize the owner to quarantine the
animal at the owner’s home. In the
event the animal has not had current rabies shots, or in the event it is
unknown if the shots are current, or for any other reason that the City
Veterinarian so determines, the animal shall be quarantined at the Animal
Shelter or a licensed veterinary hospital, and all costs of such confinement
shall be paid by the owner.
4-1-25 VIOLATION IS A MUNICIPAL INFRACTION. A violation of the provisions of this
ordinance is a municipal infraction pursuant to Chapter 3, Title I of the Ely
Municipal Code of Ordinances of 1997 and Section 364.22, Code of Iowa.
TITLE
V HUMAN DEVELOPMENT - EDUCATION AND
CULTURE
5-1-1 Public Library 5-1-6 Power to Contract with Others for the
5-1-2 Library Trustees Use
of the Library
5-1-3 Qualifications of Trustees 5-1-7 Non-Resident Use of the Library
5-1-4 Organization of the Board 5-1-8 Library Accounts
5-1-5 Powers and Duties 5-1-9 Annual Report
5‑1‑1 PUBLIC LIBRARY. There is hereby established a free public library for the City,
to be known as the Ely Public Library.
5‑1‑2 LIBRARY TRUSTEES. The board of trustees of the Ely Public Library, hereinafter
referred to as the board, consists of five resident members and two
non-resident members. All resident board members shall be appointed by the
Mayor with the approval of the City Council.
The non-resident members are to be appointed by the Mayor with the
approval of the county board of supervisors.
5‑1‑3 QUALIFICATIONS OF TRUSTEES. All of the members of the board shall be
bona fide citizens and residents of the City.
The non-resident members of the board shall be bona fide citizens and
residents of the county. Resident and
non-resident members shall be over the age of eighteen (18).
5‑1‑4 ORGANIZATION OF THE BOARD.
1. Terms
of office. All appointments to the
board shall be for six (6) years, except to fill vacancies. Each term shall commence on July first. Appointments shall be made every two (2)
years of one‑third the total number as near as possible, to stagger the
terms.
2. Vacancies. The position of any resident trustee shall
be declared vacant if said trustee moves permanently from the City. The position of a non-resident trustee shall
be vacated if such member moves permanently from the county or into the
City. The position of any trustee shall
be deemed vacated if said trustee is absent from six (6) consecutive regular
meetings of the board, except in the case of sickness or temporary absence from
the City or county. Vacancies in the
board shall be filled in the same manner as an original appointment, except the
new trustee shall fill out the unexpired term for which the appointment is
made.
3. Compensation. Trustees shall receive no compensation for
their services.
5‑1‑5 POWERS AND DUTIES. The board shall have and exercise the following powers and
duties:
1. To
meet and elect from its members a president, a secretary, and such other
officers as it deems necessary. The
city clerk shall serve as board treasurer, but shall not be a member of the
board.
2. To
have charge, control and supervision of the public library, its appurtenances,
fixtures and rooms containing the same.
3. To
direct and control all the affairs of the library.
4. To
employ a librarian, and authorize the librarian to employ such assistants and
employees as may be necessary for the proper management of the library, and fix
their compensation; provided, however, that prior to such employment, the
compensation of the librarian, assistants and employees shall have been fixed
and approved by a majority of the members of the board voting in favor thereof.
5. To
remove by a two‑thirds vote of the board the librarian and provide
procedures for the removal of assistants or employees for misdemeanor,
incompetency or inattention to duty, subject, however, to the provisions of
Chapter 35C, Code of Iowa.
6. To
select, or authorize the librarian to select, and make purchases of books,
pamphlets, magazines, periodicals, papers, maps, journals, other library
materials, furniture, fixtures, stationery and supplies for the library within
budgetary limits set by the board.
7. To
authorize the use of the library by non‑residents of the City or county
and to fix charges therefor.
8. To
make and adopt, amend, modify or repeal rules and regulations, not inconsistent
with Ordinances and the law, for the care, use, government and management of
the library and the business of the board, fixing and enforcing penalties for
violations.
9. To
have exclusive control of the expenditure of all funds allocated for library
purposes by the City Council, and of all monies available by gift or otherwise
for the erection of library buildings, and of all other monies belonging to the
library including fines and rentals collected, under the rules of the board.
10. To
accept gifts of real property, personal property, or mixed property, and
devises and bequests, including trust funds; to take the title to said property
in the name of the library; to execute deeds and bills of sale for the
conveyance of said property; and to expend the funds received by them from such
gifts, for the improvement of the library.
11. To
keep a record of its proceedings.
12. To
enforce the performance of conditions of gifts, donations, devises and bequests
accepted by the City. The board shall
enforce performance by taking action against the City Council.
13. To
have authority to make agreements with the local County historical
associations, where such exists, and to set apart the necessary room and to
care for such articles as may come into the possession of the association. The trustees are further authorized to
purchase necessary receptacles and materials for the preservation and
protection of such articles as are in their judgment of a historical and
educational nature and pay for the same out of funds allocated for library
purposes.
5‑1‑6 POWER TO CONTRACT WITH OTHERS FOR THE USE OF
THE LIBRARY.
1. Contracting. The board may contract with any other boards
of trustees of free public libraries, any other City, school corporation,
private or semi‑private organization, institution of higher learning,
township, or County, or with the trustees of any County library district for
the use of the library by their respective residents.
2. Termination. Such a contract may be terminated at any time by mutual consent
of the contracting parties. It also may
be terminated by a majority vote of the electors represented by either of the
contracting parties. Such a termination
proposition shall be submitted to the electors by the governing body of a
contracting party on a written petition of not less than five (5) percent in
number of electors who voted for governor in the territory of the party at the
last general election. The petition
must be presented to the governing body not less than forty (40) days before
the election. The proposition may be submitted
at any election provided by law that is held in the territory of the party who
is seeking to terminate the contract.
5‑1‑7 NON‑RESIDENT USE OF THE LIBRARY. The board may authorize the use of the
library by non‑residents in any one or more of the following ways:
1. By
lending the books or other materials of the library to non‑residents on
the same terms and conditions as to residents of the City, or upon payment of a
special non‑resident library fee.
2. By
establishing depositories of library books or other materials to be loaned to
non‑residents.
3. By
establishing bookmobiles or a traveling library so that books or other library
materials may be loaned to non‑residents.
4. By
establishing branch libraries for lending books or other library materials to
non‑residents.
5‑1‑8 LIBRARY ACCOUNTS. All money appropriated by the City Council from the general fund
for the operation and maintenance of the library shall be set aside in an
account for the library. Expenditures
shall be paid for only on orders of the board, signed by its president and
secretary. The warrant writing officer
is the City Clerk.
5‑1‑9 ANNUAL REPORT.
The board shall make a report to the City Council immediately after the
close of the municipal fiscal year.
This report shall contain statements of the condition of the library,
the number of books added thereto, the number circulated, the amount of funds
collected, and the amount of money expended in the maintenance of the library
during the year, together with such further information required by the City
Council.
Editor's
Note: The Council
may retain the power to hire, discharge, set salaries, expend funds unless the
library board was in existence prior to July 1, 1974. (See Sections 5-1-5(4), 5‑1‑5(5), 5-1-5(9) and 5-1-8.
Any
proposal to alter the composition, manner of selection, or charge of a library
board, or to replace it with an alternate form of administrative agency, is
subject to the approval of the voters of the City. See Code of Iowa, Sec. 392.5
TITLE
V HUMAN DEVELOPMENT - EDUCATION AND
CULTURE
CHAPTER
2 RECREATION COMMISSION
5-2-1 Recreation Commission Created 5-2-4 Receipts of Funds
5-2-2 Term of Office 5-2-5 Vehicles on Grounds Prohibited
5-2-3 Powers and Duties
5-2-1 RECREATION COMMISSION CREATED. There is hereby created a city recreation
commission, composed of five (5) members who shall be qualified by knowledge
and experience to act in matters pertaining to the development of recreation
facilities, none of whom shall hold an elective position in said city. Such members shall be appointed by the Mayor
with the approval of Council.
5-2-2 TERM OF OFFICE. The term of office of said members shall be two (2) years, except
that the members first named shall hold office for such terms, not exceeding
two (2) years, that the terms of not more than one-third of the members will
expire in any one year. Any vacancy
occurring on the commission, caused by resignation or otherwise, shall be
filled by the mayor for the unexpired term with the approval of the council. All members of such commission shall serve
without compensation except their actual expenses which shall be subject to the
approval of the council.
5-2-3 POWERS AND DUTIES. Such commission shall have and possess the following powers and
duties and such other powers as may be incidental to the successful carrying
out of its functions under the powers vested herein and such other powers as
may be expressly conferred upon it by law:
1. Officers,
Meetings, and Quorum. To meet and elect
from its members, a chairman, secretary and such other officers as it deems necessary. The city clerk shall serve as commission
treasurer. To conduct regular open
meetings and conduct its business at such meetings under procedure outlined by
the chairman a quorum for conducting business of the commission shall be three
(3) members.
2. Function. To provide for the recreational needs of the
general public in a manner best suited for the size and composition of the
population of the City of Ely and in a manner which provides for the maximum
use of recreation facilities and programs with due regard for efficiency and
economy.
3. Authority. To have exclusive authority and control over
the development, maintenance, repair, operation and use of all public
recreational facilities, programs and grounds designated by the city council
for recreational use, including but not limited to the grounds surrounding the
Ely Community Center.
4.
Regulatory Power. To establish and
enforce reasonable rules and regulations for the use of, or participation in
all public recreational facilities, programs and grounds under the control of
the commission by members of the general public and to affix reasonable charges
for such use if such use is deemed necessary by the commission. However, all rules and regulations governing
the use of recreational facilities and programs within the community center
building shall be consistent with rules established for the use of the building
by the Community Center Administrative Board.
All such rules and regulations shall be readily available to the public
and posted at or near the facility to which the rules apply. Any knowing violation of a rule or
regulation of the commission so established by any person or entity shall
constitute a simple misdemeanor punishable by a fine not to exceed one hundred
dollars ($100.00) or imprisonment not to exceed thirty (30) days.
5. Budgeting
Authority. To prepare proposed budgets
or amendments thereto for the development, maintenance, operation, and use by
the public of all public recreation facilities, programs and grounds under the
control of the commission for submission and approval by the city council. The commission shall administer the
recreation budget as finally adopted by the city council.
6. Acquisitions
or Sale of Real Property. The
commission shall not have the power to acquire land by purchase or
condemnation, as such power is reserved to the city council, nor shall the
commission have the power to sell or trade lands without the prior approval of
the city council. The commission shall,
however, make recommendations to the Mayor and the city council for acquisition
or sale of recreational land as it deems necessary to carry out its function.
7. Expenditures. To expend budgeted funds or other funds
available to the commission without prior city council approval. City warrants to disburse such funds shall
be issued by appropriate city officials upon written notification by the
chairman and secretary that the commission has approved the expenditure. In the case of an expenditure of budgeted
funds, such notification shall identify the budgetary item under which the
expenditure was made, making reference to the final budget for that fiscal
year.
8. Contractual
Authority. Only after prior review and
written approval by the city council, the commission may enter into any and all
contracts or agreements permitted to cities under law on behalf of the City of
Ely, Iowa to carry out its functions.
9. Financial
Reports. To annually, no later than
August 1 of each year, or more often upon the request of the Mayor or city
council, the commission shall report to the Mayor all receipts and
disbursements of funds for the last fiscal year, or to-date, in the case of
interim reports, including an accounting of all unexpended funds available to
the commission. Such reports shall be
available to the public at any time.
10. Limitation
of Power. Any proposed action or
inaction of the commission may be nullified or reversed by the mayor with the
consent of the city council after public hearing thereon.
5-2-4 RECEIPTS OF FUNDS. All receipts of allocated funds or funds from any other source
for recreational purposes within the City of Ely shall be deposited with the
city clerk to the Recreation Fund for disbursement as set forth above.
5-2-5 VEHICLES ON GROUNDS PROHIBITED. Except as otherwise provided by rules and
regulations of the Recreation Commission, no person shall operate a motorized
recreational vehicle or any other type of motorized vehicle or motorized
equipment upon any part of the Ely Community Center grounds lying southeasterly
of Rowley Street and northwesterly of State Street in the city as provided
herein.
1. Prohibited
Vehicles Defined. Prohibited vehicles
shall include but are not limited to automobiles, trucks, motorcycles,
snowmobiles and all-terrain type vehicles.
2. Excepted
Areas. The prohibition stated herein
shall not apply to designated parking areas.
3. City
Vehicles. The prohibition stated herein
shall not apply to city owned vehicles and equipment, vehicles and equipment
operated by city construction or maintenance personnel, vehicles and equipment
operated by construction or maintenance contractors for the city, or vehicles
and equipment specifically authorized by the city council.
4. Models. Motorized model airplanes and model cars shall
not be defined as prohibited vehicles.
TITLE
V HUMAN DEVELOPMENT - EDUCATION AND
CULTURE
CHAPTER
3 COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDING REGULATIONS
5-3-1 Reservations 5-3-5 Electricity
5-3-2 Rooms Available 5-3-6 Alcoholic Beverages
5-3-3 Fees 5-3-7 Smoking
5-3-4 Clean Up
5-3-1 RESERVATIONS.
All reservations for use of the community center building and grounds
must be made through the city clerk or designated scheduler. Regular meetings of community organizations
are to be booked in advance on the yearly calendar. All special meetings and private parties are to be booked
individually.
5-3-2 ROOMS AVAILABLE. The Council Room may be used only if the other rooms are not
available. The Library may not be used
for any meetings, other than the Library Board or official city meetings as
coordinated with the Library Director.
5-3-3 FEES.
All city co-sponsored and all recognized, Ely community centered,
non-profit youth organizations of high school age and under may schedule and
use the building for regular meetings or grounds on appropriate sharing basis
and at no charge. For others, see fee
schedule per resolution.
5-3-4 CLEAN UP.
Each organization is responsible for general clean up after their usage
of the building or grounds. This
includes the following:
1. Wipe
the tables if used, and restore tables, etc. to original positions as found.
2. Place
all recyclable waste material (tin cans, plastic and glass bottles, etc., as
applicable and as the laws may change) in proper containers or bins in recycle
shed in front of the building or other locations as city later may designate.
3. Place
all normal remaining waste material from waste paper baskets and garbage cans
(having plastic garbage liners) in plastic garbage bags, tie up, and place in
the dumpster in front of the building.
Place new plastic liner in garbage cans. Boxes, boards and any other large user generated garbage or waste
is to be removed by the user to the user’s premises. Grounds are to be left clean.
4. The
dumpster is for the city generated or city permitted garbage or waste
only. No yard waste is permitted by any
means by city ordinance in the dumpster.
5. Clean
the floor and/or mop to restore cleanliness, as found upon entry.
5-3-5 ELECTRICITY.
Turn off all lights after use of the building. Draw the drapes down upon leaving. During the winter months, turn thermostats to posted settings
upon leaving. During summer months, the
air conditioners are to be turned off unless posted otherwise, upon
leaving. Kitchenette water heater is to
be turned off, if used, upon leaving.
5-3-6 ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES. Beer and wine only can be served in a controlled manner inside
the building only in a private social gathering only and at the user’s
liability.
5-3-7 SMOKING.
No smoking is permitted in any part of the building.
Editor’s Note: This chapter contains amendments made by Ordinance No. 124.
6-1-1: All
construction for dwellings within the City Limits of the City of Ely shall be
pursuant to the regulations set forth in the International Conference of
Building Officials (ICBO) publication titled “1997 DWELLING CONSTRUCTION UNDER THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE”,
as published May 1998 under Publication No. ISBN 1-58001-005-9 and bearing
copyright date of 1998, except that the City will not assign an Inspection
Report Card when the building permit is issued, nor will the City perform the
inspections set out in the Code
6-1-2: The
above publication shall be available from the City Clerk at a cost to not
exceed $15.00.
6-1-3: When
the above titled publication is no longer available from the ICBO, the
subsequent replacement publication shall become the regulating document when
available at City Clerk’s office.
Ordinance No. 156 – Adopted 12/14/1998
TITLE
VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 2 UTILITIES -
SANITARY SYSTEM
6-2-1 Definitions
6-2-2 Use of Public Sewers Required
6-2-3 Service Outside the City
6-2-4 Private and Semi-Private
Sewage Disposal
6-2-5 Building Sewers and Connections
6-2-6 Use of the Public Sewers
6-2-7 Sewer Extensions
6-2-8 Protection from Damage
6-2-9 Powers and Authority to Inspectors
6-2-10 Penalties
6‑2‑1 DEFINITIONS.
Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the meaning of
terms used in this Ordinance shall be as follows:
1. "BOD"
(denoting Biochemical Oxygen Demand) shall mean the quantity of oxygen utilized
in the biochemical oxidation of organic matter under standard laboratory
procedure in five (5) days at 20°C, expressed in milligrams per
liter or parts per million.
2. “Builder”
shall mean the owner of land who causes sanitary sewer to be installed under
the provisions of this chapter, and shall also include the owner’s heirs,
successors, or assigns.
3. "Building
Drain" shall mean that part of the lowest horizontal piping of a drainage
system which receives the discharge from soil, waste, and other drainage pipes
inside the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer,
beginning five (5) feet (l.5 meters) outside the inner face of the building
wall.
4. "Building
Sewer" shall mean the extension from the building drain to the public
sewer or other place of disposal.
5. "Combined
Sewer" shall mean a sewer receiving both surface runoff and sewage.
6. "Garbage"
shall mean solid wastes from the domestic and commercial preparation, cooking,
and dispensing of food, and from the handling, storage, and sales of produce.
7. "Industrial
Wastes" shall mean the liquid wastes from industrial manufacturing
processes, trade, or business as distinct from sanitary sewage.
8. “Inspector”
shall mean the person duly authorized by the council to inspect and approve the
installation of building sewers and their connections to the public sewer
system; and to inspect such sewage as may be discharged therefrom.
9. "Natural
Outlet" shall mean any outlet into watercourse, pond, ditch, or other body
of surface or groundwater.
10. "Person"
shall mean any individual, firm, company, association, society, corporation, or
group.
11. "pH"
shall mean the logarithm of the reciprocal of the weight of hydrogen ions in
grams per liter of solution.
12. “Private
Sewage Disposal System” shall mean a system which provides for the treatment or
disposal of domestic sewage from four or fewer dwelling units or the equivalent
of less than sixteen (16) individuals on a continuing basis.
13. "Properly
Shredded Garbage" shall mean the waste from the preparation, cooking, and
dispensing of food that has been shredded to such a degree that all particles
will be carried freely under the flow conditions normally prevailing in public
sewers, with no particle greater than one‑half (l/2) inch (l.27
centimeters) in any dimension.
14. "Public
Sewer" shall mean a sewer in which all owners of abutting properties have
equal rights, and is controlled by public authority.
15. "Sanitary
Sewer" shall mean a sewer which carries sewage and to which storm,
surface, and groundwaters are not intentionally admitted.
16. “Semi-Public
Sewage Disposal System” shall mean a system for the treatment or disposal of
domestic sewage which is not a private sewage disposal system and which is not
owned by a city, a sanitary sewer district, or a designated and approved
management agency under Section 1288 of the Federal Water Pollution Control
Act.
17. "Sewage"
shall mean a combination of the water‑carried wastes from residences,
business buildings, institutions, and industrial establishments, together with
such ground, surface, and stormwaters as may be present.
18. "Sewage
Treatment Plant" shall mean any arrangement of devices and structures used
for treating sewage.
19. "Sewage
Works" shall mean all facilities for collecting, pumping, treating, and
disposing of sewage.
20. "Sewer"
shall mean a pipe or conduit for carrying sewage.
21. "Slug"
shall mean any discharge of water, sewage, or industrial waste which in
concentration of any given constituent or in quantity of flow exceeds for any
period of duration longer than fifteen (15) minutes more than five (5) times the
average twenty‑four (24) hour concentration of flows during normal
operation.
22. "Storm
Drain" (sometimes termed "storm sewer") shall mean a sewer which
carries storm and surface waters and drainage, but excludes sewage and
industrial wastes other than unpolluted cooling water.
23. "Superintendent"
shall mean the Superintendent of Sewage Works and/or of Water Pollution Control
of the City of Ely or the Superintendent's authorized deputy, agent, or
representative.
24. "Suspended
Solids" shall mean solids that either float on the surface of, or are in
suspension in water, sewage, or other liquids, and which are removable by
laboratory filtering.
25. "Watercourse"
shall mean a channel in which a flow of water occurs, either continuously or
intermittently.
6‑2‑2 USE OF PUBLIC SEWERS REQUIRED.
1. It
shall be unlawful for any person to place, deposit, or permit to be deposited
in any unsanitary manner on public or private property within the City or in
any area under the jurisdiction of said City, any human or animal excrement,
garbage, or other objectionable waste.
2. It
shall be unlawful to discharge to any natural outlet within the City, or in any
area under the jurisdiction of said City, any sewage or other polluted waters,
except where suitable treatment has been provided in accordance with subsequent
provisions of this Ordinance.
3. Except
as hereinafter provided, it shall be unlawful to construct or maintain any
privy, privy vault, septic tank, cesspool, or other facility intended or used
for the disposal of sewage.
4. The
owner of any house, building, or property used for human occupancy, employment,
recreation, or other purposes, situated within the City and abutting on any
street, alley, or right‑of‑way in which there is now located or may
in the future be located a public sanitary or combined sewer of the City, is
hereby required at such owner's expense to install suitable toilet facilities
therein, and to connect such facilities directly with the proper public sewer
in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, provided that said public
sewer is within one hundred fifty (150) feet of the property line. Billing for sanitary sewer service shall
begin the date of official notice to connect to the public sewer. However, the requirement for connection of
toilet facilities to the public sewer shall not apply to buildings erected
prior to March 9, 1981, being served by an adequate septic system.
5. It
shall be unlawful to open or enter any manhole of the sewer system, except by
authority of the superintendent.
6-2-3 SERVICE OUTSIDE THE CITY. The owners of property outside the corporate
limits of the city so situated that it may be served by the city sewer system
may apply to the council for permission to connect to the public sewer upon the
terms and conditions stipulated by resolution of the council.
6‑2‑4 PRIVATE AND SEMI-PRIVATE SEWAGE DISPOSAL.
1. Where
a public sanitary or combined sewer is not available under the provision of
Section 6‑2‑2(4), the building sewer shall be connected to a
private or semi-private sewage disposal system complying with the provisions of
this section.
2. Before
commencement of construction of a private or semi-private sewage disposal
system the owner shall first obtain a written permit signed by the
Superintendent. The application for
such permit shall be made on a form furnished by the City, which the applicant
shall supplement by any plans, specifications, and other information as are
deemed necessary by the Superintendent.
A permit and inspection fee of $25.00 dollars shall be paid to the City
at the time the application is filed.
3. A
permit for a private or semi-private sewage disposal system shall not become
effective until the installation is completed to the satisfaction of the
Superintendent. The Superintendent
shall be allowed to inspect the work at any stage of construction and, in any
event, the applicant for the permit shall notify the Superintendent when the
work is ready for final inspection, and before any underground portions are
covered. The inspection shall be made
within 72 hours of the receipt of notice by the Superintendent.
4. The
type, capacities, location, and layout of a private or semi-private sewage
disposal system shall comply with all recommendations of the Department of
Natural Resources of the State of Iowa and the County Health Department. No permit shall be issued for any private or
semi-private sewage disposal system employing subsurface soil absorption
facilities where the area of the lot is less than 15,000 square feet. No septic tank or cesspool shall be
permitted to discharge to any natural outlet.
5. At
such times as a public sewer becomes available to a property served by a
private or semi-private sewage disposal system, as provided in 6‑2‑2(4),
a direct connection shall be made to the public sewer in compliance with this
Ordinance, and any septic tanks, cesspools, and similar private or semi-private
sewage disposal facilities shall be abandoned and filled with suitable
material.
6. The
owner shall operate and maintain the private or semi-private sewage disposal
facilities in a sanitary manner at all times, at no expense to the City.
7. No
statement contained in this article shall be construed to interfere with any
additional requirements that may be imposed by the County Health Officer.
8. When
a public sewer becomes available, the building sewer shall be connected at the
building owner's expense, to said sewer within sixty (60) days and the private
or semi-private sewage disposal system shall be cleaned of sludge and filled
with clean bank-run gravel or dirt.
9. It
shall be unlawful for any person to place any effluent or waste from cesspools,
septic tanks or privy vaults in any other location in the city except in such
location as may be designated by the superintendent. The rate or charge for receiving such waste shall be determined
by resolution of the council.
6‑2‑5 BUILDING SEWERS AND CONNECTIONS.
1. No
unauthorized person shall uncover, make any connections with or opening into,
use, alter, or disturb any public sewer or appurtenance thereof without first
obtaining a written permit from the Superintendent.
2. There
shall be two (2) classes of building sewer permits: (a) for residential and commercial service, and (b) for service
to establishments producing industrial wastes.
No person shall uncover, make any connection with or opening into, use,
alter or disturb any public sewer or appurtenance thereof without first obtaining
a written permit from the clerk in accordance with the following:
a. Any person desiring to make a connection with the sewer system
shall first file with the clerk an application therefor, on blanks furnished by
the city, setting forth the location and description of the property to be connected
with the sewer system and for what purpose the sewer is to be used.
b. The permit application shall be supplemented by any plans,
specifications, or other information considered pertinent in the judgment of
the council.
c. All applications for sewer connections shall be accompanied by
the payment of the following fees:
Residential
Service: $350.00 Single-family
Residential
Service: $400.00 Multi-family for each
hook up per building
Commercial
Service: $600.00
Industrial Waste Service: $1,000.00
d. All permits to connect with sewer shall be given upon the express
condition that the council may at any time before the work is completed revoke
and annul the same and no party interested shall have a right to claim damages
in consequence of any such permits being revoked or annulled.
Before
a permit may be issued for excavating for plumbing in any public street, way or
alley, the person applying for such permit shall have executed unto the City of
Ely and deposited with the City Clerk a corporate surety in the sum of five
thousand dollars ($5,000.00) conditioned that the applicant will perform
faithfully all work with due care and skill, and in accordance with the laws,
rules and regulations established under the authority of any Ordinances of the
City of Ely pertaining to plumbing.
This bond shall state that the person will indemnify and save harmless
the City of Ely and the owner of the premises against all damages, costs,
expenses, outlay and claims of every nature and kind arising out of
unskillfulness or negligence on the applicant's part in connection with
plumbing or excavating for plumbing as prescribed in this Ordinance. Such bond shall remain in force and must be
executed for a period of two (2) years except that on such expiration it shall
remain in force as to all penalties, claims and demands that may have accrued
thereunder prior to such expiration.
3. All
cost and expense incident to the installation and connection of the building
sewer shall be borne by the owner. The
owner shall indemnify the City from any loss or damage that may directly or
indirectly be occasioned by the installation of the building sewer.
4. A
separate and independent building sewer shall be provided for every building,
except where one building stands at the rear of another on an interior lot and
no private sewer is available or can be constructed to the rear building
through an adjoining alley, courtyard, or driveway, the building sewer from the
front building may be extended to the rear building and the whole considered as
one building sewer.
5. Old
building sewers may be used in connection with new building sewers only when
they are found, upon examination and testing by the Superintendent, to meet all
requirements of this Ordinance. The
Superintendent may require that the old sewer be excavated for the purpose of
facilitating inspection. No old
cesspool or septic tank shall be connected to any portion of a building sewer
that is also connected to the public sewer.
Cesspools and septic tanks shall be located, and drained in a manner
approved by the Superintendent and removed or filled with sand, crushed rock or
any other solid material approved by the Superintendent, except as exempted by
the Superintendent.
6. The
building sewer shall be constructed in accordance with applicable portions of
the last published (State Plumbing Code of Iowa), applicable specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and applicable portions
of the Water Pollution Control Federation (WPCF) Manual of Practice No.
9."
a. Each connection to the public sewer shall be made to the fittings
designated for that property. If a
fitting in the public sewer is not available for the designated property, the
connection shall then be made under the direct supervision of the
Superintendent. Connections to the
public sewer not made to an existing wye or tee shall be made by a hole cutter
or careful chisel cutting. The
connection shall be rendered water and gas tight, by use of rubber gaskets. The building sewer shall not protrude into
the public sewer.
b. All building sewers shall be constructed of the following
materials conforming to the indicated standards:
Vitrified
Clay Pipe VCP
(1) Pipe and Fittings ‑ ASTM C‑700
"Standard Specification or Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard
Strength and Perforated."
(2) Coupling and Joints ‑ ASTM C‑425
"Standard Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and
Fittings".
Extra
Heavy Cast Iron Soil Pipe
(1) Pipe and Fittings ‑ ASTM A‑74
"Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."
(2) Joints ‑ ASTM C‑564
"Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
Fittings."
Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC)
Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC) and joints shall be installed according to the manufacturers'
recommendations and shall conform to:
(1) Pipe ‑ A.S.T.M. D‑3034,
"Type P.S.M. Poly (PVC) and Fittings."
Minimum wall
thickness:
4" ‑ 0.125"
6" ‑ 0.180"
8" ‑ 0.240"
10" ‑
0.300"
(2) Joints ‑ A.S.T.M. D‑1869,
A.S.T.M. D‑1312, "Flexible Elastomeric Seals."
c. No building sewer for residential or commercial buildings shall
be less than four inches in diameter.
No building sewer for industries or multiple dwellings shall be less
than six inches in diameter.
d. Unless otherwise authorized, all building sewers shall have a
grade of not less than one ‑ eighth (1/8) inch per foot. A grade of one‑fourth (1/4) inch per
foot shall be used wherever practical.
e. All excavation shall be open trench work unless authorized by the
Superintendent. The foundation in the
trench shall be formed to prevent any subsequent settlement of the pipes. If the foundation is good firm earth, the
earth shall be pared or molded to give a full support to the lower quadrant of
each pipe. Bell holes shall be
dug. Where the floor of the trench is
of hard or rocky material, the trench shall be excavated to four inches below
the pipe and brought back to the proper grade with gravel, course sand or
similar material so as to provide a firm foundation and uniform support for the
building sewer line. Backfilling shall
be placed in layers and solidly tamped or packed up to two feet above the
pipe. Back‑filling shall not be done
until final inspection is made by the Superintendent. Building sewers shall be laid straight at uniform grade between
connections or fittings.
f. Cleanouts shall be provided for each change in direction or grade
if the change exceeds 45 degrees and at least every 100 feet.
7. Whenever
possible, the building sewer shall be brought to the building at an elevation
below the basement floor. The depth
shall be sufficient to afford protection from frost. All excavations required for the installation of a building sewer
shall be open trench work unless otherwise approved by the said
Superintendent. Pipe laying and
backfill shall be performed in accordance with A.S.T.M. Specification
(Designation C12). No backfill shall be
placed until the work has been inspected by the Superintendent or the
Superintendent's representative. In all
buildings in which any building drain is too low to permit gravity flow to the
public sewer, sanitary sewage carried by such building drain shall be lifted by
an approved means and discharged to the building sewer.
8. No
person shall make connection of roof downspouts, exterior foundation drains,
areaway drains, or other sources of surface runoff or groundwater to a building
sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or indirectly to a
public sanitary sewer.
9. The
connection of the building sewer into the public sewer shall conform to the
requirements of the Plumbing Code or other applicable rules and regulations of
the City, or the procedures set forth in appropriate specifications of the
A.S.T.M. and the W.P.C.F. Manual of Practice No. 9. All such connections shall be made gastight and watertight. Any deviation from the prescribed procedures
and materials must be approved by the Superintendent before installation.
10. Each
and every part of the building sewer shall be inspected and approved by the
Superintendent before being concealed or back‑filled. The applicant for the building sewer permit
shall notify the Superintendent when the building sewer is ready for inspection
and connection to the public sewer. The
connection shall be made under the supervision of the Superintendent or the
Superintendent's representative.
11. All
excavations for building sewer installation shall be adequately guarded with
barricades and lights so as to protect the public from hazard. Streets, sidewalks, parkways, and other
public property disturbed in the course of the work shall be restored in a
manner satisfactory to the City.
12. The
City shall, in no event, be held responsible for claims made against it by
reason of the breaking of any mains or service pipes, or by reason of any other
interruption of the service caused by the breaking of machinery or stoppage for
necessary repairs; and no person shall be entitled to damages nor have any
portion of a payment refunded for any interruption.
13. The
premises receiving sanitary sewer service, shall at all reasonable hours, be
subject to inspection by duly authorized personnel of the City.
14. The
Owner of the property served by a building sewer shall be responsible for the
operation, maintenance, repair, blockage, surface replacement, and any damage
resulting from operation, maintenance repair and blockage of said building
sewer, from the point of connection with the building drain to the Public
Sewer.
15. Any
connection to a public sewer shall be made by a plumber approved by the
city. The superintendent shall have the
power to suspend the approval of any plumber for violation of any of the
provisions of this chapter; a suspension, unless revoked, shall continue until
the next regular meeting of the council.
The superintendent shall notify the plumber immediately by personal
written notice of the suspension, the reasons for the suspension, and the time
and place of the council meeting at which he will be granted a hearing. At this council meeting the superintendent
shall make a written report to the council stating his reasons for the
suspension, and the council, after fair hearing, shall revoke the suspension or
take any further action that is necessary and proper.
16. Streets
and alleys shall be opened in the manner which will cause the least
inconvenience to the public and admit the uninterrupted passage of water along
the gutter on the street.
17. Should
any excavation in any street or alley be left open or unfinished, for a period
of twenty-four (24) hours or should the work be improperly done, the
superintendent shall have the right to finish or correct such work and the
expense shall be charged to the property owner.
18. When
possible, building sewers should be laid at least ten (10) feet horizontally
from a water service. The horizontal
separation may be less, provided the water service line is located at one side
and at least twelve (12) inches above the top of the building sewer.
19. No
building sewer shall be laid parallel to, or within three (3) feet of any
bearing wall, which might thereby be weakened.
20. No
sewer connection shall be laid so that it is exposed when crossing any water course. Where an old water course must of necessity
be crossed or where there is any danger of undermining or settlement, cast iron
soil pipe or vitrified clay sewer pipe thoroughly encased in concrete shall be
required for such crossings. Such
encasement shall extend at least six (6) inches on all sides of the pipe. The cast iron pipe or encased clay pipe
shall rest on firm, solid material at either end.
21. No
connection for any residence, business or other structure with any sanitary
sewer shall be made unless the basement floor is poured, or in the case of a
building with a slab or crawl space, unless the ground floor is installed with
the area adjacent to the foundation of such building cleared of debris and
backfilled. The backfill shall be well compacted
and graded so that the drainage is away from the foundation. Prior to the time the basement floor is
poured, or the first floor is installed in buildings without basements, the
sewer shall be plugged and the plug shall be sealed by the superintendent. Any accumulation of water in any excavation
of basement during construction and prior to connection to the sanitary sewer
shall be removed by means other than draining into the sanitary sewer.
22. All
interceptors shall be constructed of impervious material capable of
withstanding abrupt and extreme changes in temperature. They shall be of substantial construction,
water-tight and equipped with easily removable covers that shall be gas-tight
and water-tight.
23. All
interceptors of grease, oil, sludge and sand shall be maintained by the owner
at his expense in continuously efficient operations at all times.
24. Connection
of the building sewer into the public sewer shall be made at the “Y” branch, if
such branch is available at a suitable location. If the public sewer is twelve (12) inches in diameter or less and
no properly located “Y” branch is available, the owner shall at his own expense
install a “Y” branch in the public sewer at the location specified by the
city. Where the public sewer is greater
than twelve (12) inches and no properly located “Y” branch is available, a neat
hole may be cut into the public sewer to receive the building sewer with entry
in the downstream direction at an angle of approximately forty-five (45)
degrees. A forty-five (45) degree ell
may be used to make such connection, with the spigot end cut so as not to
extend past the inner surface of the public sewer. The invert of the private sewer at the point of connection shall
be at the same, or at a higher elevation than the invert of the public
sewer. A smooth, neat joint shall be
made, and the connection made secure and water tight by encasement in
concrete. Special fittings may be used
for the connection only when approved by the city. At no time shall a building sewer be constructed so as to enter a
manhole unless special written permission is received from the superintendent
and in accordance with his direction if such connection is approved.
25. All
approved connection permits shall require the owner to complete construction
and connection of the building sewer to the public sewer within thirty (30)
days from the approval of the permit, except that when, in the judgment of the
superintendent, a property owner on application has made sufficient showing that
due to conditions beyond his control or peculiar hardship, the period of time
set forth for the completion of the connection shall be inequitable or unfair
to him, an extension of time within which to comply with the provisions
herewith may be granted.
26. Construction
or maintenance of building sewer lines whether located upon the private
property of any owner or in the public right-of-way, which construction or
maintenance is in violation of any of the requirements of this chapter, shall
be corrected, at the owner’s expense, within thirty (30) days after date of
official notice from the council of such violation. If not made within such time the council shall, in addition to
the other penalties herein provided, have the right to finish and correct the work
and assess the cost thereof to the property owner. Such assessment shall be collected with and in the same manner as
general property taxes.
6‑2‑6 USE OF THE PUBLIC SEWERS.
1. No
person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any stormwater, surface water,
groundwater, roof runoff, subsurface drainage, including interior and exterior
foundation drains, uncontaminated cooling water, or unpolluted industrial
process waters to any sanitary sewer.
Applications may be canceled and/or sewer service discontinued by the
City for any violation of any rule, regulation or condition of service, and
especially for any of the following reasons:
a. Misrepresented in the application as to the property or fixtures
to be serviced by the sanitary sewer system.
b. Non‑payment of bills.
c. Improper or imperfect service pipes and fixtures, or failure to
keep same in suitable state of repair.
2. Stormwater
and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as are
specifically designated as combined sewers or storm sewers, or to a natural
outlet approved by the Superintendent.
Industrial cooling water or unpolluted process waters may be discharged,
on approval of the Superintendent, to a storm sewer, combined sewer, or natural
outlet.
Special permits for
discharging surface waters to a public sanitary sewer may be issued by the
council upon recommendation of the superintendent where such discharge is
deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of flushing, but any permit so
issued shall be subject to revocation at any time when deemed to the best
interests of the sewer system.
3. No
person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any of the following described
waters or wastes to any public sewers:
a. Any gasoline, benzene, naphtha, fuel oil, or other flammable or
explosive liquid, solid, or gas.
b. Any waters or wastes containing toxic or poisonous solids,
liquids, or gases in sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with
other wastes, to injure or interfere with any sewage treatment process,
constitute a hazard to humans or animals, create a public nuisance, or create
any hazard in the receiving waters of the sewage treatment plant, including but
not limited to cyanides in excess of two (2) mg/l as CN in the wastes as
discharged to the public sewer.
c. Any waters or wastes having a pH lower than 5.5, or having any
other corrosive property capable of causing damage or hazard to structures,
equipment, and personnel of the sewage works.
d. Solid or viscous substances in quantities of such size capable of
causing obstruction to the flow of sewers, or other interference with the
proper operation of the sewage works such as, but not limited to, ashes,
cinders, sand, mud, straw, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar,
plastics, wood, unground garbage, whole blood, paunch manure, hair and
fleshings, entrails and paper dishes, cups, milk containers, etc., either whole
or ground by garbage grinders.
e. Any water or wastes having
(l) a 5‑day bio‑chemical oxygen demand greater than 300
parts per million by weight, or (2)
containing more than 350 parts per million by weight, or suspended solids,
or (3) having an average daily flow
greater than 2 percent of the average sewage flow of the City, shall be subject
to the review of the Superintendent.
Where necessary in the opinion of the Superintendent, the owner shall
provide at the owner's expense, such preliminary treatment as may be necessary
to (l) reduce the biochemical oxygen
demand to 300 parts per million by weight, or
(2) reduce the suspended solids to 350 parts per million by weight,
or (3) control the quantities and rates
of discharge of such waters or wastes.
Plans, specifications, and any other pertinent information relating to
proposed preliminary treatment facilities shall be submitted for the approval
of the Superintendent and no construction of such facilities shall be commenced
until said approvals are obtained in writing.
4. No
person shall discharge or cause to be discharged the following described
substances, materials, waters, or wastes if it appears likely in the opinion of
the Superintendent that such wastes can harm either the sewers, sewage
treatment process, or equipment, have an adverse effect on the receiving
stream, or can otherwise endanger life, limb, public property, or constitute a
nuisance. In forming an opinion as to
the acceptability of these wastes, the Superintendent will give consideration
to such factors as the quantities of subject wastes in relation to flows and
velocities in the sewers, materials of construction of the sewers, nature of
the sewage treatment process, capacity of the sewage treatment plant, degree of
treatability of wastes in the sewage treatment plant, and other pertinent
factors. The substances prohibited are:
a. Any liquid or vapor having a temperature higher than one hundred
fifty (150) F (65 C).
b. Any water or wastes containing fats, wax, grease or oils, whether
emulsified or not, in excess of one hundred (100) mg/l or containing substances
which may solidify or become viscous at temperatures between thirty‑two
(32) and one hundred fifty (150 F) (0 and 65
C).
c. Any garbage that has not been properly shredded. The installation
and operation of any garbage grinder equipped with a motor of three‑fourths
(3/4) horsepower (0.76 hp metric) or greater shall be subject to the review and
approval of the Superintendent.
d. Any waters or wastes containing strong acid iron pickling wastes,
or concentrated plating solutions whether neutralized or not.
e. Any waters or wastes containing iron, chromium, copper, zinc, and
similar objectionable or toxic substances, or wastes exerting an excessive
chlorine requirement, to such degree that any such material received in the
composite sewage at the sewage treatment works exceeds the limits established
by the Superintendent for such materials.
f. Any waters or wastes containing phenols or other taste‑or‑odor‑producing
substances, in such concentrations exceeding limits which may be established by
the Superintendent as necessary after treatment of the composite sewage, to
meet with requirements of the State, Federal, or other public agencies with
jurisdiction for such discharge to the receiving waters.
g. Any radioactive wastes or isotopes of such half‑life or
concentration as may exceed limits established by the Superintendent in
compliance with applicable State or Federal regulations.
h. Any waters or wastes having a pH in excess of 9.5.
i. Materials which exert or cause:
(1) Unusual concentrations of inert suspended
solids (such as, but not limited to, Fullers earth, lime slurries, and lime
residues) or of dissolved solids (such as, but not limited to, sodium chloride
and sodium sulfate).
(2) Excessive discoloration (such as, but not
limited to, dye wastes and vegetable tanning solutions).
(3) Unusual BOD, chemical oxygen demand, or
chlorine requirements in such quantities as to constitute a significant load on
the sewage treatment works.
(4) Unusual volume of flow or concentration of
waters constituting "slugs" as defined herein.
j. Waters or wastes containing substances which are not amenable to
treatment or reduction by the sewage treatment processes employed, or are
amenable to treatment only to such degree that the sewage treatment plant
effluent cannot meet the requirements of other agencies having jurisdiction
over discharge to the receiving waters.
k. Any noxious or malodorous gas or other substance which either
singly or by interaction with other wastes is capable of creating a public
nuisance or hazard to life or of preventing entry into sewers for their
maintenance and repair.
l. Any waters, wastes, materials or substances which react with
water or wastes in the sewer system to release noxious gases, develop color of
undesirable intensity, form suspended solids in objectionable concentration or
create any other condition deleterious to structures and treatment processes.
5. If
any waters or wastes are discharged, or are proposed to be discharged to the
public sewers, which waters contain the substances or possess the
characteristics enumerated in 6‑2‑5(4), and which in the judgment
of the Superintendent, may have a deleterious effect upon the sewage works,
processes, equipment, or receiving waters, or which otherwise create a hazard
to life or constitute a public nuisance, the Superintendent may:
a. Reject the wastes,
b. Require pretreatment to an acceptable condition for discharge to
the public sewers.
c. Require control over the quantities and rates of discharge,
and/or
d. Require payment to cover the added cost of handling and treating
the wastes not covered by existing taxes or sewer charges under the provision
of 6‑2‑5(10) of this article.
If the
Superintendent permits the pretreatment or equalization of waste flows, the
design and installation of the plants and equipment shall be subject to the
review and approval of the Superintendent, and subject to the requirements of
all applicable codes, Ordinances, and laws.
6. Grease,
oil, and sand interceptors shall be provided when, in the opinion of the
Superintendent, they are necessary for the proper handling of liquid wastes
containing grease in excessive amounts, or any flammable wastes, sand, or other
harmful ingredients; except that such interceptors shall not be required for
private living quarters or dwelling units.
All interceptors shall be of a type and capacity approved by the
Superintendent, and shall be located as to be readily and easily accessible for
cleaning and inspection.
7. Where
preliminary treatment or flow‑equalizing facilities are provided for any
waters or wastes, they shall be maintained continuously in satisfactory and
effective operation by the owner at the owner's expense.
8. When
required by the Superintendent, the owner of any property serviced by a
building sewer carrying industrial wastes shall install a suitable control
manhole together with such necessary meters and other appurtenances in the
building sewer to facilitate observation, sampling, and measurement of the
wastes. Such manhole, when required,
shall be accessibly and safely located, and shall be constructed in accordance
with plans approved by the Superintendent.
The manhole shall be installed by the owner at the owner's expense, and
shall be maintained by the owner so as to be safe and accessible at all times.
9. All
measurements, tests, and analyses of the characteristics of waters and wastes
to which reference is made in this Ordinance shall be determined in accordance
with the latest edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
and Wastewater," published by the American Public Health Association, and
shall be determined at the control manhole provided, or upon suitable samples
taken at said control manhole. In the
event that no special manhole has been required, the control manhole shall be
considered to be the nearest downstream manhole in the public sewer to the
point at which the building sewer is connected. Sampling shall be carried out by customarily accepted methods to
reflect the effect of constituents upon the sewage works and to determine the
existence of hazards to life, limb, and property. (The particular analyses involved will determine whether a twenty‑four
(24) hour composite of all outfalls of a premise is appropriate or whether a
grab sample or samples should be taken.
Normally, but not always, BOD and suspended solids analyses are obtained
from 24 hour composite of all outfalls where pH's are determined from periodic
grab samples).
10. No statement contained in this article shall
be construed as preventing any special agreement or arrangement between the
City and any industrial concern whereby an industrial waste of unusual strength
or character may be accepted by the City for treatment, subject to payment,
therefore, by the industrial concern.
6-2-7 SEWER EXTENSIONS.
1. An
owner of land abutting or adjoining a public street where no sanitary sewer has
been installed, may make application to the council for the installation of a
sanitary sewer in said street for the purpose of serving said property in
accordance with the following:
a. A written request for such installation, and a sum equal to the
cost as estimated by the city of construction from the point where the sanitary
sewer is presently installed and terminates to the point where the most distant
boundary of the owner’s lot abuts the said public street shall be submitted to
the council.
b. Upon receipt of the tender of the said sum, the city shall
construct the said sanitary sewer for the purpose of serving the property of
the applicant (builder), as soon as such construction can reasonably be
accomplished.
c. In the event the actual cost to the city of installation of the
sanitary sewer is in excess of the estimated costs, the builder agrees to
reimburse the city for such actual additional cost within thirty (30) days
after the presentation of a bill for such additional cost.
d. In the event of the failure of the builder to reimburse the city,
as specified in subsection c above, the total of the additional cost shall be
certified to the county treasurer as a special assessment lien against the
builder’s real estate. In his written
request for installation of the sanitary sewer the land owner shall waive all
objections to jurisdiction and rights to notice and consent to the entry of
such a special assessment lien against the real estate.
e. The expense of connecting the property of the builder to the
sewer laid in the public street shall be borne by the builder, in addition to
the cost of constructing said sewer, but such connection shall be under the
supervision of the city.
2. In
the event an owner of land abutting or adjoining a public street in which no
sewer has been previously installed desires to construct said sewer at his own
expense, he may do so, after making proper application to the city and
receiving a permit to install such a sewer in accordance with the following:
a. The installation of such a sewer by a land owner at his own
expense shall be under the strict supervision of the city and shall, in all
ways, conform to the requirements and specifications of the city.
b. When making application to the city for a permit to install such
a sewer, the applicant shall post with the city a surety bond in an amount to
be set by the council and made a matter of record in the minutes of said
council which shall be an amount equal to not less than 110 percent of the
estimated cost as approved by the council for construction for the full
distance from the termination point of the presently existing sewer to the
point where the furthest boundary of the applicant’s land abuts the public
street and which bond shall guarantee the installation of sewer in as short a
time as reasonably possible, and shall further indemnify the city for the cost
of completing the said project in the event the applicant fails to complete the
same within a reasonable time, and shall further hold the city harmless for any
and all other damages arising from the installation of the said sewer.
c. After said sewer has been installed, the same shall become the
property of the city.
3. Following
the installation of a sanitary sewer under the provisions of this chapter,
owners of land abutting or adjoining a public street in which such sewer has
been installed, being persons other than the builder, shall be obliged to
connect sewerage generating facilities into said sanitary sewer, as required in
this chapter.
4. Upon
receipt by the city of a connection charge in an amount equal to one-half of the
actual per foot construction cost of said sewer for the full frontage of each
lot so connected, the city shall deduct and retain the fees as provided for in
Section 6-2-4(2)(c) and shall remit to the builder the balance of said
connection charge. As successive
sewerage generating facilities are connected to the said sanitary sewer
installation, like sums from each connection charge shall be remitted by the
city to said builder, until said builder has been reimbursed for the expense of
such installation of sewer, less the non-refundable connection charge provided
herein.
5. Each
sanitary sewer constructed in a public street or right-of-way, whether
constructed by the city or by a private party shall include a stub to each
abutting or adjoining lot line of the street of right-of-way on which the sewer
is installed. Each party responsible
for installing such sewer shall provide the city with an accurate map showing
the location of each of such stubs within thirty (30) days of the completion of
the installations.
6‑2‑8 PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE.
1. No
unauthorized person shall maliciously, willfully, or negligently break, damage,
destroy, uncover, deface, or tamper with any structure, appurtenance, or
equipment which is a part of the sewage works.
Any person violating this provision shall be subject to immediate arrest
under charge of disorderly conduct.
6‑2‑9 POWERS AND AUTHORITY TO INSPECTORS.
1. The
Superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the City bearing proper
credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all properties for
the purpose of inspection, observation, measurement, sampling, and testing in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance. The Superintendent or the Superintendent's representatives shall
have no authority to inquire into any processes including metallurgical,
chemical, oil, refining, ceramic, paper, or other industries beyond that point
having a direct bearing on the kind and source of discharge to the sewers or
waterways or facilities for waste treatment.
2. While
performing the necessary work on private properties referred to in 6‑2‑7(1),
the Superintendent or duly authorized employees of the City shall observe all
safety rules applicable to the premises established by the company and the company
shall be held harmless for injury or death to the City employees and the City
shall indemnify the company against loss or damage to its property by the City
employees and against liability claims and demands for personal injury or
property damage asserted against the company and growing out of the gauging and
sampling operation, except as such may be caused by negligence or failure of
the company to maintain safe conditions as required in Section 6‑2‑5(8).
3. The
Superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the City bearing proper
credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all private
properties through which the City holds a duly negotiated easement for the
purposes of, but not limited to, inspection, observation, measurement,
sampling, repair, and maintenance of any portion of the sewage works lying
within said easement. All entry and
subsequent work, if any, on said easement, shall be done in full accordance
with the terms of the duly negotiated easement pertaining to the private
property involved.
6‑2‑10 PENALTIES.
1. Any
person found to be violating any provision of this Ordinance except Section 6‑2‑6
shall be served by the City with written notice stating the nature of the
violation and providing a reasonable time limit for the satisfactory correction
thereof. The offender shall, within the
period of time stated in such notice, permanently cease all violations.
2 Any
person violating any of the provisions of this Ordinance is liable to the City
for any expense, loss, or damage occasioned the City by reason of such
violations.
Editor’s
Note: Rates and
billing procedures for the Sanitary System as set by the City Council may be
found in Title VI, Chapter
5, Utilities - Billing Charges.
TITLE
VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 3 UTILITIES -
WATER SYSTEM
6-3-1 Definitions
6-3-2 Enforcement
6-3-3 Adoption of State Plumbing Code
6-3-4 Bonded Plumber Required
6-3-5 Mandatory Connections
6-3-6 Permit
6-3-7 Fee for Permit
6-3-8 Water Supply Control
6-3-9 Making the Connection
6-3-10 Excavations
6-3-11 Inspection and Approval
6-3-12 Completion by the City
6-3-13 Property Owner’s Responsibility
6-3-14 Failure to Maintain
6-3-15 Operation of Curb Stop
6-3-16 Cross Connection Prohibited
6-3-17 Supply Not Guaranteed
6-3-18 Enforcement
6-3-19 Abandoned Connections
6-3-20 Water Meters
6-3-21 Water Line Connections
6-3-1 DEFINITIONS. For use in
this chapter the following terms are defined:
1. “Builder” shall
mean the owner, heirs, successors or assigns of land who causes a water main to
be installed under the provisions of this chapter.
2. “Consumer”
shall mean in addition to any person receiving water service from the city the
owner of the property served, as between such parties the duties,
responsibilities, liabilities and obligations hereinafter imposed shall be
joint and several.
3. “Estimated
Cost” shall mean a cost estimate prepared by a registered professional engineer
or qualified contractor experienced in the installation of water main pipe and
appurtenances.
4. “Superintendent”
shall mean the superintendent of the city water system or his duly authorized
assistant, agent or representative.
5. “Water Main”
shall mean a water supply pipe provided for public or community use.
6. “Water Service
Pipe” shall mean the pipe from the water main to the building served.
7. “Water System”
or “Water Works” shall mean all public facilities for securing, collecting,
storing, pumping, treating and distributing water.
6‑3‑2 ENFORCEMENT.
The Superintendent of the city water system shall supervise the
installation of water service pipes and their connections to the water main and
enforce all regulations pertaining to water services in this City in accordance
with this chapter. This chapter shall
apply to all replacements of existing service pipes as well as to new ones. The
Superintendent shall make such rules, not in conflict with the provisions of
this chapter, as needed for the detailed operation of the waterworks, subject
to the approval of the City Council. In
the event of an emergency the Superintendent may make temporary rules for the
protection of the system until due consideration by the City Council may be
had.
6‑3‑3 ADOPTION OF STATE PLUMBING CODE. The installation of any water‑service
pipe and any connection with the municipal water system shall comply with all
pertinent and applicable provisions, whether regulatory, procedural or
enforcement provisions, of the State Plumbing Code as amended and as published
by the Iowa Department of Public Health, which is hereby adopted.
6-3-4 BONDED PLUMBER REQUIRED. All installations of water service pipes and
connections to the water system shall be made by a competent plumber bonded by
the city. The bond shall be a surety
bond in the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) secured by a responsible
surety bonding company authorized to operate within the state, conditioned to
indemnify and save the city harmless against all losses or damages that may
arise from or be occasioned by the making of connections with the public sewers
or excavations therefor or by carelessness, negligence or unskillfulness in
making the same. Such bond shall remain
in force and must be executed for a period of one year except that on such expiration
it shall remain in force as to all penalties, claims and demands that may have
accrued thereunder prior to such expiration.
6‑3‑5 MANDATORY CONNECTIONS. All buildings or portions of buildings used
for residential, commercial or industrial purposes; except for accessory
buildings primarily used for storage; for equipment, vehicle or animal shelter;
or as a small workshop, if no portion is used as a human dwelling, shall
contain suitable water service facilities.
All water service facilities within a building shall be connected to the
public water system, at owner’s expense, if an adequate public water main is
located within one hundred fifty (150) feet of any boundary line of the
property upon which the building is situated.
Otherwise, the water service facilities shall be connected to a private
water system which supplies water meeting minimum standards of purity and
wholesomeness established by the Iowa Department of Natural Resources, if the
building is not furnished with pure and wholesome water from some other source.
6‑3‑6 PERMIT.
Before any person, firm, corporation or other association shall make a
connection with the public water system, a written permit must be obtained from
the Clerk. The application for the
permit shall be filed with the Clerk on blanks furnished by the Clerk. The application shall include a legal
description of the property, the name of the property owner, the name and
address of the person who will do the work, and the general uses of the water. No different or additional uses shall be
allowed except by written permission of the Superintendent. The Clerk shall
issue the permit, bearing the Clerk’s signature and stating the time of
issuance, if the proposed work meets all the requirements of this Ordinance and
if all fees required under this Ordinance have been paid. Work under any permit must be begun within
six (6) months after it is issued. The
Superintendent may at any time revoke the permit for any violation of this Ordinance
and require that the work be stopped.
The owner or plumber may appeal such action in the manner provided in
Section 6‑3‑3 of this Ordinance.
6‑3‑7 FEE FOR PERMIT. Before any permit is issued the person who makes the application
shall pay $25.00 to the Clerk to cover the cost of issuing the permit and
supervising, regulating and inspecting the work. (See footnote at end of chapter)
6‑3‑8 WATER SUPPLY CONTROL. The plumber who makes the connection to the municipal water
system shall install a main shut‑off valve of the inverted key type on
the water‑service pipe near the curb with a suitable lock of a pattern
approved by the Superintendent. The
shut‑off valve shall be covered with a heavy metal cover having the
letter "W" marked thereon, visible and even with the pavement or
ground. In case any curb stop cock box
or any equipment connected therewith becomes covered up so it can not readily
be seen, or the top of any curb stop cock box is lost or broken, the
Superintendent shall order the owner or agent to repair and replace the same in
the proper condition, and if the same is not repaired and placed in proper
condition, in the time fixed by the order, the Superintendent shall repair and
place the same in proper condition, and charge such expense to the property
supplied by such service and report such charge to the clerk. In case such bill is not paid within ten
(10) days from presentation, the water may be shut off on order of the clerk.
The
plumber also shall install a shut‑off valve and waste cock on every
service pipe inside the building near the entrance of the water‑service
pipe into the building; this must be located so that the water can be shut off
conveniently and the pipes drained.
Where one service pipe is installed to supply more than one customer,
there shall be separate shut‑off valves inside the building for each
customer so that service to one customer can be shut off without interfering
with service to the others.
6‑3‑9 MAKING THE CONNECTION. Any connection with the municipal water
system must be made under the direct supervision of the Superintendent or the
Superintendent's authorized assistant.
All taps into water mains shall be made by the superintendent and in
accord with the following:
1. No
more than one house, building or premises shall be supplied from one tap unless
special written permission is obtained from the council and unless a provision
is made so that each house, building or premise may be shut off independently
of the other.
2. All
mains six (6) inches or less in diameter shall receive no larger than a
three-fourths (3/4) inch tap. All mains
over six (6) inches in diameter shall receive no larger than a one inch
tap. Where a larger connection than a
one inch tap is desired, two (2) or more small taps or saddles shall be used,
as the Superintendent shall order. All
taps in the water main must be at least 18 inches apart and on the side and
near the top and not in any case within 2
feet of the hub.
3. A
brass corporation cock, of the pattern and weight approved by the
Superintendent, shall be inserted in every tap in the main. The corporation cock in the main shall in no
case be smaller than one size smaller than the service pipe.
4. An
accurate and dimensional sketch showing the exact location of the tap shall be
filed with the Superintendent in such form as he shall require.
5. The
fee for tapping the main and putting in the corporation cock shall be fifteen
dollars ($15.00) for each tap.
6. Water
service pipes from the main to the meter setting shall be standard weight type
K copper or approved PVC or cast iron.
Pipe must be laid sufficiently waving, and to such depth as to prevent
rupture from settlement or freezing.
6‑3‑10 EXCAVATIONS. All trench work, excavation and backfilling required in making a
connection shall be performed in accordance with applicable excavation provisions
as provided for installation of building sewers.
6‑3‑11 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL. All water‑service pipes and their
connections to the municipal water system must be inspected and approved in
writing by the Superintendent before they are covered, and the Superintendent
shall keep a record of such approvals.
If the Superintendent refuses to approve the work, the plumber or owner
must proceed immediately to correct the work so that it will meet with the Superintendent's
approval. Every person who uses or
intends to use the municipal water system shall permit the Superintendent or
the Superintendent's authorized assistants to enter the premises to inspect and
make necessary alterations or repairs at all reasonable hours and on proof of
authority.
6‑3‑12 COMPLETION BY THE CITY. Should any excavation be left open or partly
refilled for twenty‑four (24) hours after the water‑service pipe is
installed and connected with the municipal water system, or should the work be
improperly done, the Superintendent shall have the right to finish or correct
the work, and the City Council shall assess the costs to the property owner or
the plumber. If the plumber is
assessed, the plumber must pay the costs before the plumber can receive another
permit, and the plumber's bond required by the Plumbing Ordinance shall be
security for the assessment. If the
property owner is assessed, such assessment shall be collected with and in the
same manner as general property taxes.
6-3-13 PROPERTY OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITY. All costs and expenses incident to the
installation, connection and maintenance of the water service pipe from the
main to the building served shall be borne by the owner. The owner shall indemnify the city from any
loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be occasioned by the
installation or maintenance of said water service pipe.
6-3-14 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN. When any corporation cock, water service
pipe or curb stop becomes defective or creates a nuisance and the owner fails
to correct such nuisance the city may do so and assess the costs thereof to the
property.
6-3-15 OPERATION OF CURB STOP. It shall be unlawful for any person except
the water Superintendent to turn water on at the curb stop.
6-3-16 CROSS CONNECTION PROHIBITED. There shall be no cross-connections
permitted between any existing private water system and the Municipal
Waterworks Plant and System.
6-3-17 SUPPLY NOT GUARANTEED. The Municipality does not guarantee a
constant supply of water to any consumer and shall not be liable for any
damages for any failure to supply the same if for any cause the supply of water
shall be shut off to make repairs, connections, or extensions or for any other
purpose that may be found necessary.
The right is reserved to cut off the supply of water at any time.
6-3-18 ENFORCEMENT. The provisions pertaining to enforcement of sanitary sewer
regulations shall be applicable to any violations of this chapter.
6-3-19 ABANDONED CONNECTIONS. When an old water service is abandoned or a
service is renewed with a new tap in the main, all abandoned connections with
the mains shall be turned off at the corporation cock and made absolutely
water-tight.
6‑3‑20 WATER METERS.
1. All
water shall be supplied through meters that accurately measure the amount of
water supplied to any building, except fire sprinkler systems may be connected
to water mains by direct connection without meters under the direct supervision
of the superintendent. No open
connection can be incorporated in the system, and there shall be no valves
except a main control valve at the entrance to the building which must be
sealed open.
2. All
meters shall be so located that they are easily accessible to meter readers and
repair personnel and protected from freezing.
3. The
property owner shall have provided all necessary piping and fittings for proper
setting of the meter by the city including a check valve on the discharge side
and a gate valve on the internal side of the meter. Meter pits may be used only upon approval of the Superintendent
and of a design and construction approved by him. All new water meter settings shall be installed with an outside
reading device.
4. The
Superintendent shall keep all water meters in repair and in working order. The consumer shall be charged for
repairs. The cost of any repairs and
the removal and replacing of any meter in need of repairs, shall be included in
the next bill for water and in case the bill for repairs is not paid with the
bill for water, the water shall be shut off from the consumer. All meters shall be tested for accuracy of
measurement and if necessary the meters shall be cleaned and any meter that
shows a substantial variation shall be condemned or repaired or a new meter
placed as the Superintendent decides.
5. The
Superintendent shall be permitted to enter the premises of any consumer at any
reasonable time to remove of change a meter.
6. There
shall be a fee charged to the property owner for each new installation of a
water meter in accordance with the schedule of such fees approved by resolution
of the Council.
6-3-21 WATER LINE EXTENSIONS.
1. All
estimated costs for the installation of water main pipe and appurtenances shall
be subject to the approval of the Council and in the event of any disagreement
as to the amount of estimated costs, materials to be used or installation
methods the determination of the Council shall be final and conclusive.
2. An
owner of land abutting or adjoining a public street where no water main has
been installed, may make application to the Council for the installation of a
water main in said street for the purpose of serving said property in
accordance with the following:
a. A written request for such installation, and a sum equal to the
total estimated cost of such installation from the point where the water main
is presently installed and terminates to the point where the most distant
boundary of the owner’s lot abuts the said public street, shall be submitted to
the council.
b. Upon receipt of the deposit, the city shall construct the said
water main for the purpose of serving the property of the applicant (builder),
as soon as such construction can reasonably be accomplished.
c. In the event the actual cost to the city of installation of the
water main is in excess of the estimated cost, the builder agrees to reimburse
the city for such actual additional cost within thirty days after the
presentation of a bill for such additional cost.
d. In the event of the failure of the builder to reimburse the city,
as specified in Subsection c above, the total of the additional cost shall be
certified to the county auditor as a special assessment lien against the
builder’s real estate. In his written
request for installation of the water main the land owner shall waive all
objections to jurisdiction and rights to notice and consent to the entry of
such a special assessment lien against the real estate.
e. The additional cost of installation, as contemplated in
Subsections c and d above, shall not exceed one hundred ten (110) percent of
the estimated cost.
f. The expense of connecting the property of the builder to the
water main laid in the public street shall be borne by him, in addition to the
cost of constructing said water main, but such connection shall be under the
supervision of the city.
3. In
the event an owner of land abutting or adjoining a public street in which no
water main has been previously installed desires to construct said water main
at his own expense, he may do so, after making proper application to the city
and receiving a permit to install such a water main, in accordance with the
following:
a. The installation of such a water main by a land owner at his own
expense shall be under the strict supervision of the city and shall, in all
ways, conform to the requirements and specifications of the city.
b. When making application to the city for a permit to install such
a water main, the applicant shall post with the city a surety bond in an amount
to be set by the council and made a matter of record in the minutes of said
council which shall be an amount equal to not less than one hundred ton (110)
percent of the total estimated cost of such installation for the full distance
from the termination point of the presently existing water main to the point where
the furthest boundary of the applicant’s land abuts the public street, and
which bond shall guarantee the installation of the water main in as short a
time as reasonably possible, and shall further indemnify the city for the cost
of completing the said project in the event the applicant fails to complete the
same within a reasonable time, and shall further indemnify the city for all
damages to public property incurred in such installation, and shall further
hold the city harmless for any and all other damages arising from the
installation of the said water main.
c. After the said water main has been installed, the same shall
become the property of the city.
d. For purposes of determining connection charges and reimbursement
under Sections 6-3-13(4) and (5) below, costs incurred by the owner shall be
certified to the city and only so much of said costs as are approved by the
city shall be used in determining connection charges and reimbursement as
provided hereafter.
4. Following
the installation of an extension to the water system under the provisions of
this chapter, there shall be paid to the city a connection charge in an amount
equal to one-half (1/2) the lineal construction cost for the full width of any
lot, tract or parcel of ground to be served by a connection to such water
main. Such connection charge shall be
paid to the city prior to making any connection to said water main.
5. Upon
receipt by the city of any connection charges under Section 6-3-13(4) above,
the city shall deduct and retain an amount equal to one-half (1/2) the lineal
construction cost for the full width of the builder’s property served by the
water main and shall then remit to the builder the balance of such connection
charges until said builder has been reimbursed for the expense of such
installation less cost attributable to the property of the builder.
6. All
decisions in connection with the manner of installation of any extension and
maintenance thereof shall remain in the exclusive control of the city and such
extension shall be the property of the city and no other person shall have any
right, title or interest therein.
Editor’s
Note: Rates and
billing procedures for the Water System as set by the City Council may be found
in Title VI, Chapter
5, Utilities - Billing Charges.
TITLE
VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 4 UTILITIES -
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND REFUSE DISPOSAL
6-4-1 Title
6-4-2 Purpose
6-4-3 Definitions
6-4-4 Compliance Required
6-4-5 Health Hazard
6-4-6 Fire Hazard
6-4-7 Collector’s License
6-4-8 Collection Schedule
6-4-9 Collection Vehicles
6-4-10 Loading
6-4-11 Sanitary Disposal Project Designated
6-4-12 Private Sanitary Disposal Project
6-4-13 Refuse
6-4-14 Recyclables
6-4-15 Bulky Waste
6-4-16 Yard Waste
6-4-17 Toxic and Hazardous Wastes
6-4-18 Radioactive Materials
6-4-19 Storage of Waste
6-4-20 Anti-Scavenging
6-4-21 Dumping Prohibited
6-4-22 Exceptions
6-4-23 Sanitary Disposal Required
6-4-24 Prohibited Practices
6-4-25 Open Burning Restricted
6-4-26 Littering Prohibited
6-4-1 TITLE.
This chapter shall be known as the Ely Resource Recovery and Refuse
Disposal Ordinance of 1992.
6-4-2 PURPOSE.
The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the sanitary storage,
collection, and disposal of solid wastes and, thereby, to protect the citizens
of the this city from such hazards to their health, safety, and welfare as may
result from the uncontrolled disposal of solid wastes.
6‑4‑3 DEFINITIONS.
1. “Aluminum
cans” means large aluminum beverage containers.
2. “Approved
incinerator” means equipment or facilities for the enclosed burning of refuse
having a stack adequate to maintain a draft sufficient for efficient combustion
and equipped with a screen sufficiently fine to prevent ejection of particles
of burning materials as approved by the Iowa Air Quality Bureau of the Iowa
Department of Natural Resources.
3. “Back
yard burning” means the disposal of residential waste by open burning on the
premises of the property where such waste is generated.
4. “Bulky
waste” means large household appliances such as stoves, refrigerators,
television sets, washing machines, dryers, logs, and other items of similar
size, and fixtures and materials too large to fit into a bag or rigid
container. Bulky waste does not include
tires, hazardous substances, dead animals, and batteries.
5. “Collection
bag” means a plastic, water tight bag securely tied or sealed. The bag shall not exceed 40 lbs. or 33
gallons when full. Collection bags may
be used only for refuse.
6. “Construction
and demolition waste” means lumber, roofing material, sheathing, rubble, broken
concrete, plaster and brick, conduit, pipe, wire insulation, and similar
material which results from a construction, demolition, or remodeling process.
7. “Curbside”
means the area next to the curb or the traveled portion of the roadway.
8. “Discard”
means to place, cause to be placed, throw, deposit, or drop.
9. Dwelling
unit” means any room or group of rooms located within a building and forming a
single habitable unit with facilities which are used or intended to be used for
living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.
10. “Director”
or “executive director” means the director of the State Department of Natural
Resources or his designee.
11. “Glass
containers” means clean bottles and jars made from clear glass. Expressly excluded are window and other
non-container glass, porcelain and ceramic products.
12. “Hauler”
means the person, firm, or corporation under contract with the City of Ely to
collect, convey, and dispose and market recyclables and refuse.
13. “Household”
means persons who reside together in a dwelling unit.
14. “Litter”
means any garbage, rubbish, trash, refuse, waste materials, or debris.
15. “Milk
jug plastic” means #2 clear plastic of the type used for milk.
16. “Newspaper”
means paper of the type commonly referred to as newsprint and distributed at
fixed intervals, having printed thereon news and opinions, containing
advertisements and other matters of public interest. Soiled newspapers are excluded.
17. “Non-collectable
waste” includes paint in liquid form, poisons, acids, caustics, explosives, and
other hazardous substance that may cause damage or injury to collection
equipment or personnel; human or animal excrement and dead animals.
18. “Open
burning” means any burning of combustible materials where the products of
combustion are emitted into the open air without passing through a chimney or
stack.
19. “Open
dumping” means the depositing of solid wastes on the surface of the ground or
into a body or stream of water.
20. “Owner”
shall mean in addition to the record title-holder any person residing in,
renting, leasing, occupying, operating, or transacting business in any
premises, and as between such parties the duties, responsibilities,
liabilities, and obligations hereinafter imposed shall be joint and several.
21. “Recyclables”
mean designated consumer wastes which are collected and marketed for resource
recovery. They include newspaper, tin
and steel cans, aluminum beverage containers, container glass, and milk jug
plastic.
22. “Recycling
container” means the identifiable rigid container including lid, designated by
the City of Ely for the collection, co-mingling, and disposal of recyclables.
23. “Refuse”
means putrescible and non-putrescible wastes, including but not limited to
garbage, rubbish, ashes, incinerator residues, street cleanings, market and
industrial solid wastes, and sewage treatment wastes in dry or semi-solid
form. Recyclables shall be treated as
refuse if not properly disposed of as set forth in Section 6-4-14. Refuse excludes household generated
hazardous substances.
24. “Rigid
container” means a closed, waterproof container not exceeding 33 gallons and 40
lbs. in capacity. It will be a type
with tapered sides and handles for easy emptying. Rigid containers may be used for refuse.
25. “Rubble”
means stone, brick, or similar inorganic material.
26. “Rubbish”
means non-putrescible solid waste consisting of combustible and non-combustible
wastes, such as ashes, paper, cardboard, tin cans, yard clippings, wood, glass
bedding, crockery, or litter of any kind.
27. “Salvage
operation” means any business, industry, or trade engaged wholly or in part in
salvaging or reclaiming any product or material, including, but not limited to,
chemicals, drums, metals, motor vehicles, or shipping containers.
28. “Sanitary
disposal” means a method of treating solid waste so that it does not produce a
hazard to the public health or safety or create a nuisance.
29. “Sanitary
disposal project” means all facilities and appurtenances including all real and
personal property connected with such facilities, which are acquired,
purchased, constructed, reconstructed, equipped, improved, extended,
maintained, or operated to facilitate the final disposition of solid waste
without creating a significant hazard to the public health or safety, and which
are approved by the executive director.
30. “Solid
waste” shall mean garbage, refuse, rubbish, and other similar discarded solid
or semi-solid materials, including but not limited to such materials resulting
from industrial, commercial, agricultural, and domestic activities. Solid waste may include vehicles, as defined
by Section 321.1 of the Code of Iowa.
31. “Tags”
mean the tag designated by the City of Ely which is placed on refuse and bulky
waste to indicate that the disposal fee has been paid.
32. “Tin
and steel cans” mean a clean container made of tin coated iron or steel in
which food or beverages were preserved.
33. “Toxic
and hazardous wastes” mean waste materials, including but not limited to
poisons, pesticides, herbicides, acids, caustics, pathological wastes,
flammable or explosive materials, and similar harmful wastes which require
special handling and which must be disposed of in such a manner as to conserve
the environment and protect the public health and safety.
34. “Yard
wastes” means organic debris, e.g., grass clippings, leaves, small hedge or
brush trimmings up to 1/4 inch maximum in diameter (for bagging), bark,
branches, tree limbs (for bundling), flowers, etc. which are produced as part
of yard and garden development and maintenance.
6-4-4 COMPLIANCE REQUIRED. All persons residing in dwelling units located within the city
limits of Ely shall dispose of refuse and bulky waste in compliance with the
provisions of this ordinance.
Recyclables may be diverted from each dwelling unit’s refuse and
disposed of in compliance with 6-4-14.
All residential solid waste shall be prepared for disposal as set forth
in this ordinance. The hauler may
refuse to collect improperly prepared material.
6-4-5 HEALTH HAZARD.
It shall be unlawful for any person to permit to accumulate on any
premises, improved or vacant, or on any public place, such quantities of solid
waste, either in containers or not, that shall constitute a health or
sanitation hazard.
6-4-6 FIRE HAZARD.
It shall be unlawful for any person to permit to accumulate quantities
of solid waste or close to any building, unless the same is stored in
containers in such a manner as not to create a fire hazard.
6-4-7 COLLECTOR’S LICENSE. No person shall engage in the business of collecting,
transporting, processing, or disposing of solid waste other than his own within
the city without first obtaining from the city an annual license in accordance
with the following:
1. Application. Application for a solid waste collector’s
license shall be made to the clerk and provide the following:
a. Name and Address. The
full name and address of the applicant, and if a corporation, the names and
addresses of the officers thereof.
b. Equipment. A complete and
accurate listing of the number and type of collection and transportation
equipment to be used.
c. Collection Program. A
complete description of the frequency, routes, and method of collection and
transportation to be used.
d. Disposal. A statement as
to the precise location and method of disposal or processing facilities to be
used.
2. Insurance. No collector’s license shall be issued until
and unless the applicant therefor, in addition to all other requirements set
forth, shall file and maintain with the city evidence of satisfactory public
liability insurance covering all operations of the applicant pertaining to such
business and all equipment and vehicles to be operated in the conduct thereof
in the following minimum amounts:
Bodily Injury: $100,000
per person.
$300,000
per occurrence.
Property Damage: $ 50,000.
Each
insurance policy required hereunder shall include as a part thereof provisions
requiring the insurance carrier to notify the city of the expiration,
cancellation, or other termination of coverage not less than ten (10) days
prior to the effective date of such action.
3. License
Fee. A license fee in the amount of
twenty-five (25) dollars shall accompany the application. In the event the requested license is not
granted, the fee paid shall be refunded to the applicant.
4. License
Issued. If the council upon
investigation finds the application to be in order and determines that the
applicant will collect, transport, process, or dispose of solid waste without
hazard to the public health or damage to the environment and in conformity with
law and ordinance, the requested license shall be issued to be effective for a
period of one year from the date approved.
5. License
Renewal. An annual license may be
renewed simply upon payment of the required fee if operated in substantially
the same manner as provided in the original application and by providing the
clerk with a current listing of vehicles, equipment, and facilities in use.
6. License
Not Transferable. No license authorized
by this article may be transferred to another person.
7. Owner
May Transport. Nothing herein is to be
construed so as to prevent the owner from transporting solid waste accumulating
upon premises owned, occupied, or used by him, provided such refuse is disposed
of properly in an approved sanitary disposal project.
8. Grading
or Excavation Excepted. No license or
permit shall be required for the removal, hauling, or disposal of earth and
rock material from grading or excavation activities, however, all such
materials shall be conveyed in tight vehicles, trucks, or receptacles so
constructed and maintained that none of the material being transported shall
spill upon the public right of way.
6-4-8 COLLECTION SCHEDULE.
1. Refuse
shall be prepared as set forth in Section 6-4-13 and collected weekly at the
curbside. The City shall determine the
weekday and hours of collection and may substitute for holidays.
2. Recyclables
shall be prepared as set forth in Section 6-4-14 and will be collected weekly
on the same day as refuse.
3. Bulky
waste shall be collected by arrangement with the hauler.
6-4-9 COLLECTION VEHICLES. Vehicles or containers used for the collection and transportation
of garbage and similar putrescible waste or solid waste containing such
materials shall be leakproof, durable, and of easily cleanable
construction. They shall be cleaned to
prevent nuisances, pollution, or insect breeding, and shall be maintained in
good order.
6-4-10 LOADING.
Vehicles or containers used for the collection and transportation of any
solid waste shall be loaded and moved in such a manner that the contents will
not fall, leak, or spill therefrom, and shall be covered to prevent blowing or
loss of material. Where spillage does
occur, the material shall be picked up immediately by the collector or
transporter and returned to he vehicle or container and the area properly
cleaned.
6-4-11 SANITARY DISPOSAL PROJECT
DESIGNATED. The official “Public
Sanitary Disposal Project” for the disposal of solid waste produced or
originating within the city will be as designated by resolution.
6-4-12 PRIVATE SANITARY DISPOSAL PROJECT. No person may establish and operate a
private sanitary disposal project within the city.
6-4-13 REFUSE.
1. Refuse
shall be drained of liquid and placed within an approved collection bag or
rigid container.
2. A
tag shall be prominently attached to each collection bag or rigid container set
on the curbside for collection.
3. Full
rigid containers or collection bags shall be placed on the curbside for
collection on and no sooner than twelve hours before the next scheduled
collection date. Emptied containers
should be removed from the curbside the day of collection.
6-4-14 RECYCLABLES.
1. Each
dwelling unit shall be provided with a recycling container. (The recycling container is and remains the
property of the City).
2. Recyclables
shall be co-mingled and must be placed in the recycling container and the lid
shall be firmly affixed, if possible.
The container shall be placed on the curbside for collection.
3. Only
items designated as recyclables shall be included within the container.
4. Each
dwelling unit is responsible for the security of the recycling container. Lost or stolen containers may be replaced at
the expense of the owner or renter of the property from City Hall.
6-4-15 BULKY WASTE.
1. The
City Clerk shall maintain a schedule of fees for the collection of bulky waste.
2. Bulky
waste shall be collected by arrangement with the hauler.
6-4-16 YARD WASTE.
1. All
yard wastes shall be separated by the owner from all other solid waste
accumulated on the premises and disposed of according to procedures required by
the City from time to time in appropriate resolutions.
2. Tree
limbs less than four (4) inches in diameter and brush shall be securely tied in
bundles not larger than forty-eight (48) inches long and eighteen (18) inches
in diameter when not placed in storage containers. The weight of any individual bundle or container shall not exceed
seventy-five (75) pounds.
3. Bags
and bundles containing yard waste must be placed three (3) to six (6) feet from
other garbage in refuse containers.
4. Yard
waste shall not be placed at the curb side more than twelve (12) hours in
advance of the regularly scheduled collection date.
6-4-17 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS WASTES. The collection, storage, and disposal of
toxic and hazardous wastes shall be subject to the following:
1. Labeling. All containers used for the storage,
collection, or transportation of toxic or hazardous wastes shall be plainly
marked so as to provide adequate notice of the contents thereof.
2. Vehicles
and Containers. All vehicles and
containers used for the storage, collection, and transportation of toxic and
hazardous wastes shall be so constructed that they can be loaded, moved, and
unloaded in a manner that does not create a danger to public health or safety
and in compliance with federal and state laws, rules, and regulations.
3. Disposal. No person shall deposit in a solid waste
container or otherwise offer for collection any toxic or hazardous wastes. Such materials shall be transported by the
owner, responsible person, or his agent, to a place of safe deposit or disposal
as prescribed by the director of the State Department of Natural Resources.
6-4-18 RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS. Materials that are radioactive shall not be
disposed of in a sanitary disposal project.
Luminous timepieces are exempt.
6-4-19 STORAGE OF WASTE. Residential solid waste shall be stored in a
manner so as not to create a nuisance or endanger the public.
6-4-20 ANTI-SCAVENGING. From the time of placement of the recycling
container on the curbside, the contents thereof shall become the property of
the City of Ely. The contents shall be
collected only by the hauler or his designee.
Unauthorized collection of said contents shall be a violation of this
ordinance and punishable as set forth in Chapter 3, Title I of the City Code.
6-4-21 DUMPING PROHIBITED. There shall be no dumping of residential
solid waste, construction and demolition waste, or non-collectable waste within
the City of Ely or within privately owned dumpsters.
6-4-22 EXCEPTIONS. Nothing in this chapter shall prohibit the filling, leveling, or
grading of land with earth, sand, dirt, stone, brick, gravel, rock, rubble, or
similar inert wastes provided the materials are not contaminated or mixed with
combustible, putrescible, or other waste materials, nor to the disposal of animal
and agricultural wastes on land used or operated for farming.
6-4-23 SANITARY DISPOSAL REQUIRED. It shall be the duty of each owner to
provide for the sanitary disposal of all refuse accumulating on his premises
before it becomes a nuisance. Any such
accumulation remaining on any premises for a period of more than thirty (30)
days shall be deemed a nuisance and the city may proceed to abate such
nuisances in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2 of Title III of the
City Code, or by initiating proper action in district court.
6-4-24 PROHIBITED PRACTICES. It shall be unlawful for any person to:
1. Deposit
refuse in any solid waste containers other than his own without the written
consent of the owner of such containers.
2. Interfere
in any manner with solid waste collection equipment or with solid waste
collectors in the lawful performance of their duties as such, whether such
equipment or collectors be those of the city, or those of any other authorized
waste collection service.
3. Dispose
of refuse at a facility or location which is not an approved sanitary disposal
project.
4. Engage
in the business of collecting, transporting, processing, or disposing of refuse
within the city without a contract therefor with the city or a valid permit
therefor.
5. Burn
rubbish or garbage except in approved incinerators so maintained and operated
as to prevent the emission of objectionable odors or particulate matter.
6-4-25 OPEN BURNING RESTRICTED. No person shall allow, or cause to permit
open burning of combustible materials, except that the following shall be
permitted:
1. Disaster
Rubbish. The open burning of rubbish,
including yard waste, for the duration of the community disaster period in
cases where an officially declared emergency condition exists.
2. Trees
and Tree Trimmings. The open burning of
trees and tree trimmings not originated on the premises provided that the
burning site is operated by a local governmental entity, the burning site is
fenced and access is controlled, burning is conducted on a regularly scheduled
basis and is supervised at all times, burning is conducted only when weather
conditions are favorable with respect to surrounding property, and the burning
site is limited to areas at least one-quarter mile from any inhabited
building. However, when the open
burning of trees and tree trimmings causes air pollution as defined in Iowa
Code Section 455B.131(3), the department may take appropriate action to secure
relocation of the burning operation.
Rubber tires shall not be used to ignite trees and tree trimmings.
3. Flare
Stacks. The open burning or flaring of
waste gases, provided such open burning or flaring is conducted in compliance
with applicable rules of the State Department of Natural Resources.
4. Yard
Waste. The disposal by open burning of
yard waste originating on the premises.
However, the burning of yard waste produced in clearing, grubbing, and
construction operations shall be limited to areas located at least one-fourth
(1/4) mile from any inhabited building.
Rubber tires shall not be used to ignite yard waste.
5. Recreational
Fires. Open fires for cooking, heating,
recreation, and ceremonies, provided they comply with the limits for emission
of visible air contaminants established by the State Department of Natural
Resources.
6. Back
Yard Burning. Back yard burning of
residential waste at dwellings of four-family units or less.
7. Training
Fires. Fires set for the purpose of
bona fide training of public or industrial employees in fire fighting methods,
provided the director of the State Department of Natural Resources receives
notice in writing at least one week before such action commences.
8. Variance. Any person wishing to conduct open burning
of materials not exempted herein may make application for a variance to the
executive director of the State Department of Natural Resources.
6-4-26 LITTERING PROHIBITED. No person shall discard any litter onto or
in any water or land, except that nothing in this section shall be construed to
affect the authorized collection and discarding of such litter in or on areas
or receptacles provided for such purpose.
When litter is discarded from a motor vehicle, the driver of the motor
vehicle shall be responsible for the act and in any case where doubt exists as
to which occupant of the motor vehicle actually discarded the litter.
Editor’s
Note: Ordinance No.
129, Ely Resource Recovery and Refuse Disposal Ordinance of 1992, was passed
and approved by the Ely City Council on September 28, 1992. Provisions relating to billing and rates for
collection of refuse and recyclables is included in Chapter 5 of Title VI for
the purposes of the City Code.
TITLE
VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 5 UTILITIES - BILLING CHARGES
6-5-1 Utility Defined 6-5-7 Determination and Payment of Sewer
6-5-2 Districts Rent
from Premises Served with Private
6-5-3 Disposition of Fees and Charges Water
Systems
6-5-4 Water Rates 6-5-8 Liability for Sanitary Sewer Service
6-5-5 Refuse Collection Rates and Manner of 6-5-9 Special
Agreements for Sewer Service
Collection Permitted
6-5-6 Rate of Sewer Rental and Manner of 6-5-10 Liens for Non-Payment
Payment
6-5-1 UTILITY DEFINED. For use in this chapter, utility is the sewer and water systems
operated by the City, and refuse collection which may or may not be operated by
the city.
6-5-2 DISTRICTS.
There shall be one sewer and water district which encompasses all of the
City of Ely, Iowa.
6-5-3 DISPOSITION OF FEES AND CHARGES. All money received under this chapter shall
be deposited in the City treasury not later than the last day of the month in
which it was received and a written report of the amount and source of the fees
and charges shall be on file with the City Clerk.
6-5-4 WATER RATES.
1. Each
consumer shall pay for water service provided him by the city based upon his
use of water as determined by meters provided for in Chapter 3 of this
Title. Each location, building,
premises or connection shall be considered a separate and distinct consumer
whether owned or controlled by the same person or not.
2. Water
shall be furnished at the following monthly rates:
a. Resident Customers.
0 to 1,999 gallons: $12.00
(minimum charge)
2,000 to 3,999 gallons: $12.00 + $
.97 per 1,000 gallons over 2,000 gallons
4,000 to 8,999 gallons: $13.94 + $1.29 per
1,000 gallons over 3,999 gallons
8,000 gallons or more: $20.39 + $1.93 per
1,000 gallons over 8,999 gallons
b. Non-resident Customers and Bulk Purchasers. Non-resident customers of water service and
bulk purchasers of city water shall be charged a sum equal to one and one-half
(1 1/2) times the monthly rate charged to resident customers above. For bulk purchasers, this charge is for each
purchase.
3. Water
service shall be provided any consumer located outside the corporate limits of
the city which the city has agreed to serve at the rates provided in
6-5-4(2). No such consumer, however,
will be served unless he shall have signed a service contract agreeing to be
bound by the ordinances, rules and regulations applying to water service
established by the council.
4. Water
meters shall be read monthly.
5. Bills
for water service (and other services described in this chapter) shall be due
and payable monthly on or before the 15th day after the end of each month. All billings for water (and other services
as described in this chapter) shall be due and payable at the office of the
clerk. If any water bill is not paid
within the fifteen (15) day period referenced above, it shall be considered
delinquent and shall be assessed a penalty to be added to the water bill
consisting of the larger of either two dollars ($2.00) or one and one-half (1
1/2) percent of the unpaid balance. If
more than one billing is necessary on delinquent bills, they will be added to
subsequent billings along with the penalties.
The penalty for subsequent bills, if they become delinquent, shall be
assessed upon the unpaid balance which shall include all previously assessed
penalties.
6.
The owner of a property which receives water service
shall be responsible for the payment
of all
charges and fees associated with the provision of water service for such
property.
7. At
its sole option and as a convenience to property owners that lease or rent
property to others, the city may, by written agreement, bill lessees or tenants
for charges for water delivered to a property during such rental or lease
period. Billing of lessees or tenants
as authorized in this chapter shall not be initiated until executed agreements
with the property owner and tenant have been filed with the city.
8. If
the meter fails to register the quantity of water, the quantity shall be
determined and the charge made, based upon the average quantity registered
during such preceding period of time, prior to the date of failure to register
as the superintendent of the water department shall decide.
9. No
reduction will be made on account of leakage after the water has passed through
the meter.
10. After
the initial water connection in accordance with the application, permit, and
other requirements of Chapter 3 of Title VI, water service and charges for such
service shall begin and terminate as follows:
a. Every person desiring a new water service, a resumption of water
service, or a termination of water service shall make application therefore to
the city clerk on a form provided by the clerk specifying the location
of the premises for which and the date upon which water service or the
termination thereof is desired. Each
application shall be accompanied by a fee in the amount of ten dollars ($10.00)
for either turning on or off the water supply to the described premises. Applications will be accepted only from
current occupants or owners of the premises described in the application in the
case of applicants for new service.
Applications to terminate service will be accepted only from those
persons who have been paying the water bills for the premises in the past,
except in the case of an owner who can establish that a change in occupancy has
occurred.
b. In the case of applications for new service or resumption
thereof, the application shall also be accompanied by a deposit in the amount
of twenty dollars ($20.00) by the applicant.
The city clerk shall hold same as security for the future payment of
water, sewer, and garbage bills. This
deposit shall be returned to the applicant upon termination of service in
accordance with the above requirements if all bills are paid and recycling
container and lid are returned to City Hall in reusable condition. Otherwise, upon termination of service, the
balance of the deposit, if any, will be returned to the applicant after
applying the deposit towards outstanding bills.
c. Water service may be involuntarily terminated by the City of Ely
for any consumer who has allowed any water, sewer or garbage bill to become
delinquent in the following manner:
(1) The city clerk shall notify each delinquent consumer that water service will be discontinued if payment, including late payment charges, upon all delinquent bills is not received within fifteen (15) days of the date of the notice. The notice shall be in writing and sent by regular first class mail to the delinquent customer at the premises served by the water system or to the customer’s last known address, if different from the served premises.
(2) The
superintendent shall shut off the supply of water to any delinquent
Consumer
who has received the above required notice and who, not having contested the
amount billed in good faith, has failed to make payment by the time demanded in
the notice.
(3) Delinquent
consumers who have had their water service involuntarily terminated in
accordance with
this
paragraph shall be treated as if they were new applicants for service should
they desire a resumption of service except that in addition to the payment of
the turn on fee and a new deposit, all past delinquent bills and charges,
including fee for turning off the water service must be paid before the
application for resumption can be accepted.
d. Upon notice by the City Clerk that all of the above requirements
have been complied with, the superintendent shall either begin or terminate
water service by either turning on or turning off the water supply at the curb
stop, or other stop appropriate to the type of premises served in accordance
with the applicant’s desires as set forth in the application submitted under
6-5-4(10)(a).
e. Upon request, made in writing to the City Clerk, the City may
discontinue billing for water, sewer and sanitation services on a temporary
basis.
(Changed by Ordinance No. 168 10/15/01)
(Changed
by Ordinance No. 171 01/13/03)
6-5-5 REFUSE COLLECTION RATES AND MANNER OF COLLECTION.
1. Manner
of Collection.
a. The City of Ely shall bill the record owner of each property for
the basic service fee for each dwelling unit.
The charges will be billed monthly with the sewer and water bills.
b. The owner of any property whose basic service fee account becomes
delinquent and unpaid for a period of one month from the due date thereof shall
be automatically subject to suspension of service for that property.
c. If unpaid, those charges shall be a lien on the property in
question. They may be collected in the
same manner as delinquent taxes.
d. Tags may be purchased at City Hall or from participating
merchants.
e. Hauler shall weigh in and out at Krob Elevator in such a way to generate separate data for residential and commercial data.
2. Rates.
a. The owner of record shall pay a basic solid waste collection
service fee of $7.00 per month for each dwelling unit.
b. Tags shall cost $1.00 each.
Tags may be purchased at City Hall or from participating merchants. They must be used for refuse and bulky waste
as follows:
(1) Regular Trash:
1 tag to each container, with a limit of 40 pounds per container.
(2) Tags for large items: The following items will require a different colored tag so
marked for special pick-up:
Stove 6
tags
Water heater 6 tags
Refrigerator
or freezer 10 tags
Washer 8
tags
Dryer 6
tags
Air
conditioner 6
tags
Straight-back
chair 1 tag
Stuffed
chair 2
tags
Lamp 1
tag
Sofa 4
tags
Sofa Bed 6
tags
Carpet (12’
x 12’) 4 tags
Mattress 3
tags
Box springs 3 tags
Dresser 4
tags
All other
items 1 tag
per 40 lbs.
(3) Each tag shall cost $1.00.
c. Yard waste tags shall cost $2.00 each. All cans and bundles shall be tagged.
(Changed
by Ordinance No. 129)
6-5-6 RATE OF SEWER RENTAL AND MANNER OF
PAYMENT. Each premise shall pay a sewer
rental in the amount of one hundred twenty-five (125) percent of the bill for water and water service attributable to
the premises for the premises served. Premises having more than one family or
business unit located thereon and served by the sewer system, but having only
one water bill for the entire premises shall be charged the normal rent as set
forth above and, for each additional family or business unit located thereon
and served by a connection to the sewer system, an additional amount of one
hundred twenty-five (125) percent of a minimum water bill under the water works
ordinances and amendments thereto, of the City of Ely, Iowa. Home operated businesses, which are
permitted under residential zoning ordinances of the City of Ely shall not be
considered as an additional business unit under the provisions of this section. The rent shall be paid with the water bill
at the same time as payment of the water bill is due and under the same
condition as to penalty for late payment, at the office of the City Clerk,
beginning with the next payment after the enactment of this Ordinance, or, if
connection has not been made, after the connection to the sewer system is
made. The provisions stated herein
shall apply to each and every premises within the corporate limits of the City
of Ely, except where, in the judgment of the superintendent and the council,
special conditions exist to the extent that the application of the sewer rental
provided herein would be inequitable or unfair to either the city or the
premises, a special rate shall be proposed by the superintendent and submitted
to the council for approval by resolution.
Each premise acquiring a second water meter solely for irrigation
purposes shall not be liable for water permit fee or water tap fee and no sewer
rental fee shall be assessed on that second meter.
(Changed by Ordinance No. 168 10/15/01)
(Changed
by Ordinance No. 171 01/13/03)
6-5-7 DETERMINATION
AND PAYMENT OF SEWER RENT FROM PREMISES WITH PRIVATE WATER
SYSTEMS. Users whose premises have a private water
system shall pay a sewer rent set by the council by an estimate agreed to by
the property owner or by metering the water system. The rates shall be the same as provided in Section 6-5-4 applied
as if a City water bill were to be paid.
Rent shall be paid at the same time and place as provided in Section 6-5-4.
(Changed by Ordinance No. 168 10/15/01)
6-5-8 LIABILITY FOR SANITARY SEWER SERVICE. The owner of the premises served by the
sanitary sewer service shall be severally liable for the sewer service provided
said premises.
(Changed by Ordinance No. 168 10/15/01)
6-5-9 SPECIAL AGREEMENTS FOR SEWER SERVICE
PERMITTED. No statement in this chapter
shall be construed as preventing a special agreement, arrangement or contract
between the council, and any industrial concern whereby industrial waste of
unusual strength or character may be accepted subject to special conditions,
rate and cost as established by the council.
6-5-10 LIENS FOR NON-PAYMENT. Water service, refuse collection, and sewer
rental balances remaining unpaid and delinquent shall constitute a lien upon
the premises served and shall be certified by the clerk to the county auditor
for collection in the same manner as property taxes.
TITLE
VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 6 STREET CUTS
AND EXCAVATIONS
6-6-1 Excavation Permit Required
6-6-2 Permit Application
6-6-3 Traveling on Barricaded Street Prohibited
6-6-4 Use of Parkings
6-6-5 Use of Streets for Business Purposes
6-6-6 Washing Vehicle on Streets Prohibited
6-6-7 Burning Prohibited
6-6-8 Maintenance of Parking or Terrace
6-6-9 Failure to Maintain Parking or Terrace
6-6-10 Dumping of Snow
6-6-11 Driveway Culverts
6-6-12 Rules and Regulations
6‑6‑1 EXCAVATION PERMIT REQUIRED. Excavating within the right‑of‑way
of public streets and alleys, and of public grounds, and the cutting of
surfacing or pavings of the traveled way therein, shall not be done by any
person, firm, association, or corporation without obtaining a permit from the
City Clerk.
6-6-2 PERMIT APPLICATION.
1. Application. Before such permit shall be granted, the
person shall file with the city a written application. The application shall give an exact
description of the property, by lot and street number, in front of or along
which it is desired to excavate, state the purpose and for whom and by whom the
excavation is to be made, and who will be responsible for the refilling of said
ditch and restoration of the street surface.
2. Public
Convenience. Streets and alleys shall
be opened in the manner which will cause the least inconvenience to the public
and admit the uninterrupted passage of water along the gutter on the street.
3. Barricades
and Lighting. Adequate barricades and
warning lights meeting standards specified by the city shall be so placed as to
protect the public from hazard. Any
costs incurred by the city in providing or maintaining adequate barricades or
warning lights shall be paid to the city by the permit holder.
4. Bond
Required. The applicant shall post with
the city a penal bond in the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000) issued by a
surety company authorized to issue such bonds in the State of Iowa. The bond shall guarantee the permitee’s
payment for any damage done to the city or to public property, and payment of
all costs incurred by the city in the course of administration of this section.
5. Restoration
of Public Property. Streets, sidewalks,
parkways and other public property disturbed in the course of the work shall be
restored in a manner satisfactory to the city, at the expense of the property
owner.
6. Inspection. All work shall be subject to inspection by
the city. Backfill shall not be deemed
completed, nor resurfacing of any improved street surface begun, until such
backfill is inspected and approved by the city. The permit holder shall provide the city with notice at least
twenty-four hours prior to the time when inspection of backfill is desired.
7. Completion
by the City. Should any excavation in
any street or alley be left open or unfinished, for a period of twenty-four
hours or should the work be improperly done, the city shall have the right to
finish or correct such work and the expense shall be charged to the permit
holder and/or property owner.
8. Property
Owner’s Responsibility. All costs and
expenses incident to the excavation shall be borne by the permit holder and
owner. The permit holder and owner
shall indemnify the city from any loss or damage that may directly or
indirectly be occasioned by such excavation.
9. Permit
Issued. Upon approval of the
application and filing of bond, a permit shall be issued.
6-6-3 TRAVELING ON BARRICADED STREET PROHIBITED. It shall be unlawful for any person to
travel or operate any vehicle on any street or public way temporarily closed by
barricades, lights, signs, or flares placed thereon by the authority or
permission of any city official, police officer, or member of the fire
department.
6-6-4 USE OF PARKINGS. It shall be unlawful to temporarily or permanently park, store,
or place any car, truck, vehicle, junk, or any other goods, wares, and
merchandise of any kind upon any street parking without permission of the
council.
6-6-5 USE OF STREETS FOR BUSINESS PURPOSES. It shall be unlawful to park, store, or
place machinery, or any other goods, wares, and merchandise of any kind upon
any street for the purpose of storage, exhibition, sale, or offering same for
sale, without permission of the council.
6-6-6 WASHING VEHICLE ON STREETS PROHIBITED. It shall be unlawful for any person to use
any public sidewalk or street for the purpose of washing or cleaning any
automobile, truck equipment, or any vehicle of any kind when such work is done
for hire or as a business. This shall
not be construed to prevent any person from washing or cleaning his own vehicle
or equipment when it is lawfully parked in the street.
6-6-7 BURNING PROHIBITED. No person shall burn any trash, leaves, rubbish, or other
combustible material in any curb and gutter or on any paved or surfaced street.
6-6-8 MAINTENANCE OF PARKING OR TERRACE. It shall be the responsibility of the
abutting property owner to maintain all property outside the lot and property
lines and inside the curb lines upon the public streets, except that the
abutting property owner shall not be required to remove diseased trees or dead
wood on the publicly owned property or right-of-way.
6-6-9 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN PARKING OR TERRACE. If the abutting property owner does not
perform an action required under the above section within a reasonable time,
the city may perform the required action and assess the costs against the
abutting property for collection in the same manner as a property tax.
6-6-10 DUMPING OF SNOW. It shall be unlawful for any person to
throw, push, or place or cause to be thrown, pushed or placed, any ice or snow
from private property, sidewalks, or driveways onto the traveled way of streets
so as to obstruct gutters, or impede the passage of vehicles upon the street or
to create a hazardous condition therein; except where, in the cleaning of large
commercial drives in the business district it is absolutely necessary to move the
snow onto the streets temporarily, such accumulation shall be removed promptly
by the property owner or his agent, and only after first making arrangements
for such prompt removal at the owner’s cost of the accumulation within a
reasonably short time.
6-6-11 DRIVEWAY CULVERTS. The property owner shall, at his own
expense, install any culvert deemed necessary under any driveway or any other
access to his property, and before installing a culvert, permission must first
be obtained from the city. In the event
repairs are needed at any time with respect to culverts, it shall be the
responsibility of the property owner to make such repairs, and, in the event he
fails to do so, the city shall have the right to make the repairs. If the property owner fails to reimburse the
city for the cost of said repairs, the cost shall be certified to the county
auditor and specially assessed against the property as by law provided.
6‑6‑12 RULES AND REGULATIONS. The City Council may by resolution establish
such rules and regulations for the manner of making cuts and related matters
involving excavations.
TITLE VI
PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 7 STREET AND SIDEWALK GRADES
6-7-1 Established Grades 6-7-2 Record Maintained
6-7-1 ESTABLISHED GRADES. The grades of all streets, alleys, and sidewalks, which have been
heretofore established by ordinance are hereby confirmed, ratified, and
established as official grades.
6-7-2 RECORD MAINTAINED. The clerk shall maintain a record of all established grades and
furnish information concerning such grades upon request.
Editor’s
Note: The following
ordinances not codified herein, and specifically saved from repeal, have been
adopted establishing street and/or sidewalk grades and remain in full force and
effect.
TITLE VI
PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER
8 SIDEWALK REGULATIONS
6-8-1 Purpose
6-8-2 Definitions
6-8-3 Cleaning Snow, Ice, and
Accumulations
6-8-4 Maintenance Responsibility
6-8-5 Liability of Abutting Owner
6-8-6 City May Order Repairs
6-8-7 Ordering Sidewalk Improvements
6-8-8 Repairing Defective Sidewalks
6-8-9 Notice of Inability to Repair or Barricade
6-8-10 Standard Sidewalk Specifications
6-8-11 Permits for Construction or Removal
6-8-12 Indemnification
6-8-13 Failure to Obtain Permit; Remedies
6-8-14 Inspection and Approval
6-8-15 Barricades and Warning Lights
6-8-16 Interference with Sidewalk
Improvements
6-8-17 Special Assessments for Construction
and Repair
6-8-18 Notice of Assessment for Repair or
Cleaning Costs
6-8-19 Hearing and Assessment
6-8-20 Billing and Certifying to County
6-8-21 Awnings
6-8-22 Encroaching Steps
6-8-23 Openings and Enclosures
6-8-24 Fires on Sidewalks
6-8-25 Fuel on Sidewalk
6-8-26 Defacing
6-8-27 Merchandise Display
6-8-28 Sales Stands or Vending Machines
6-8-1 PURPOSE.
The purpose of this chapter is to improve and maintain sidewalks in a
safe condition, to require owners of abutting property to maintain, repair,
replace, construct or reconstruct sidewalks.
6-8-2 DEFINITIONS.
As used in this chapter, the following terms have these meanings:
1.
Defective Sidewalk. Any public
sidewalk exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics:
a. vertical separations equal to three-fourths (3/4) inch or more.
b. horizontal separations equal to three-fourths (3/4) inch or more.
c. holes or depressions equal to three-fourths (3/4) inch or more
and at least four (4) inches in diameter.
d. spalling over fifty (50) percent of the surface of a single
square of the sidewalk with one or more depressions equal to one-half (1/2)
inch or more.
e. spalling over less than fifty (50) percent of a single square of
the sidewalk with one or more depressions equal to three-fourths (3/4) inch or
more.
f. a single square of sidewalk cracked in such a manner that no part
thereof has a piece greater than one square foot.
g. a sidewalk with any part thereof missing to the full depth.
h. a change from design or construction grade equal to or greater
than three-fourths (3/4) inch per foot.
2.
Sidewalk Improvements. The construction,
reconstruction, repair, replacement, or removal of a public sidewalk or the
excavating, filling, or depositing of material in the public right-of-way in
connection therewith.
3.
Owner. The person owning the fee
title or the contract purchaser for purposes of notification required
herein. For all other purposes,
"owner" shall include the lessee, or person in possession.
4.
Established Grade. That grade
established by this city for the particular area in which a sidewalk is to be
constructed.
5.
Once-course Construction.
Placing the full thickness of the concrete at one time, using the same
mixture throughout.
6.
Portland Cement Concrete. Any
type of cement except bituminous cement.
7.
Sidewalk. All permanent public
walks in business, residential, or suburban areas.
6-8-3 CLEANING SNOW, ICE, AND ACCUMULATIONS. It shall be the duty of the owner to keep
sidewalks abutting the owner's property clear of the natural accumulations of
snow or ice. If the owner fails to do
so within twenty four (24) hours after deposit of accumulation, the Mayor may
have the natural accumulations of snow or ice removed without notice to the
property owner. The Mayor shall give
the Council an itemized and verified statement of the removal costs and a legal
description of the property at the next regular Council meeting. The costs shall be reviewed by the Council,
and if found correct, shall be assessed against the property as taxes. The City Clerk shall be directed to certify
the costs to the County Auditor for collection as provided in Section 364.12 of
the Code of Iowa.
6-8-4 MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY. The abutting property owner or owners shall
be responsible for the repair, replacement or reconstruction of all broken or
defective sidewalks to a safe condition and to maintain in a safe condition all
sidewalks in the abutting street right-of-way.
6-8-5 LIABILITY OF ABUTTING OWNER. In the event the
owner of property abutting any public sidewalk fails or refuses to perform any
act required of them by this Ordinance and in the event an action is brought
against the City for personal injuries alleged to have been caused by a defect
in or the condition of said sidewalk, the City may notify in writing the said
abutting owner that it claims the injury was caused by their negligence and/or
their failure to repair the defect or eliminate the condition complained
of. The notice shall state the pendency
of the action, the name of the plaintiff, the name and location of the court
where the action is pending, a brief statement of the alleged facts from which
the cause arose, that the City believes that the person notified is liable to
it for any judgment rendered against the City, and asking the person to appear
and defend.
A
judgment obtained in the suit is conclusive in any action by the City against
any person so notified, as to the existence of the defect or condition or other
cause of the injury or damage, as to the liability of the City to the plaintiff
in the first named action, and as to the amount of the damage or injury. The City may maintain an action against the
person notified to recover the amount of the judgment together with all the
expenses incurred by the City in the suit.
6-8-6 CITY MAY ORDER REPAIRS. If the abutting property owner does not maintain
sidewalks as required the council may serve notice on such owner, by certified
mail, requiring him to repair, replace, or reconstruct sidewalks within a
reasonable time and if such action is not completed within the time stated in
the notice the council may require the work to be done and assess the costs
against the abutting property for collection in the same manner as a property
tax.
6-8-7 ORDERING SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENTS. The City Council may by resolution order the
construction, reconstruction, repair, or replacement of permanent sidewalks
upon any street or court. If the owners
of a majority of the linear feet of the property fronting on the improvement,
petition the council therefore, new permanent sidewalks shall not be required
unless three-fourths (3/4) of all the members of the council, by resolution,
order the making thereof, all in accordance with state law for special
assessments. Notice of this order shall
be sent to the owner by certified mail.
The notice shall include the fact that the owner may request a hearing
by the Council within fifteen (15) days or receipt of the notice.
6-8-8 REPAIRING DEFECTIVE SIDEWALKS. It shall be the duty of the abutting
property owner at any time, or upon receipt of thirty (30) days' notice from
the City, to repair, replace, or reconstruct all broken or defective sidewalks
in the abutting street right-of-way.
If, after the expiration of the thirty (30) days as provided in the
notice, the required work has not been done or is not in the process of completion,
the Mayor shall order the work to proceed to repair, replace, or reconstruct
the sidewalk. Upon completion of the
work, the Mayor shall submit to the Council an itemized and verified statement
of expenditures for material and labor, and the legal description of the
property abutting the sidewalk on which work has been performed. These costs shall be assessed to the
property as taxes. The City Clerk shall
be directed to certify the costs to the County Treasurer for collection as
provided in Section 364.12 of the Code of Iowa.
6-8-9 NOTICE OF INABILITY TO REPAIR OR
BARRICADE. It shall be the duty of the
owner of the property abutting the sidewalk, or of the contractor or agent of
the owner, to notify the City immediately in the event the owner is unable to
make necessary sidewalk improvements or to install or erect warnings and
barricades as required by this chapter.
6-8-10 STANDARD SIDEWALK SPECIFICATIONS. Sidewalks constructed, repaired, or replaced
under the provisions of this chapter shall be of the following construction and
meet the following standards:
1.
Portland cement concrete shall be the only material used in the
construction and repair of sidewalks unless otherwise authorized by the City
Council.
2.
Sidewalks shall be on one-course construction.
3.
Concrete may be placed directly on compact and well-drained soil. Where soil is not well drained, a three (3) or a four (4) inch sub-base of compact,
clean, coarse gravel, sand, or cinders shall be laid. The adequacy of the soil drainage is to be determined by the city
engineer.
4.
The sidewalk bed shall be graded to the established grade.
5.
Residential sidewalks shall be at least four (4) feet wide, or match
existing sidewalks, and four (4) inches thick, and each section shall be no
more than four (4) feet in length. In
the central business district, sidewalks shall extend from the property line to
the curb unless the Council shall establish a different distance due to the
circumstances. Each section shall be
four (4) inches thick and no more than six (6) feet in length and width. All driveway areas shall not be less than
six (6) inches in thickness.
6.
Residential sidewalks shall be located with the inner edge (edge nearest
the abutting private property) on the property line, unless the Council shall
establish a different distance due to the circumstances.
7.
All elevations of sidewalks are to be established by the City Council
with assistance from the Superintendent of Public Works on a case-by-case
basis.
8.
All sidewalks shall slope at least one-quarter (1/4) inch per foot
toward the curb, but in no event more than one-half (1/2) inch per foot toward
the curb.
9.
All sidewalks shall have a finish according to standard sidewalk
specifications in standard engineering practices.
10.
Ramps for the handicapped. There
shall not be less than two (2) curb cuts or ramps per lineal block which shall
be located on or near the cross-walks at intersections. Each curb cut or ramp shall be at last
thirty (30) inches wide, shall be sloped at not greater than one inch of rise
per twelve (12) inches lineal distance, except that a slope no greater than one
inch of rise per eight (8) inches lineal distance may be used where necessary,
shall have a nonskid surface, and shall otherwise by so constructed as to allow
reasonable access to the crosswalk for physically handicapped persons using the
sidewalk.
11.
All sidewalk improvements on public property, whether performed by the
owner of the abutting property or by the City, shall be performed under the
supervision and inspection of the City, and in accordance with the standard
sidewalk specifications set forth in this chapter.
12.
Grade. Curb tops shall be on
level with the center line of the street which shall be the established grade.
13. Elevations. The street edge of a sidewalk shall be at an
elevation even with the curb at the curb or not less than one-half (1/2) inch
above the curb for each foot between the curb and the sidewalk.
6-8-11 PERMITS FOR CONSTRUCTION OR REMOVAL. No person shall make any sidewalk
improvements unless such person shall obtain a permit from the City Clerk. The permit shall state that the person will
comply with the Ordinances of the City and with the specifications for
sidewalks adopted by the City. The
permit also shall state that the work will be done with the approval of the
City. All such permits shall be issued
without charge and a copy thereof, with the application, shall be filed and
preserved in the office of the City Clerk.
The permit shall state when the work is to be commenced and when the
work is to be completed. The time of
completion for the sidewalk improvements may be extended by the City
Council. All permits for sidewalk
improvements not ordered by resolution of the City Council shall be issued in
compliance with this chapter. The City
Council may withhold the issuance of any permit for any sidewalk improvements
for a sufficient period to determine the necessity for the proposed
improvements or when weather conditions will adversely affect the sidewalk
improvements.
6-8-12 INDEMNIFICATION. Any person securing a permit as required
above shall agree to hold the city free from all liability for damages on
account of injuries received by anyone through negligence of such person of his
agents or employees in making the sidewalk improvements, or by reason of such
person’s failure to properly guard the premises.
6-8-13 FAILURE TO OBTAIN PERMIT; REMEDIES. Whenever any sidewalk improvements are made
that do not conform to the provisions of this chapter and with the
specifications, or when any sidewalk improvements are made without a permit,
the Mayor shall serve notice to obtain a permit upon the property owner and
upon the contractor doing the work. If
the sidewalk is in the course of construction, the notice shall order the work
to stop until a permit is obtained and the work is corrected to comply with the
specifications. If the sidewalk work
has been completed, the owner shall obtain a permit immediately and perform any
needed corrections within five (5) days from receipt of the permit. If the owner fails to comply with this
notice, the Mayor shall have the work completed and the costs assessed to the
property owner as provided in this chapter.
6-8-14 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL. Upon final completion, the City shall
inspect the work and may order corrections if the work does not meet
specifications. When the work does meet
all requirements of this chapter, the specifications, and the permit, the City
shall indicate this on both copies of the permit.
6-8-15 BARRICADES AND WARNING LIGHTS. Whenever any material of any kind shall be
deposited on any street, avenue, highway, passageway, or alley when sidewalk
improvements are being made or when any sidewalk is in a dangerous condition,
it shall be the duty of all persons having an interest therein, either as the
constructor or the owner, agent, or lessee of the property in front of or along
which such material may be deposited, or such dangerous condition exists, to
put in conspicuous places at each end of such sidewalk and at each end of any
pile of material deposited in the street, a sufficient number of approved
warning lights or flares, and to keep them lighted during the entire night and
to erect sufficient barricades both at night and in the daytime to secure the
same. The party or parties using the
street for any of the purposes specified in this chapter shall be liable for
all injuries or damage to persons or property arising from any wrongful act or
negligence of the party or parties, or their agents or employees or for any
misuse of the privileges conferred by this chapter or of any failure to comply
with provisions hereof.
6-8-16 INTERFERENCE WITH SIDEWALK
IMPROVEMENTS. No person shall knowingly
or willfully drive any vehicle upon any portion of any sidewalk or approach
thereto while it is in the process of being improved, or upon any portion of
any completed sidewalk or approach thereto, or shall remove or destroy any part
or all of any sidewalk or approach thereto, or shall remove, destroy, mar, or
deface any sidewalk at any time or destroy, mar, remove, or deface any notice
or warning device provided by this chapter.
6-8-17 SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
REPAIR. The City Council may assess the
cost of initial construction, improvements, and/or repair of sidewalks in the
City according to the special assessment procedures established in Chapter 384,
division IV, Code of Iowa.
6-8-18 NOTICE OF ASSESSMENT FOR REPAIR OR
CLEANING COSTS. When the Mayor submits
a bill for sidewalk improvements or for removal of accumulations as provided in
this chapter, the City Clerk shall send a notice of such facts to the owner of
the abutting property. The notice may
be given either by personal service or by certified mail to the last known
address of the owner. The notice shall
contain a statement of the work performed, the cost of the work that is being
assessed, a description of the property affected, and the fact that the person
may pay the amount assessed within thirty (30) days without interest or
penalty. The notice also shall indicate
that the person may object to such assessment and given the place and time at
which Council will hear such objections.
The time set for hearing shall be at least fifteen (15) days after the
service or mailing of the notice.
6-8-19 HEARING AND ASSESSMENT. At the time and place designed in the
Notice, the Council shall consider all objections to the assessment, correct
all errors or omissions, and adopt a corrected list as the amounts to be
assessed against the property.
6-8-20 BILLING AND CERTIFYING TO COUNTY. Thirty (30) days after the Council's
decision, the City Clerk shall certify any unpaid amounts to the County
Treasurer. The unpaid assessments shall
constitute a lien against the property and shall be collected by the County
Treasurer in the same manner as other taxes.
Any assessment that exceeds $100 may be paid in installments as set by
Council, not exceeding ten, in the same manner and at the same interest rates
as for special assessments under Chapter 384, division IV, Code of Iowa. No interest shall be charged for
assessments, or parts thereof, paid within thirty (30) days of the time the
Council determined the final amounts.
6-8-21 AWNINGS.
It shall be unlawful for a person to erect or maintain any awning over
any sidewalk unless all parts of the awning are elevated at least seven (7)
feet above the surface of the street or sidewalk and the roof or covering is
made of duck, canvas, or other suitable material supported by iron frames or
brackets securely fastened to the building, without any posts or other device
that will obstruct the sidewalk or hinder or interfere with the free passage of
pedestrians.
6-8-22 ENCROACHING STEPS. It shall be unlawful for a person to erect
or maintain any stairs or steps to any building upon any part of any sidewalk
without permission by resolution of the council.
6-8-23 OPENINGS AND ENCLOSURES. It shall be unlawful for a person to:
1. Stairs
and Railings. Construct or build a stairway
or passageway to any cellar or basement by occupying any part of the sidewalk,
or to enclose any portion of a sidewalk with a railing without permission by
resolution of the council.
2. Openings. Keep open any cellar door, grating, or cover
to any vault on any sidewalk except while in actual use with adequate guards to
protect the public.
3. Protect
Openings. Neglect to properly protect
or barricade all openings on or within six (6) feet of any sidewalk.
6-8-24 FIRES ON SIDEWALKS. It shall be unlawful for a person to make a
fire of any kind on any sidewalk.
6-8-25 FUEL ON SIDEWALK. It shall be unlawful for a person to place
or allow any fuel to remain upon any sidewalk.
6-8-26 DEFACING. It shall be unlawful for a person to scatter or place any paste,
paint, or writing on any sidewalk.
6-8-27 MERCHANDISE DISPLAY. It shall be unlawful for a person to place
upon or above any sidewalk, any goods or merchandise for sale or for display in
such a manner as to interfere with the free and uninterrupted passage of
pedestrians on the sidewalk; in no case shall more than three (3) feet of the
sidewalk next to the building be occupied for such purposes.
6-8-28 SALES STANDS OR VENDING MACHINES. It shall be unlawful for a person to erect
or keep any stand or vending machines for the sale of fruit, vegetables, candy,
soft drinks, or other substances or commodities on any sidewalk without first
obtaining a written permit from the council.
TITLE
VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
6-9-1 Naming New Streets 6-9-4 Official Street Name Map
6-9-2 Changing Name of Street 6-9-5 Revision of Street Name Map
6-9-3 Recording Street Names
6-9-1 NAMING NEW STREETS. New streets shall be assigned names in accordance with the
following:
1. Extension
of Existing Street. Streets added to
the city that are natural extensions of existing streets shall be assigned the
name of the existing street.
2. Ordinance. All street names, except streets named as a
part of subdivision or platting procedure, shall be named by ordinance.
3. Planning
Commission. Proposed street names shall
be referred to the planning commission for review and recommendation.
6-9-2 CHANGING NAME OF STREET. The council maychange the name of a street.
6-9-3 RECORDING STREET NAMES. Following adoption of an ordinance naming or
changing the name of a street, the mayor and clerk shall certify and file a
copy thereof with the county recorder and county auditor.
6-9-4 OFFICIAL STREET NAME MAP. Streets within the city are named as shown
on the Official Street Name Map which is hereby adopted by reference and
declared to be a part of this chapter.
The Official Street Name Map shall be identified by the signature of the
mayor and bearing the seal of the city under the following words: “This is to certify that this is the
Official Street Name Map referred to in Section 6-9-4 of the City Code of Ely,
Iowa.”
6-9-5 REVISION OF STREET NAME MAP. If in accordance with the provisions of this
chapter, changes are made in street names, such changes shall be entered on the
Official Street Name Map promptly after amendment has been approved by the
council with an entry on the Official Street Name Map as follows: “On (date) , by official action of the city council, the following
changes were made in the Official Street Name Map: (brief description) ,” which entry shall
be signed by the mayor and attested by the clerk. No amendment to this article which involves naming or changing
the name of a street shall become effective until after such change and entry
has been made on said map.
TITLE VI
PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 10 VACATION AND DISPOSAL
6-10-1 Power to Vacate 6-10-4 Findings Required
6-10-2 Plan Commission 6-10-5 Disposal of Streets or Alleys
6-10-3 Notice of Vacation Hearing 6-10-6 Disposal by Gift Limited
6-10-1 POWER TO VACATE. When, in the judgment of the council, it would be in the best
interest of the city to vacate a street or alley or portion thereof, they may
do so in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.
6-10-2 PLAN COMMISSION. Any proposal to vacate a street or alley shall be referred by the
council to the planning commission for its study and recommendation prior to
further consideration by the council.
The planning commission shall submit a written report including
recommendations to the council within thirty (30) days of the date the proposed
vacation was referred to it.
6-10-3 NOTICE OF VACATION HEARING. The council shall cause to be published a
notice of public hearing at which time the proposal to vacate shall be
considered.
6-10-4 FINDINGS REQUIRED. No street or alley, or portion thereof, shall be vacated unless
the council finds that:
1. Public
Use. The street or alley proposed to be
vacated is not needed for the use of the public, and therefore, its maintenance
at public expense is no longer justified.
2. Abutting
Property. The proposed vacation will
not deny owners of property abutting on the street or alley reasonable access
to their property.
6-10-5 DISPOSAL OF STREETS OR ALLEYS. When in the judgment of the council it would
be in the best interest of the city to dispose of a vacated street or alley, or
portion thereof, they may do so by resolution following notice and hearing.
6-10-6 DISPOSAL BY GIFT LIMITED. The city may not dispose of a vacated street
or alley, or portion thereof, by gift except to a governmental body for a
public purpose.
Editor’s
Note: The following
ordinances, not codified herein and specifically saved from repeal, have been
adopted vacating certain streets and/or alleys and remain in full force and
effect.
|
Ordinance |
Adopted |
|
27 |
March
9, 1923 |
|
73 |
June
17, 1976 |
|
113 |
July
10, 1989 |
Resolution
Adopted Street Vacated
98-0216-06
Feb. 16, 1998 Portion of Worley Lane
00-0410-17 Apr. 10, 2000 Portion of Rogers Creek
Road
01-0716-36 July 16, 2001 Rowley Street Extension
TITLE VI
PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 11 PURCHASE OF CITY SERVICES
6-11-1 Purpose 6-11-4 Collection of Fee
6-11-2 Services and Fee 6-11-5 Additional Compensation of Employee
6-11-3 Services to be Performed by City 6-11-6 Use of City Property
Employees
6-11-1 PURPOSE.
This chapter hereby allows the City of Ely, Iowa to establish rates for
the provision of certain services to its residents.
6-11-2 SERVICES AND FEE. The City Council shall establish by resolution the fee to be
charged for each service.
6-11-3 SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY CITY
EMPLOYEES. All services in which
equipment belonging to the city is used shall be performed by persons employed
by the City of Ely, Iowa. Equipment
belonging to the City of Ely, Iowa, may not be operated, moved, used, or
otherwise manipulated by anyone except by persons employed by the City of Ely,
Iowa.
6-11-4 COLLECTION OF FEE. At the time an authorized service is performed by the City,
payment of the fee, as established by resolution, shall be made by the property
owner to the City Clerk.
6-11-5 ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OF EMPLOYEE. It shall be unlawful for any person employed
by the City of Ely, Iowa, while providing authorized services to a resident or
residents, to request, demand, or receive any compensation other than that fee
collected by the City Clerk as set by resolution of the City Council.
6-11-6 USE OF CITY PROPERTY. It shall be unlawful for any person employed
by the City of Ely, Iowa, to use or permit to be used by another person the
property or equipment owned by the City of Ely, Iowa, for any private purpose
or for personal gain, to the detriment of the City of Ely, Iowa.
TITLE VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 12 PLANNING AND ZONING
COMMISSION
6-12-1 Planning
and Zoning Commission 6-12-4 Compensation
6-12-2 Term
of Office 6-12-5 Powers and Duties
6-12-3 Vacancies
6-12-1 PLANNING
AND ZONING COMMISSION. There shall be a
city planning and zoning commission, hereinafter referred to as the commission,
consisting of seven (7) members, who shall be citizens of the city and qualified
by knowledge or experience to act in matters pertaining to the development of a
city plan and who shall not hold elective office in the city government,
appointed by the council.
6-12-2 TERM
OF OFFICE. The term of office of the
members of the commission shall be five (5) years. The terms of not more than one-third of the members will expire
in any one year.
6-12-3 VACANCIES. If any vacancy shall exist on the commission
caused by resignation, or otherwise, a successor of the residue of said term shall
be appointed in the same manner as the original appointee.
6-12-4 COMPENSATION. All members of the commission shall serve
without compensation, except their actual expenses, which shall be subject to
the approval of the council.
6-12-5 POWERS
AND DUTIES. The commission shall have
and exercise the following powers and duties:
1. Selection of Officers. The commission shall choose annually at its
first regular meeting one of its members to act as chairman and another as vice-chairman,
who shall perform all the duties of the chairman during his absence or
disability.
2. Adopt Rules and Regulations. The commission shall adopt such rules and
regulations governing its organization and procedure as it may deem necessary.
3. Annual Report. The commission shall each year make a report
to the mayor and council of its proceedings, with a full statement of its
receipts, disbursements and the progress of its work during the preceding year.
4. Appointment of Assistants. Subject to the limitations contained in this
chapter as to the expenditure of funds, it may appoint such assistants as it
may deem necessary and prescribe and define their respective duties and fix and
regulate the compensation to be paid to the several persons employed by it.
5. Comprehensive Plan. It shall have full power and authority to
make or cause to be made such surveys, studies, maps, plans, or charts of the
whole or any portion of the city or of any land outside thereof, which in the
opinion of the commission bears relation to the comprehensive plan and shall
bring to the attention of the council and may publish its studies and
recommendations.
6. Comprehensive Plan:
Preparation. For the purpose of making
a comprehensive plan for the physical development of the city, the commission
shall make careful and comprehensive studies of present conditions and future
growth of the city and with due regard to its relation to neighboring
territory. The plan shall be made with
the general purpose of guiding and accomplishing a coordinated, adjusted, and
harmonious development of the city and its environs which will, in accordance
with the present and future needs, best promote health, safety, morals, order,
convenience, prosperity, and general welfare, as well as efficiency and economy
in the process of development.
7. Comprehensive Plan: Public
Hearing. Before adopting a
comprehensive plan as referred to in the preceding paragraph, or any part of
it, or any substantial amendment thereof, the commission shall hold at least
one public hearing thereon, notice of the time of which shall be given by one
publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the city not less than
seven (7) or more than twenty (20) days before the date of the hearing. However, in no case shall the public hearing
be held earlier than the next regularly scheduled council meeting following the
published notice. The adoption of the
plan or part or amendment thereof shall be by resolution of the commission
carried by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the members of
the commission. After adoption of said
plan by the commission an attested copy thereof shall be certified to the
council and the council may approve the same.
When said plan or any modification or amendment thereof shall receive
the approval of the council, the said plan until subsequently modified of
amended as herein authorized shall constitute the official city plan.
(Amended
by Ordinance No. 117)
8. Comprehensive Plan: Amendments. When the comprehensive plan as herein before
provided has been adopted no substantial amendment or modification thereof
shall be made without such proposed change first being referred to the
commission for its recommendations. If the
commission disapproves the proposed change it may be adopted by the council
only by the affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the members of
said council.
9. Recommendations of
Improvements. No statuary, memorial or
work of art in a public place, and no public building, bridge, viaduct, street
fixtures, public structure or appurtenances, shall be located or erected, or
site therefore obtained, nor shall any permit be issued by any department of
the city for the erection or location thereof until and unless the design and
proposed location of any such improvement shall have been submitted to the commission and its recommendations
thereon obtained, except such requirements and recommendations shall not act as
a stay upon action for any such improvement when the commission after thirty
(30) days’ written notice requesting such recommendations, shall have failed to
file same.
10. Review and Comment on Plats. All plans, plats, or re-plats of subdivision
or re-subdivisions of land embraced in the city or adjacent thereto, laid out
in lots or plats with the streets, alleys, or other portions of the same
intended to be dedicated to the public in the city, shall first be submitted to
the commission and its recommendations obtained before approval of the council.
11. Review and Comment of Street and Park
Improvements. No plan for any street,
park, parkway, boulevard, traffic-way, river front, or other public improvement
affecting the city plan shall be finally approved by the city or the character
or location thereof determined, unless such proposal shall first have been
submitted to the commission and the latter shall have had thirty (30) days
within which to file its recommendations thereon.
12. Zoning. The commission shall have and exercise all the powers and duties
and privileges in preparing and amending the city zoning code as provided by
Chapter 414 of the Code of Iowa.
13. Fiscal Responsibilities. The commission shall have full, complete and
exclusive authority to expend for and on behalf of the city all sums of money
appropriated to it, and to use and expend all gifts, donations or payments
whatsoever which are received by the city for planning and zoning purposes.
14. Limitation on Entering Contracts. The commission shall have no power to
contract debts beyond the amount of its income for the present year.
TITLE VI PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
6-13-1 Adoption and Repeal 6-13-11 Non-Conforming Uses
6-13-2 Short Title 6-13-12 Administration and Enforcement
6-13-3 Intent and Purpose 6-13-13 Permits and Fees
6-13-4 Rules and Definitions 6-13-14 Board of Adjustment
6-13-5 Establishment of Districts and Official 6-13-15 Interpretation
of Provisions
Zoning Map 6-13-16 Violations and Penalties
6-13-6 Schedules of District Regulations 6-13-17 Changes and Amendments
6-13-7 Sign Regulations 6-13-18 Effective Date
6-13-8 Fence and Hedge Regulations
6-13-9 Supplementary District Regulations
6-13-10 Application of District Regulations
6-13-1 ADOPTION
AND REPEAL. This is an Ordinance
establishing comprehensive zoning regulations for the City of Ely, Iowa, and
providing for the administrative enforcement, and amendment thereof; and to
repeal all Ordinances or resolutions in conflict therewith. This Ordinance is adopted by authority of,
and for the purpose set forth in the Code of Iowa and shall be codified as
Chapter 5 of the Municipal Code, City of Ely, Iowa.
6-13-2 SHORT TITLE.
This Ordinance shall be known, cited, and referred to as the Ely Zoning
Ordinance of 1992.
6-13-3 INTENT AND PURPOSE. The Ely Zoning Ordinance, as set forth in the text and map which
constitute this Ordinance, is adopted with the purpose of improving and
protecting the public health, safety, comfort, convenience, and general welfare
of the people and in accordance with the Code of Iowa Chapter 414.3 (1991). The
fulfillment of this purpose is to be accomplished by seeking:
1. To lessen congestion on the
public streets.
2. To avoid undue concentration
of population.
3.
To prevent the overcrowding of land, thereby ensuring proper living and working
conditions and preventing the development of blight and slums.
4.
To establish adequate standards for the provision of light, air, and open
spaces.
5.
To facilitate the provision of adequate transportation, and of other public
requirements and services such as water, sewerage, schools, and parks.
6.
To zone all properties with a view to conserving the value of buildings and
encouraging the most appropriate use of land throughout the City.
7.
To protect residential, business, commercial, and industrial areas alike from
harmful encroachment by incompatible uses and to ensure that land allocated to
a class of uses shall not be usurped by other inappropriate uses.
8.
To avoid the inappropriate development of lands and provide for adequate
drainage, curbing of erosion, and reduction of flood damage.
9. To fix reasonable standards to
which buildings and structures shall conform.
10.
To prevent such additions to, and alterations or remodeling of, existing
buildings or structures as would not comply with the restrictions or
limitations imposed herein.
11.
To foster a more rational pattern of relationship between residential,
business, commercial, and manufacturing uses for the mutual benefit of all.
12.
To isolate or control the location of unavoidable nuisance-producing uses.
13. To prescribe penalties for any violation of the
provisions of this Ordinance or of any amendment thereto.
6-13-4 RULES
AND DEFINITIONS. In the interpretation
of this Ordinance the rules and definitions of this Section shall be observed
and applied, except when the context clearly indicates otherwise.
A. Rules:
1. Words used or
defined in one tense or form shall include other tenses and derivative forms.
2. The word "shall" is mandatory.
3. The word "may" is permissive.
4. The words "municipal code" means the
Municipal Code of the City of Ely.
5. The word
"person" includes individuals, firms, corporations, associations, and
any other similar entities.
6. The word "county" means the County of
Linn, Iowa.
7. The word "City" means the City of Ely.
8. The words "City Council" mean the City
Council of the City of Ely Iowa.
9. The word "state" means the State of Iowa.
10. In case of any difference of
meaning or implication between the text of this Ordinance and any caption or
illustration, the text shall control.
B. Definitions:
1. Accessory Use or
Structure -- A use or structure subordinate to the principal use of a building
or land on the same lot or parcel of ground and serving a purpose customarily
incidental to the use of the principal building or use of land.
2. Agriculture -- Farms and
general farming, including horticulture, floriculture, dairying, livestock and
poultry raising, farm forestry and other similar enterprises or uses, but no
farms shall be operated as piggeries, or for the disposal of garbage, sewage,
rubbish, offal or rendering plants or for the slaughtering of animals, except
such animals as have been raised on the premises or have been maintained on the
premises for the use and consumption of persons residing on the premises. No
land use may be classified as Agriculture unless the said parcel is of at least
ten (10) acres in size.
3. Alley -- Any dedicated public
way affording a secondary means of vehicular access to abutting property, and
not intended for general traffic circulation.
4. Alterations, Structural -- Any
change in the supporting members of a building such as bearing walls, columns,
beams or girders.
5. Apartment -- A room or suite of
rooms used as the dwelling of a family, including bath and culinary accommodations,
located in a building in which there are a multiple of these units.
6. Apartment House -- A building
arranged, intended, designed to be occupied by three or more families living
independently of each other.
7. Balcony -- An unroofed
platform, unenclosed except by a railing, which projects from the outer wall of
any building above ground level with or without support other than the
building.
8. Basement -- That portion of a
building which is partly below grade but having more than one-half its height
above the average grade of the adjoining ground. For the purpose of this
Ordinance a basement shall not be considered a story unless designed or used
for habitable space or business purposes.
9. Bed and Breakfast -- Any
single family or multi-family dwelling unit used for the purpose of overnight
or temporary lodging for one (1) or more persons wherein meals may also be
provided.
10.
Board -- Board of Adjustment as described in Chapter 414.7 of the Code of Iowa.
11. Boarding House -- A
building other than a hotel where, for compensation and by arrangement, meals
or lodging and meals are provided for three (3) or more persons.
12. Building -- Any structure
designed or built for the support, enclosure, shelter or protection of persons,
animals, chattels, or property of any kind.
13. Building, Height Of -- The
vertical distance from the grade to the highest point of the coping of a flat
roof or to the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the average height level
between eaves and ridge for gable, hip and gambrel roofs.
14.
Building Line -- A line formed by the face of the building, and for the
purposes of this Chapter, a minimum building line is the same as a front
set-back line.
15.
Building, Main or Principal -- A building in which is conducted the principal
use of the lot on which it is situated.
16. Cellar -- That portion of
a building partially or wholly, underground, having half or more than half its
clear height below the grade plane. A cellar shall be non-habitable and shall
not be counted as a story.
17. Child Day Care Facility --
A "Child Day Care Facility" is a facility in which six or more
children are received for part or all of a day for care and/or instruction. The
facility shall be approved and licensed by the State of Iowa. The term
"Child Day Care Facility", includes but is not limited to the
following: nursery schools, child care centers, day nurseries, kindergartens,
preschools and play groups, but does not include bona fide kindergartens or
nursery schools operated by public or private elementary or secondary school
systems.
18. Daycare -- The care,
supervision, or guidance of a child by a person other than the parent, guardian,
relative or custodian for periods of two hours or more and less than
twenty-four hours per day per child on a regular basis in a place other than
the child's home.
19. Deck -- A covered or uncovered
platform area projecting from the wall of a building, accessible at or from
above grade, and attached to the ground.
20. Dwelling -- Any building or
portion thereof which is designed for and used exclusively for residential
purposes. Said building shall have an outside dimension of no less than twenty
(20) feet by thirty (30) feet, excluding any attached garage, if any.
21.
Dwelling, Single-Family -- A building designed for or occupied exclusively by
one (1) family.
22. Dwelling, Two-Family -- A
building designed for or occupied exclusively by two (2) families living
independently of each other.
23. Dwelling, Multiple -- A
building designed for or occupied exclusively by more than two (2) families
living independently of each other.
24. Family -- One (1) person or
two (2) or more persons related by direct lineal descent, marriage, adoption or
placement by a governmental or social service agency, occupying a dwelling unit
as a single housekeeping organization. A family may also be two (2), but not
more than two (2) persons not related by blood, marriage or adoption.
25. Family Group Care Home -- A
residential facility having fifteen (15) beds or less providing 24-hour room,
board, personal assistance, and a program of services designed to meet the
special needs of mentally or physically disabled persons who cannot live alone.
The home must be duly approved and licensed as required by applicable state and
local regulations.
26. Farm -- An area of not less
than ten (10) acres which is used for the growing of the usual farm products
such as vegetables, fruits and grain, and their storage on the area, as well as
for the raising thereon of the usual farm poultry and farm animals.
27. Floor Area -- The total
area of all floors of a building as measured to the outside surfaces of
exterior walls and including halls, stairways, elevator shafts, attached
garages, porches, and balconies.
28. Frontage -- All the
property on one side of a street between two intersecting streets (crossing or
terminating), measured along the line of the street, or if the street is dead
ended, then all of the property abutting on one side between an intersecting
street and the dead end of the street.
29. Garage, Private -- A
building that is subordinate or used for the storage of not more than four (4)
motor-driven vehicles owned and used by the occupants of the buildings to which
it is accessory. Not more than one (1) of the vehicles may be a commercial
vehicle and of not more than two (2) ton capacity.
30. Garage, Public -- A
building or portion thereof other than a private or storage garage, designed or
used for equipping, servicing, repairing, hiring, selling, or storing
motor-driven vehicles.
31.
Garage, Self Service Storage Facility -- Means real property designed and used
for the purpose of renting or leasing individual storage space to occupants who
are to have access to the space for the purpose of storing personal property.
32. Garage, Storage -- A
building or portion thereof designed or used exclusively for term storage by
pre-arrangement of motor driven vehicles, as distinguished from daily storage
furnished transients and personal belongings, and at which motor fuels and oils
are not sold, and motor-driven vehicles are not equipped, repaired, hired or
sold.
33. Garden House -- An
accessory structure of not more than 140 square feet in area and having a
height of eight (8) feet or less constructed primarily for storage.
34. Grade -- The average level
of the finished surface of the ground adjacent to the exterior walls of the
building except when any wall approximately parallels and is not more than five
(5) feet from a street line, then the elevation of the street shall be grade.
The purpose is to regulate the number of stories and height of a structure.
35. Home Occupation -- An
accessory use consisting of an occupation or profession carried on by a person
residing on the premises.
36. Hotel -- A residential
building licensed by the State and occupied and used principally as a place of
lodging for guests. Hotels may or may not provide meals and there are usually
no cooking facilities in guest rooms.
37. Institution -- A building
occupied by a non-profit corporation or a non-profit establishment for public
use.
38. Junk Yard -- Any area where
waste, discarded, or salvaged materials are bought, sold, exchanged, baled or
packed, disassembled, or handled, including the dismantling or
"wrecking" of automobiles or other machinery, house wrecking yards,
used lumber yards and places or yards for storage of salvaged house wrecking
and structural steel materials and equipment; but not including areas where
such uses are conducted entirely within a completely enclosed building.
39. Kennel -- An establishment
where small animals are bred, raised, trained, groomed and boarded for
compensation, sale or other commercial purposes.
40. Loading Space -- An
off-street space within the main building or on the same lot providing for the
standing, loading, or unloading of commercial vehicles, having a minimum
dimension of twelve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet and a vertical clearance of
at least fourteen (14) feet.
41. Lot -- A parcel of land
occupied or intended for occupancy by one main building together with its
accessory buildings officially approved and having its principal frontage upon
a dedicated street. The boundaries of the lot shall be determined by its lot
lines.
42.
Lot, Corner -- A lot abutting upon two (2) or more streets at their
intersections.
43.
Lot, Depth Of -- The mean horizontal distance between the front and rear lot
lines.
44. Lot, Double Frontage -- A
lot having a frontage on two (2) non-intersecting streets, as distinguished
from a corner lot.
45.
Lot, Interior -- A lot other than a corner lot.
46.
Lot Lines -- The lines bounding a lot as defined herein:
(a)
Front Lot Line: In the case of an interior lot, that line separating said lot
from the street. In the case of a corner lot, or double frontage lot,
"front lot line" shall mean that line separating said lot from that
street which is designated as the front street in the plat and in the
application for a zoning compliance permit.
(b) Rear
Lot Line: That lot line opposite and most distant front lot line. In the case
of a lot pointed at the rear or triangular shaped, the rear lot line shall be
an imaginary line parallel to the front lot line not less than ten (10) feet
long farthest from the lot line and wholly within the lot.
(c) Side
Lot Line: Any lot line other than the
front lot line or rear lot line. A side lot line separating a lot from a street
is a side street lot line. A side lot line separating a lot from another lot or
lots is an interior side lot line.
47. Lot of Record -- A lot which
is part of a subdivision, the plat of which has been recorded in the office of
the recorder of Linn County.
48. Lot Width -- The width of a
lot measured at the building line and at right angles to its depth where the
minimum building line or setback intersects the side lot lines.
49.
Lot, Reversed Corner -- A corner lot, the rear of which abuts the side of
another lot.
50. Main Building -- A building in
which is conducted the principal use of the lot upon which it is situated.
51. Main Use -- The principal use
to which the premises are devoted and the principal purpose for which the
premises exists.
52. Manufactured Home -- A
factory-built dwelling, which is manufactured or constructed under the
authority or 42 U.S.C. Sec. 5403, Federal Manufactured Home Construction and
Safety Standards, which is not constructed with a permanent hitch or other
device allowing it to be moved other than for the purpose of moving to a
permanent site, and which does not have permanently attached to its body or
frame any wheels or axles. A mobile home constructed to the Federal
Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards is not a manufactured home
unless it has been converted to real property and is taxed as a site built
dwelling as is provided in Code of Iowa (1991), section 135D.26. For the purpose
of any of these regulations, manufactured homes shall be considered the same as
a single-family detached dwelling.
53. Mobile Home -- A vehicle
without motive power used, or so originally constructed as to permit being
used, as a conveyance upon the public streets or highways and duly licensed as
such, and constructed in such a manner as will permit occupancy thereof for
human habitation, dwellings, or sleeping quarters and which is capable of being
moved, towed, or transported by another vehicle. This definition shall also
include and apply to such vehicles or structures that are located on a
permanent or temporary foundation.
54. Mobile Home Park -- Any site,
lot, field or tract of land upon which two or more occupied mobile homes are
harbored either free of charge or for revenue purposes and intended for such
use shall include any building, structure, tent, vehicle, or enclosure intended
for use as part of the equipment of such mobile home park.
55. Mobile Home Converted to Real
Estate -- A mobile home which has been attached to a permanent foundation on
real estate owned by the mobile home owner, rendering it totally immobile, and
which has been inspected by the assessor, the mobile home vehicle title,
registration, and license plates collected from the owner, and the property
entered upon the tax roles of Linn County.
56. Nonconforming Building -- A
building or portion thereof that does not conform to the provisions of this
Chapter relative to height, bulk, area or yard size requirements for the
district in which it is located.
57. Nonconforming Use -- A use
which lawfully occupied a building or land but does not conform to the use
regulations of the district in which it is located.
58. Nursing Home -- An institution
which is advertised, announced, or maintained for the express or implied purpose
of providing nursing or convalescent care for persons unrelated to the
licensee. A nursing home is a home for chronic or convalescent patients who, on
admission, are not as a rule, acutely ill and who do not usually require
special facilities, such as an operating room, x-ray facilities, laboratory
facilities, and obstetrical facilities. A nursing home provides care for
persons who have remedial ailments, for which continuing medical and skilled
nursing care is indicated; who, however, are not sick enough to require general
hospital care. Nursing care is their primary need, but they will require
continuing medical supervision. A major factor which distinguishes a nursing
home is that the residents will require the individualization of medical care.
For the purpose of this (zoning) Ordinance, a "nursing home" shall
also be considered a "convalescent home."
59. Parking Space -- A surfaced
area, enclosed in the main building or in an accessory building, or unenclosed,
having a area of not less than one hundred and eighty (180) square feet
exclusive of driveways, permanently reserved for the temporary storage of one
vehicle and connected with a street or alley by a surfaced driveway which
affords satisfactory ingress and egress for vehicles.
60.
Plan -- A Comprehensive or General Development Plan of the City of Ely.
61. Principal Use -- The main use
of land or structures as distinguished from secondary or accessory use. For
example, a house is a principal use in a residential area; a garage or pool is
an accessory use.
62. Setback -- The distance
required to obtain the front, side or rear yard open space provisions of this
Chapter.
63. Sign -- Any structure or part
thereof or device attached thereto or painted, or represented thereon, which
shall display or include and letter, word, model, banner, flag, pennant,
insignia, device or representation used as, or which is in the nature of an
announcement, direction, or advertisement. The word "sign" includes
the word "billboard."
64. Story -- That portion of a
building, other than a basement not having over 50 percent of its height below grade,
included between the surface of any floor and the surface of the floor next
above it or, if there be no floor above it then the space between the floor and
the ceiling next above it.
65. Story, Half -- A partial story under a
gable, hip or gambrel roof, the wall plates of which on at least two opposite
exterior walls are not more than three (3) feet above the floor of such story,
except that any partial story used for residence purposes, other than for
janitor or caretaker or his family, or by a family occupying the floor
immediately below it, shall be deemed a full story.
66. Street -- A public thoroughfare which
affords the principal means of access to abutting property.
67.
Structure -- Anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires more or
less permanent location on the ground, including, but without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, advertising signs, billboards, backstops for
tennis courts, gazebos, ground-based satellite dishes, and solar collectors.
68. Travel Trailer or Motor Home
-- A vehicle with or without motive power used or so manufactured or
constructed as to permit its being used as a conveyance upon the public streets
and highways and so designed to permit the vehicle to be used as a place of
human habitation by one or more persons. If such vehicle shall be customarily
or ordinarily used as a place of human habitation for more than 90 days in any
18 month period, it shall be classed as a mobile home, regardless of the size
and weight limitation provided herein.
69. Trailer Camp or Tourist Camp
Ground -- An area providing spaces for two or more travel trailers, camping
trailers, or tent sites for temporary occupancy, with necessary incidental
services, sanitation, and recreation facilities to serve the traveling public.
70. Variance -- The term
"Variance" shall mean a modification of the literal provisions of the
Zoning Ordinance which would cause undue hardship owing to circumstances unique
to the individual property on which the variance is granted. The crucial points
of variance are (a) undue hardship, (b) unique circumstances and (c) applying to
property. The authority to grant variances is vested in the Board of Adjustment
pursuant to Chapter 414 of the Code of Iowa.
71. Yard -- An open space between
a building and the adjoining lot lines unoccupied and unobstructed by any
portion of a structure. In measuring a yard for the purpose of determining the
width of a side yard, the depth of a front yard or the depth of the rear yard,
the minimum horizontal distance between the lot lines and the main building
line shall be used.
72. Yard, Front -- A yard
extending across the front of a lot and being the minimum horizontal distance
between the street or place line and the main building or any projections thereof
other than the projections of the usual uncovered steps. On corner lots the
front yard shall be considered as parallel to the street upon which the lot has
its least dimension, except where owner shall elect to front his building on a
street parallel to the lot line having the greater dimension.
73. Yard, Rear -- A yard extending
across the rear of a lot and being the required minimum horizontal distance
between the rear lot line and the rear of the main building line or any
projections thereof other than the projections of uncovered steps. On all lots
the rear yard shall be in the rear of the front yard.
74. Yard, Side -- A yard between
the main building line and the side line of the lot, and extending from the
required front yard to the required rear yard, and being the minimum horizontal
distance between a side lot line and the side of the main building line or any
projections of uncovered steps.
6-13-5 ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICTS AND OFFICIAL
ZONING MAP.
A. Official Zoning Map:
1.
The town is hereby divided into districts which shall be designated as follows:
A-1 -- Agricultural
R-1 -- Single Family Residential
R-1A
-- Single Family Residential
R-1B
-- Single Family Residential
R-2 -- Multi-family Residential
C-1 -- Central Business District
C-2 -- Highway Commercial
M-1 -- Light Industrial
M-2 -- Heavy Industrial
P-1 -- Public Use
2. The locations and
boundaries of these districts are shown on the official zoning map which
together with all explanatory matter thereon, is hereby adopted by reference
and declared to be a part of this Chapter.
3. The Official
Zoning Map shall be identified by the signature of the Mayor, attested by the
City Clerk, and bearing the Seal of the City under the following statement:
This is to certify that this
is the Official Zoning Map referred to in Ordinance No. ________
of the City of Ely Iowa, passed _______________________.
4. The Official Zoning
Map, or a true copy of the same, shall be on file in the office of the City
Clerk and shall be final authority as to the correct zoning status of the land,
water areas, buildings, and other structures in the City.
B. Changes in Official Zoning
Map:
1. If in accordance
with the provisions of Section 6-13-17 of this Ordinance and Chapter 414.4 Code
of Iowa, changes are made in district boundaries or other matter portrayed on
the Official Zoning Map, such changes shall be entered on the Official Zoning
Map promptly after the amendment has been approved by the City Council, with an
entry on the Official Zoning Map as follows: "By official action of the
City Council, the following changes were made in the Official Zoning Map."
(Indicating the changes by ordinance numbers and date of publication.)
No amendment of this Ordinance which involves matter
portrayed on the Official Zoning Map shall become effective until after such
change and entry has been made on said map.
2. Replacement of
the Official Zoning Map. In the event
that the Official Zoning Map becomes damaged, destroyed, lost or difficult to
interpret because of the nature or number of changes and additions, the City
Council may by Ordinance adopt a new Official Zoning Map which shall supersede
the prior Official Zoning Map. The replacement Official Zoning Map may correct
drafting or other errors or omissions in the prior Official Zoning Map to
accurately reflect the zoning classifications existing at the time of
replacement as shown by the Original Official Zoning Map and any subsequent
amendments. The replacement Official Zoning Map shall not itself have the
effect of amending any zoning classification. The replacement Official Zoning
Map shall be identified by the signature of the Mayor, attested by the City
Clerk, and bearing the Seal of the City under the following words: "This
is to certify that this Official Zoning Map supersedes and replaces the
Official Zoning Map adopted as part of Ordinance No. _________ of the City of
Ely Iowa."
Unless the prior Official Zoning Map has been lost,
or has been totally destroyed, the prior map or any significant parts thereof
remaining, shall be preserved, together with all available records pertaining
to its adoption or amendment.
3. Any unauthorized
change, of any kind whatsoever, in the Official Zoning Map by any person or
persons, shall constitute a violation of this Chapter and be punishable as
provided in Section 6-13-16.
C.
Interpretation of District Boundaries: Where uncertainty exists as to the
boundaries of districts as shown on the Official Zoning Map, the following
rules shall apply:
1. Boundaries
indicated as approximately following the center line of streets, highways, or
alleys shall be construed to follow such center lines;
2.
Boundaries indicated as approximately following platted lot lines shall be
construed as following such lot lines;
3.
Boundaries indicated as following city limits shall be construed as following
city limits;
4. Boundaries
indicated as following railroad lines shall be construed to be midway between
the main tracks;
5. Boundaries
indicated as following shore lines shall be construed to follow such shore
lines, and in the event of change in the shore line shall be construed as
moving with the actual shore line; boundaries indicated as approximately
following the center lines of streams, rivers, canals, lakes, or other bodies
of water shall be construed to follow such center lines;
6. Boundaries indicated
as parallel to or extensions of features indicated in subsections (1) through
(5) shall be so construed. Distances not specifically indicated on the Official
Zoning Map shall be determined by the scale of the map;
7. Where physical or
cultural features existing on the ground are at variance with those shown on
the Official Zoning Map, or in other circumstances not covered by subsections
(1) through (6) above, the Board of Adjustment shall interpret the district boundaries.
D. Applicability of Regulations:
1. Territorial
application: This Ordinance shall apply to all structures, land, and uses
within the corporate limits of Ely, Iowa.
2. Conversion of use
or building: The conversion of any use or building either to another use or to
increase the size or area of the existing use, including the conversion of any
building or the conversion of any dwelling to accommodate an increased number
of dwelling units, families, or residents, shall be permitted only within a
district in which a new building for similar occupancy would be permitted in
this Ordinance and only when the resulting occupancy will comply with the
requirements in such districts, with respect to minimum lot size, lot area per
dwelling unit, dimension of yards, height, off street parking and any other
applicable requirements.
3. General
prohibition: No building or structure; no use of any building, structure or
land; and no lot of record or zoning lot, now or hereafter existing, shall
hereafter be established, altered, moved, divided, or maintained in any manner
except in accord with the provisions of this Ordinance.
E. Annexed Territory: All territory
which may be annexed to the City of Ely after adoption of this Ordinance shall
be classified according to the Planning and Zoning Commission's recommendations
prior to annexation and the territory upon annexation may be immediately so classified.
Procedures for classification are established in Section 6-13-17 of this
Ordinance.
F. Vacated Streets: Whenever any
street, alley, or other public way is vacated by official action of the Council
the district adjoining each side of such street, alley, or public way shall be
automatically extended to the center of such vacation, and all area included in
the vacation shall then and henceforth be subject to all appropriate regulation
of the extended districts.
6-13-6 SCHEDULES
OF DISTRICT REGULATIONS. The following
schedules of District Regulations are hereby adopted by reference and declared
to be a part of this Chapter:
A-1 -- Agricultural
R-1 -- Single Family
Residential
R-1A -- Single Family Residential
R-1B -- Single Family Residential
R-2 -- Multi-family
Residential
C-1 -- Highway Commercial
C-2 -- Central Business
District
M-1 -- Light Industrial
M-2 -- Heavy Industrial
P-1 -- Public Use
Intent:
Zoning for A-1, Agricultural, is intended to maintain and enhance agricultural operations
and preserve agricultural lands utilized for crop production or the raising of
livestock and to serve as a holding zone for lands where future urban expansion
is possible, but not yet appropriate due the lack of urban facilities and
services. The preservation of agricultural land is intended to prevent urban
sprawl, control the public costs of providing urban services and reduce
urban/rural conflicts which arise as a result of premature development of rural
areas. The district is further intended to preserve open space and natural
resource areas.
1.
Permitted Principal Uses and Structures
(a) Agriculture, horticulture, dairy farming,
poultry farming, livestock farming, general farming, truck gardening, and other
agricultural activities.
(b) Single family dwellings.
(c)
Those structures essential to farming operations not otherwise restricted
within this Ordinance.
2.
Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures
(a) Private garages.
(b) Farm buildings incidental to
agricultural uses.
(c) Private greenhouses or plant
nurseries not operated for commercial purposes.
(d) Private swimming pools.
(e) Accessory uses or structures
accessory to the provisions of Section 6-13-9.
3. Special Exceptions: The
following special exceptions are permitted in the A-1 District subject to
provisions of Section 6-13-14(F)(4):
(a) Public Utilities.
(b) Recreational development seasonal or
temporary use.
(c) Roadside stand for sale of produce
raised on the premises.
(d) Dog kennels and dog runs.
(e) Greenhouses and plant nurseries
operated for commercial purposes.
4.
Minimum Lot Areas and Width
(a) Single family dwelling:
Not
applicable - Agriculture use or farming requires a minimum of ten (10) acres (i.e.
see definition of agriculture in this ordinance).
5.
Minimum Yard Requirements
(a) Single family dwelling:
Front - 25
feet
Rear -
30 feet
Side - 10
feet each side plus 2 feet for each story above one
Street Side,
Corner Lot - 25
fee (Ord. No. 153)
(b) Other permissible uses under this
section:
Front - 40
feet
Rear - 40
feet
Side - 20
feet
Street Side,
Corner Lot -
25 feet
6.
Maximum Height - 2 (1/2) stories or 35 feet
7.
Minimum Off-Street Parking Loading Space
(a) Residential Dwellings - Two (2)
spaces for each dwelling unit.
8.
Special Regulations
(a)
Provision must be made for disposal of manure, other organic wastes, or
chemical(s) in such a manner as to avoid pollution of ground water or any lake,
river, or receiving stream. Livestock confinement buildings for the purpose of
raising hogs, poultry or cattle must conform to the provisions of 6-13-6 A 8(b)
of this ordinance.
(b)
Agricultural uses are permitted with no restrictions as to the operation of
such vehicles or machinery as are customarily incidental to such uses, and with
no restrictions to the sale or marketing of products raised on the premises;
provided that any buildings, structure or yard for the raising, feeding,
housing or sale of livestock or poultry shall be located at least 300 feet from
residentially zoned land, and provided further that there shall be no disposal
of garbage, rubbish or offal, other than regular removal, within 300 feet of
property residentially or commercially zoned land. Pasturing of livestock shall
be restricted to no closer than 100 feet of residentially or commercially zoned
land.
B. R-1 SINGLE FAMILY
RESIDENTIAL:
Intent. To establish and preserve quiet single
family home neighborhoods as desired by large numbers of people, free from
other uses except those which are both compatible with and convenient to the
residents of such a district.
1. Permitted Principal Uses and Structures
(a) Single family dwellings.
(b) Churches and temples.
(c) Public schools, elementary, junior high and
high schools.
(d) Parochial or private schools having no rooms
used regularly for housing or sleeping purposes.
(e) Public buildings, public and semi-public
parks, playgrounds, community centers, libraries, and museums.
(f) Family Group Care Home.
2. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures
(a) Private garages.
(b) Private swimming pools.
(c) Private greenhouses not operated for
commercial purposes.
(d) Garden houses.
(e) Uses and structures necessary to principal
permitted use or a special exception use are permitted subject to the
provisions of Section 6-13-9.
(f) Temporary buildings used in conjunction with
construction work, provided that such buildings are removed within thirty (30)
days upon completion of the construction work.
3. Special Exceptions: The following special exceptions are
permitted in the R-1 District, subject to provisions of Section 6-13-14(F)(4):
(a) Cemetery or mausoleum.
(b) Public utilities.
(c) Swimming pools, golf courses and country
clubs, except miniature courses or driving ranges operated for a profit.
(d) Mortuary or funeral home.
(e) Care facilities.
(f) Day Care Centers.
(g) Churches.
(h) Bed and Breakfast Houses.
4. Minimum Lot Areas and Width
(a) Single family dwelling:
Area,
9,500 square feet; Width, 80 feet; Depth, 100 feet. However, the minimum Width and Depth dimensions may not be
construed to imply a minimum lot size of 8,000 square feet. In regard to overall minimum lot dimensions
set by this ordinance, the total area will supersede any conflicting
combinations of widths or depths that do not equal the minimum area
requirement.
(b) Other permissible uses:
Area,
10,000 sq. ft.; Width 90, feet.
5. Minimum Yard Requirements
(a) Single family dwelling:
Front -
25 feet
Rear -
30 feet
Side -
8 feet